Everyday VOCABULARY+Grammar - Дроздова Т.Ю., Тоткало Н.В.

Author: Дроздова Т.Ю. Тоткало Н.В.

Tags: английский язык антология грамматика изучение языков учебное пособие лексика издательство спб

ISBN: 978-5-94962-187-5

Year: 2010

Similar

English Grammar with a separate key volume. Reference & Practice

Английская грамматика = English Grammar

English Grammar Book (Грамматика английского языка)

Грамматика английского языка (Collins Cobuild English Grammar)

Text

Т. Ю. Дроздова, Н. В. Тоткало

Everyday

V O C A B U L A RY
+ Grammar
FOR INTERMEDIATE STUDENTS

WITH A SEPARATE KEY VOLUME

Санкт-Петербург

ББК 81.2Англ
Д75

По вопросам приобретения продукции издательства обращайтесь:
ООО «Антология»:
тел.: (812) 328-14-41
www. anthologybooks.ru
e-mail: sales@bookstreet.ru
Огромный выбор учебной и методической литературы
в интернет-магазине

www.bookstreet.ru

Дроздова Т. Ю., Тоткало Н. В.
Д75

Everyday Vocabulary + Grammar : For Intermediate Students : учебное пособие. – СПб. :
Антология, 2010. – 320 с.
ISBN 978-5-94962-187-5
Учебное пособие “Everyday VOCABULARY + Grammar” предназначено для углублённого
изучения слов и выражений по 10 темам повседневного общения (уровень intermediate).
Отличительной особенностью издания является «параллельное» изучение лексики и
грамматических конструкций, наиболее часто употребляемых в разговоре на заданную тему.
К основному учебнику, который одновременно служит рабочей тетрадью, прилагается
МР3 диск с озвученным лексическим материалом, текстами и диалогами.
Отдельной книгой изданы ответы-ключи к упражнениям настоящего пособия, что позволяет его использовать для самостоятельной работы.
Современное оформление, визуальные «опоры», озвученный материал способствуют повышению эффективности работы с пособием.
ББК 81.2Англ

ISBN 978-5-94962-187-5

ОТ АВТОРОВ

Учебное пособие “Everyday VOCABULARY + Grammar” предназначено для углублённого
изучения лексики английского языка по основным темам, связанным с повседневной жизнью
человека.
Пособие содержит 10 тематических разделов: Family and Relations, People, A Place to
Live, Daily Routine, The World of Work, Food and Meals, Shopping, Health and Illness, On the Move,
On Holiday.
Несомненным преимуществом данной работы является психологически обоснованный
подход к изучению лексики. Объём словарных блоков, предлагаемых по ходу развития
каждой новой темы, учитывает особенности работы памяти. Для лучшего запоминания слов
и усвоения материала созданы специальные зрительные и слуховые «опоры», активно
задействована механическая память.
В учебнике более 400 различных упражнений, часть из них имеет звуковое сопровождение, на прилагаемом MP3 диске. Озвученный лексический материал, тексты и
диалоги не только способствуют лучшему запоминанию, но и помогают выработать
правильное произношение без обращения к словарю и транскрипции.
Отличительной особенностью данной работы является то, что в пособии лексика и
грамматика соединены в единое целое. Они изучаются не как два раздельных аспекта
языка, а «параллельно», так же, как они существуют в языке.
Такой способ подачи материала ставит цель отойти от сложившейся практики изучения
языка, когда искусственный разрыв между лексикой и грамматикой препятствует его
успешному освоению.
На базе изучаемого словаря, повторяются грамматические конструкции, наиболее
часто употребляемые в текстах и диалогах на определённую тему. Грамматические
комментарии расположены непосредственно там, где по условиям общения, требуется
использование данной конструкции. Упражнения строятся исключительно на лексике
данного раздела и естественным образом вплетаются в его тематику.
Учебное пособие “Everyday VOCABULARY + Grammar” может быть использовано для
обучения студентов гуманитарных вузов и старшеклассников школ и гимназий с углублённым
изучением английского языка, а также всех учащихся, планирующих сдавать ЕГЭ.
В нашем учебном пособии большое внимание уделяется сочетаемости слов, употреблению предлогов и фразовых глаголов. Поскольку знание особенностей употребления
3

лексических единиц в речи является определённым показателем уровня владения языком,
этот аспект составляет основную часть ЕГЭ по иностранному языку.
Работа с текстами также ориентирована на требования ЕГЭ.
Ответы-ключи, изданные отдельной книгой, позволяют успешно использовать пособие
для самостоятельной работы.
Учебный материал издания основан непосредственно на реалиях современной жизни и
имеет не только познавательное, культурологическое, но и воспитательное значение.
Удобство расположения материала, визуальные «опоры», озвученный лексический
материал и современное оформление повышают эффективность работы с пособием и делают
его user-friendly.
Т. Ю. Дроздова
Н. В. Тоткало

Contents
Unit 1. FAMILY and RELATIONS ............................................................................................8
1.1 Types of Families ....................................................................................................9
1.2 Family Relationships ............................................................................................15
Grammar: The verb TO BE in the Present Simple Tense (p. 10). Possessive (’s) (p. 11). Possessive and
Absolute Pronouns (p. 11). The Present Simple Tense (p. 15). The verb TO BE in the Past Simple Tense (p. 21).
The Past Simple Tense (p. 21). Asking Questions in the Past Simple Tense (p. 26). The Verb TO HAVE
in the Present Simple Tense (p. 27)

Unit 2. PEOPLE
..............................................................................................................32
2.1 Appearance ........................................................................................................32
2.2 Character ............................................................................................................49
Grammar: HAVE SOMETHING DONE Construction (p. 39). The Comparison of Adjectives (pp. 40, 46).
The Modal Verb SHOULD (pp. 54, 61)

Unit 3. A PLACE TO LIVE ......................................................................................................64
3.1 Types of Dwellings and Premises ............................................................................65
3.2 Looking for a Place to Live ....................................................................................75
3.3 Rooms and Interiors ..............................................................................................80
3.4 Interior Design and Redecoration ..........................................................................87
3.5 The Housewarming Party ......................................................................................93
Grammar: Prepositions and Adverbs of Place (pp. 65, 81). THERE + BE construction (p. 67).
IT or THERE? (p. 74). Prepositions of Place and Direction (p. 84). The Word Order Adjective+ Noun (p. 86).
The Passive Voice (p. 90). Talking about Distance (p. 94)

Unit 4. DAILY ROUTINE ........................................................................................................95
4.1 Getting Ready for Work/School ..............................................................................95
4.2 The Working Day Starts ........................................................................................99
4.3 After School/Work ..............................................................................................101
4.4 On the Go ..........................................................................................................103
4.5 A Working Life Ends ............................................................................................109
4.6 At the Weekend ..................................................................................................111
Grammar: Expressing Obligation and Necessity (p. 97). The Past Continuous and the Past Simple Tense (p. 100).
The Present Continuous Tense (p. 105). The Present Simple and the Present Continuous Tense (p.106).
The Past Continuous Tense (p. 108). USED TO (p. 110). Fixed Phrases with the Verbs DO and MAKE (p. 113)

Unit 5. THE WORLD OF WORK ..........................................................................................114
5.1 What Is Your Job? What Do You Do? What Do You Do for a Living? ..........................114
5.2 Where Do They Work? ........................................................................................116
5.3 What Do You Do at Work? What Does Your Work Involve?
What are Your Main Duties and Responsibilities? ..................................................119
5.4 A Light Purse is a Heavy Curse ..............................................................................122
5.5 Looking for a Job ................................................................................................124
5.6 Job Opportunities ..............................................................................................135
5.7 Leaving the Service ............................................................................................137
Grammar: Use of Articles with the Nouns: SCHOOL/COLLEGE, HOSPITAL, WORK (p. 118).
Use of the Gerund (p. 125) . The Modal Verb CAN: Forms and Meanings (p. 133).
Conditional Sentences (Type I and II) (p. 136)

Unit 6. FOOD and MEALS ..................................................................................................140
6.1 Food ..................................................................................................................140
6.2 Ways of Cooking ................................................................................................152
6.3 Meals ................................................................................................................157
6.4 Going out for a Meal ............................................................................................163
Grammar: Countable and Uncountable Nouns (p. 143). Basic Uses of SOME and ANY (p. 144).
Use of Articles with Nouns of Material (p. 145). Quantifiers: MUCH /MANY, LITTLE /FEW, A LOT OF,
PLENTY OF (p. 149). Use of Articles with the Names of Meals: LUNCH, DINNER, TEA (p. 158).
Some Uses of SHALL and WILL (p. 170)

Unit 7. SHOPPING ............................................................................................................173
7.1 Shopping for Food ..............................................................................................174
7.2 Quantities and Package ......................................................................................187
7.3 Shopping Goes “Green” ......................................................................................189
7.4 Shopping for Goods ............................................................................................193
7.5 Dress Your Best ..................................................................................................199
7.6 The Changing Face of Shopping ..........................................................................211
Grammar: The Complex Subject Infinitive Construction (p. 180). The Present Perfect Tense (p. 183).
The Category of Number. Special Cases (p. 201). The Present Perfect Continuous Tense (p. 204)

Unit 8. HEALTH and ILLNESS ............................................................................................213
8.1 The Resource for Everyday Life ............................................................................213
8.2 Human Body ......................................................................................................214
8.3 How Are You Today? ............................................................................................215
8.4 Health Problems ................................................................................................218
8.5 Diagnosing and Treatment ..................................................................................224
8.6 At the Dentist’s ..................................................................................................238
Grammar: Use of the Gerund (p. 216). A/AN or ZERO Article with Reference to Illness (p. 219).
Expressing Certainty and Possibility (p. 223). Indirect Command and Request (p. 227). Indirect Speech.
Reported Statement (p. 231). Indirect Questions (p. 234). Reporting a Dialogue or a Conversation (p. 236)

Unit 9. ON THE MOVE ........................................................................................................241
9.1 Why Do People Travel? ........................................................................................241
9.2 Travelling by Train ................................................................................................251
9.3 Travelling by Air ..................................................................................................257
9.4 Travelling by Sea ................................................................................................265
9.5 Travelling by Bus ................................................................................................270
9.6 Travelling by Car ................................................................................................272
Grammar: Use of Article with Geographical Names (p. 245). Prepositions with Forms of Transport (p. 247).
Talking about the Future (p. 255). HAD BETTER (NOT) DO SOMETHING, HAVE TO, SHOULD (p. 259)

Unit 10. ON HOLIDAY ........................................................................................................275
10.1 Holiday Accommodation ......................................................................................276
10.2 Different Things at Different Time ........................................................................285
Grammar: The Present Continuous and the Present Perfect Continuous Tense (p. 284). The Use of the Gerund
after the Verbs COME and GO (p. 288). The Use of ’S and S’ with Non-Living Things (p. 288). Non-Defining Relative
Clauses (p. 296). Adverb or Adjective? (p. 296). Questions Tags (p. 298)

APPENDICES ....................................................................................................................299
Appendix 1
English-Russian Dictionary ....................................................................299
Appendix 2
British/American English ........................................................................302
Appendix 3
Spelling Differences Between British English and American English ..........304
Appendix 4
Some Useful Verbs ................................................................................306
Appendix 5
Expressions with the Verb TO BE ............................................................308
Appendix 6
Connectives and Transitional Phrases for Sentence Openings ..................309
Appendix 7
The Numeral ........................................................................................310
Appendix 8
The Old Units of Measurement ..............................................................312
Appendix 9
Dates ..................................................................................................314
Appendix 10 List of Irregular Verbs ............................................................................315
LITERATURE ......................................................................................................................319

FAMILY and RELATIONS

Alex and Fiona Smith are grandparents now. They have two children: Linda and Bob. Alex is their
father and Fiona is their mother. Linda is Bob’s sister and Bob is Linda’s brother. Linda and Bob
are deeply attached to their parents.
Linda is married to Ben Jones. He is her husband. Ben Jones is Alex and Fiona’s son-in-law.
Bob is also married. His wife’s name is Daisy. Her maiden name is Daisy Robertson. Now she is
Daisy Smith. Daisy is Alex and Fiona’s daughter-in-law.
Ben is Bob’s brother-in-law and Daisy is Linda’s
sister-in-law.
Ben and Linda Jones have two children: a
son Clif and a daughter Carol. They are
twins.
Bob and Daisy Smith have only one child
Colin. Clif, Carol and Colin are Alex and
Fiona’s grandchildren. So, the Smiths
have two grandsons and one
granddaughter.
Linda is Colin’s aunt and Ben is his
uncle. Daisy and Bob are Clif and
Carol’s aunt and uncle. Clif is their
nephew and Carol is their niece. Clif,
Carol and Colin are cousins.

1.1 Types of Families

A nuclear family

An extended family

A childless family

A single-parent family

Ex 1. Complete these sentences with an appropriate word from A, B or C.
1. In spite of being a ............................... family, the Smiths are very happy and close to each
other. Besides, they are going to adopt several children soon.
A. extended
B. nuclear
C. childless
2. Mr and Mrs Papatatl live in a house with their aged parents, children and grandchildren. They
are a typical example of a traditional ............................... family.
A. nuclear
B. enlarged
C. extended
3. Mrs Jones lives on her own and brings up her son. There are a lot of ...............................
families like hers.
A. single-parent
B. mother-only
C. mono-parent
9

MEMORY BOX

Ex 2. Complete the Memory Box.

Grammar

IMMEDIATE FAMILY
husband
.........................
father
.......................
grandson

.........................
daughter
.........................
grandmother
.........................

To speak about a family you will
need the verb TO BE (быть, являться, находиться).
POSITIVE FORM

parents
.........................

.........................
grandchildren

I
am
he/she/it
is
we/you/they are

RELATIONS/RELATIVES
uncle
.........................
father-in-law
.........................

I’m, he’s, we’re

.........................
niece
.........................
daughter-in-law

NEGATIVE FORM
I
am
he/she/it
is
we/you/they are

not
not
not

I’m not, he isn’t, we aren’t

Ex 3. Fill in the right words.

QUESTION
Am I?
Is
he/she/it?
Are we/you/they?

TIES OF RELATIONSHIP

MEMORY BOX

1. Your relatives on your wife’s side are: your wife’s
 Betty is Bob’s sister.
sister is your ............... , and her brother is your
 Their parents are both doctors.
 Colin isn’t at school today, he is
............... . Your parents refer to your wife as their
ill.
............... while your brothers and sisters refer to her
as their ............... . Your wife’s parents speak of you
as their ............... .
2. Someone’s second wife speaks of her husband’s children as her ............... , whereas the
latter speak of her as their ............... . Someone’s second husband also refers to his wife’s
children as his ............... while the latter speak of him as their ............... .
3. If your stepfather or stepmother already has children from an earlier marriage, those children
become your ............... and ............... .
4. A brother or sister with whom you share only one parent is your ............... or ............... .

To ask a question we put the present (or past)
simple of the verb TO BE at the beginning of the
sentence, before the subject.
 Are they a big family?
 Is Betty older than Bob?

SECOND MARRIAGE
stepson
stepfather
stepbrother
half-brother

stepdaughter
stepmother
stepsister
half-sister

Ex 4. Who is who? Look at the picture and ask questions.
MODEL:

Possessive (’s) WHOSE?
Nouns denoting living beings

Is Bob Sally’s husband?
Singular noun(s) + ’s

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Emily

Albert

wife?
brother and sister?
son/daughter?
parents?
father/mother?
children?

 My father’s car.
 Maud and Ted’s house.

Pural noun(s) + ’
 Girls’ school.
 My parents’ house.
Irregular nouns + ’s
 The children’s names.

Jenny
Sally

Timothy

POSSESSIVE AND ABSOLUTE
PRONOUNS

I – my – mine
he – his – his
she – her – hers
it – its
you – your – yours
we – our – ours
they – their – theirs
Edward Vanessa Sarah

Bob

Ex 5. Fill in the gaps with am/is/are/my/his/her/our.

NOTE Possessive pronouns (my,
your, his) go in front of nouns,
absolute forms (mine, hers, ours)
stand on their own.
 Peter is my brother
 Is it your dog? No, it’s hers.

This is our family, the Millers

Hello, I (1)…......... Sally Brown. I (2)…......... David Miller’s
sister. We (3)…......... really a large family! This (4)….........
(5)…......... brother David and (6)…......... son Timothy. And this (7)…......... Bob, (8)…......... husband.
Here (9)…......... (10)…......... children: (11)…......... daughters Vanessa and Sarah, and (12)…......... son
Edward. Vanessa (13)…......... (14)…......... youngest, she (15)…......... five, Sarah (16)…......... the eldest,
she (17)…......... eleven.
And this (18)…......... (19)…......... father Albert and Jenny, (20)…......... second wife. She (21)….........
(22)…......... step-mother. (23)…......... mother died when we were still at school. Oh, at the head of
the table (24)…......... (25)…......... grandmother Emily.

Ex 6. Choose the correct form of the pronouns in italics.
1. It may be your/yours cat. I am sure it is the cat of your/yours. 2. I’ve never seen the aunt of
her/hers. How can I recognise her/hers? 3. My grandfather’s family history is more interesting
than my/mine. 4. I’m afraid our daughter will take her/hers advice not our/ours. 5. Will you help
me find my/mine things? I can’t tell which are my/mine and which are your/yours. 6. She looked
at him and at once understood he was her/hers. It was love at first sight. 7. My/mine sister likes
much sugar in her/hers tea, but I like little in my/mine.
11

Ex 7. Translate the sentences.
MODEL:

Моя дочь попросила меня дать ей мой мобильный телефон, она забыла свой в
школе.
My daughter asked me to give her my mobile phone, she had left hers at school.

1. Она показала мне свои фотографии, а я ей свои.
.............................................................................
2. Он рассказал ей о своих друзьях, а она ему о
своих.
.............................................................................
3. Я рассказываю своей маме о своих проблемах, а
она о своих.
.............................................................................
4. У меня не две собаки. Это моя собака, а та его.
.............................................................................
5. Нет, у нас только двое детей. Это наши дети, а те
их.
.............................................................................

SINGULAR

PLURAL

this
этот

these
эти

that
тот

those
те

 Mother, this is my teacher,
Mrs Jones. And these are my
friends Peter and Mike.
 Who is that man over there?
 In those days people didn’t
have cars.

Ex 8.

An old aunt who lives in the USA is staying with the Millers. She hasn’t met Jenny yet. So
she asks a lot of questions about her. Write down her questions (read the answers to the questions
first).
1. (how old?) .... How

old is Jenny? ....

She is 48.

2. (a widow or divorced?)
She is divorced.
.............................................................................
3. (British?)
No, she is not.
.............................................................................
4. (where from?)
From Denmark.
.............................................................................
5. (a housewife?)
No, she is a nurse.
.............................................................................
6. (a nice person?)
Yes, she is very nice and kind.
.............................................................................
7. (how old/Jenny’s daughter?)
She is 12.
.............................................................................
8. (her name?)
She is called Merilyn.
.............................................................................
12

Questions with who, what, where,
when, why, how, etc.





Who is he?
How old is he?
What are you?
Where are the children?

Ex 9.

Match the phrasal verbs below to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.
distinguish between  grow up  mix up  bring up
look on smb/smth as  act up  take for

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Become an adult
Think of smb/smth in a particular way
Act or behave badly
Recognise a difference between
Confuse
Suppose smb to be, especially by mistake
Care for and rear, train and give education

Ex 10.

Choose the best alternative from the phrasal verbs given in the box above to fill in the

spaces.
1. That child always ......................... when his father is away. 2. I’m always ......................... the
twins ......................... ! 3. What do you want to be when you ......................... ? 4. I’ve got a fouryear-old son to ......................... on my own. 5. I’ve lived in London for 7 years, but I .........................
in Newcastle. 6. I can’t ......................... the two brothers – they both look the same to me. 7. If she
prefers to work rather than stay at home and ......................... her children, she is free to do so.
8. I’ve lived with my aunt since I was a baby, and I ......................... her as my mother. 9. They were
twins, as like as two peas, and very often one brother was ......................... the other.

Ex 11.

Translate the sentences using the phrasal verbs given above.

1. Никто, кроме моей матери, не мог различить братьев-близнецов.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Приёмная мать воспитывала детей как своих собственных.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Дети считали её своей матерью.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Эти сёстры так похожи, что я вечно их путаю; Катю принимаю за Машу.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Когда дети вырастут, они уедут учиться в университет.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Когда учителя нет в классе, дети обычно ведут себя плохо.
.........................................................................................................................................
13

Ex 12. Meet the Maisons. Complete the family tree and
present all the members of the family to the class. When
speaking about the people’s age avoid giving the exact
figures.

Clare (31)

................
................
................

Brain (71)

Emily (62)

husband
father
grandfather
father-in-law

................
................
................
................

Andrew (38)

Eric (29)

................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................
................ ................ ................

Thomas

Mary (4)

Linda (6)

(9 months)

................
................
................

............
............
............

Alice (21)

THERE ARE SEVERAL WAYS
TO TALK ABOUT ONE’S AGE
Sam is eight months.
He is a baby.
Sally is eighteen months.
She is a toddler.
Oliver is six.
He is still a child.
Pamela is sixteen.
She is a teenager.
Robert is nineteen.
He is an adult (old enough
to vote)
Maud is twenty-two.
She is in her early twenties.
How old is Jenny?
– I don’t know exactly. She is
in her thirties.
Ted is thirty six.
He is in his mid-thirties.
My mother is forty-eight.
She is in her late forties. She
is middle-aged.
My father is sixty-five.
He is retired.
Our grandfather is seventy-five.
He has turned seventy.
be of the same age
– быть одного возраста
They are both 24, they are
of the same age.
(not) look one’s age
I can’t believe she is 60, she
doesn’t look her age.
be five years older/younger than
– на пять лет старше/младше
My brother is five years
younger than me.
outlive smb by ten years
– пережить кого-либо на 10 лет
He outlived his wife by ten
years.

Grandfather Brain is the head of the family. He turned 70 last year. He is 71.
Emily, Brain’s wife, ......................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
14

1.2 Family Relationships
There are good and bad things about coming from a large family.
getting all the help

e house

you need 

ound th
g out ar



vin

ing

los

thi

st
og
e

er
ela
tio
n

the

shi

r



helpin

baby
-sittin
g the

youn
ger o
nes 

no
having

the generation gap leading to

privacy

onal
nd pers

space 

misunderstanding 
fighting with b
rothers

having much love and support 

and sisters 

Grammar
THE PRESENT SIMPLE TENSE
POSITIVE FORM
I/we/you/they work
he/she/it
works

NEGATIVE FORM
I/we/you/they do
not
he/she/it
does not

work
work

I don’t work, he doesn’t work

QUESTION
Do
I/we/you/they work?
Does he/she/it
work?

Ex 13. Read the statements above and say what in your
opinion the advantages (A) and disadvantages (D) of
having a large family are. Give your reasons using the
prompts below.
PROMPTS
(+)
warm atmosphere
get along well
be one’s best friends
share personal problems
have much in common

MODEL:

(–)
want to get more independence
have different views on
argue about/have disputes
compete for parents’ attention
leave smb alone

Having a large family is an advantage because
your family are your best friends.

MEMORY BOX

COMING FROM A LARGE FAMILY

The Present Simple Tense denotes a
permanent or repeated, customary
action.
The Present Simple is used with the
following adverbials of time:
usually, always, every day, in the
morning, at night, on Mondays.
 The children are always polite.
 They often/sometimes/usually
help their mother with the
housework.
 They live in France.
 My mother doesn’t go out to
work, she runs the house.
ASKING QUESTIONS
If the main verb is in the Present
Simple, we use the auxiliary verb do
or does (see the table above) at the
beginning of a sentence, before the
subject (the main verb is in the base
form).
 Does your wife work?
No, she doesn’t.
 Do you feel close to your
family?
Yes, I do.

NOTEwhen the main verb is do,
you still have to add do/does before
the subject.
 Do the children do the homework themselves?
 Does your husband do the shopping?

share problems – разделять проблемы
have much in common – иметь много общего
have privacy/personal space – иметь возможность уединиться
baby-sit – присматривать за маленькими детьми
generation gap – разрыв поколений
argue/fight/have disputes – спорить/ссориться/ругаться
leave smb alone – оставить кого-либо в покое
have siblings (formal) – иметь родных братьев и/или сестёр

Ex 14. Complete Rosemary’s entry into her diary. Say what she lacks in her family. Make
negative sentences using the prompts below.

Dear diary,
I feel very lo
w tonight. I’m
the centre o
f attention. I the only child in the fam
ily, I’m
ha
of privacy. A
nd though I d ve my own room and I ha
ve a lot
on’t have to f
and sisters f
ight with my
or parents’ a
brothers
ttention, I’m
not happy.
Have

brothers or si
sters (1) ........
....................
Share secrets (2)
....................
....................
....................
....................
Play with (3) ..
....................
....................
....................
....................
Argue with bro
..
....................
thers and sist
..
..
..
(4
..
)
..
..
e
..
rs
..
..
..
..
..
Do things tog
......
....................
ether (5) ........
....................
....................
..
..
..
..
..
Baby-sit the
..
....
....................
younger ones (6)
....................
....................
........
....................
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
........
So, I don’t do

and sisters.

things that m
y friends do.
I wish I

had brothers

Ex 15. Form questions using the given words. Try to give true answers to the questions.
1. in your family / you/ get / much love and support ?
.....................................................................................................................................
2. with brothers and sisters / fight / your friend / his ?
.....................................................................................................................................
3. the younger brothers or sisters / you / baby-sit ?
.....................................................................................................................................
4. the father / about the house / help ?
.....................................................................................................................................
5. the members of your family / close relations / have ?
.....................................................................................................................................
6. your sister / with the parents / argue ?
.....................................................................................................................................
7. you / and your brother / get along well?
.....................................................................................................................................

Ex 16. Imagine you also share your thoughts with your diary. Write about your family.

Dear diary,
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................

Ex 17.

Write the correct phrasal verb from the box below to complete the following definitions.
patch up  keep up  back up  get along

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1. When someone supports or encourages another person, he is said to
....................... him ....................... .
2. When we settle a quarrel, we are said to have ....................... it ....................... .
3. If you are friendly or on good terms with somebody, you ....................... well with
him.
4. Very often people try to continue to live the way they are used to, they
....................... the tradition.

Ex 18. Match the sentences and phrases on the left with those on the right.
1.
2.
3.
4.

We try to keep up
Her family always
I get along
We often quarrel

a.
b.
c.
d.

backs her up when she is in trouble.
very well with my brothers and sisters.
but very soon patch up our disagreement.
our family’s reputation for hospitality.

1
2
3
4

Ex 19. Translate the sentences using the phrasal verbs given above.
1. Наши дети очень хорошо ладят, они редко ссорятся.
.....................................................................................................................................
2. Они помогают и поддерживают друг друга.
.....................................................................................................................................
3. У нас в семье дружеская атмосфера, надеюсь, что наши дети будут продолжать эту
традицию.
.....................................................................................................................................
4. Им далеко за пятьдесят, но они часто ссорятся, потом им очень трудно помириться.
.....................................................................................................................................

ESTABLISHING A RELATIONSHIP

meet smb
познакомиться с



propose to smb
сделать предложение

date smb
встречаться с



court smb
ухаживать за



be engaged to smb
oбручиться с



fall in love with smb
влюбиться в

marry smb/get married to smb
выйти замуж/жениться

BREAKING OFF A RELATIONSHIP

have rows/ arguments
ссориться



split /separate
расстаться



get divorced/divorce smb/file for a divorce
развестись/подавать на развод

Ex 20. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meaning and translate them into Russian.
flirt with  break up  go out with  care for  marry off  settle down
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1. Separate from each other
2. Be fond of
3. Behave as though one were in love
but without serious intentions
4. Be seen frequently in the company of
a person, usually of the opposite sex
5. Find a husband or a wife for one’s son
or daughter
6. Start living in a quiet way

Ex 21.

Write the correct form of the appropriate phrasal verb in the space.

1. She ...................... every man she meets. 2. My girlfriend and I have been ......................
together for 18 months now. 3. John and Mary ...................... a month ago. 4. I don’t
...................... him enough to marry him. 5. They have finally ...................... their daughter.
6. Isn’t it time you got married and ...................... ?

Ex 22. Back to the Millers. Find the logical endings for
each of the sentence beginnings 1–6 and construct
Albert Miller’s family history.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

We were still at school
Our father had widowed for four years
Jenny wasn’t married either,
But she didn’t live quite alone,
Our father and Jenny fell in love
Jenny was very nice to us,

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

and got married within six months.
she made a wonderful stepmother.
when our mother died in a car accident.
when he met Jenny.
she had a daughter.
she was divorced.

THE VERB “TO BE”
IN THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE
POSITIVE FORM
I/he/she/it
was
we/you/they
were
NEGATIVE FORM
I/he/she/it
was not
we/you/they
were not
QUESTION
Was I/he/she/it?
Were we/you they?
 Diana was the daughter of the
eighth Earl Spencer.
 Was she beautiful?
 She wasn’t arrogant, she was
nice and kind.

THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE

Past Simple




Regular verb + -ed
Irregular verbs

POSITIVE FORM
I/he worked/wrote

Ex 23. Read David Miller’s family history. Fill in the
verbs in the required tense from the box below.
meet  go out  call  go  get married  live
graduate  have  break up  be
get divorced  have  be divorced
My brother David (1)…............. to university at the age of
eighteen where he (2)…............. Ann. He (3)…............. with
her. She (4)…............. his girlfriend for three years. When
David (5)…............. from university they (6)…............. .
A year later they (7)…............. their child, a boy. They (8)…
............. him Timothy. But later they (9)…............. lots of
rows, they (10)…............. and (11)…............. . So, my
brother David (12)…............. now . He (13)…............. with
his son Timothy.

NEGATIVE FORM
I/he did not work/write
I/he didn’t work/write
QUESTION
Did I/he work/write?
 They got married before the
war.
 Why did they separate?
 They didn’t separate, he just
went to work abroad.
The Past Simple denotes an action
performed in the past. It is used with
the following adverbials of time:
yesterday, last week, two years ago,
in 1994, when I was a child, etc.
These adverbials go either at the
beginning or at the end of a
sentence.
 He met Mary three years ago.
 Last year they got married.

Ex 24. You are going to read a text about Prince William’s engagement. Complete the
text by choosing the best phrase A–I to fill the gaps 1–9. Listen to the text and check your
answers.

Prince William and Kate Middleton Set Date and Venue for Wedding
A. that we’re going to spend the rest of our lives together.”
B. worn by William’s mother, the late Princess Diana.
C. wedding of Diana and Prince Charles, held at St Paul’s
Cathedral.
D. “I also didn’t realise it was a race,
E. her father, King George VI, got married there in 1923.
F. St Catherine’s Day on the Anglican calendar of saints.
G. the two were on vacation in Kenya last month,
H. “It was a total shock when it came!”
I. on Friday April 29, at Westminster Abbey in London
“The Prince of Wales is delighted to announce the engagement of Prince William to Miss Catherine
Middleton,” the statement from Clarence House early Tuesday read.
Prince William, 28, asked Middleton, also 28, to marry him while (1)  the statement said. The
happy couple appeared for the first time after the announcement today arm-in-arm before a
barrage of camera flashes, Middleton wearing the famous engagement ring (2) .
In an interview with Britain’s ITV News today, Middleton said the proposal came as a surprise. “We
were out there with friends, so I really didn't expect it at all,” Middleton said. (3) 
The two met nearly a decade ago while students at the University of St. Andrews in Scotland. When
asked why it took so long to propose, a beaming William quipped, (4)  otherwise I probably
would’ve been a lot quicker.”
“Well as you may recognise now, it’s my mother’s engagement ring and it’s very special to me,
as Kate is very special to me now as well. It was only right the two were put together,” William said.
“It was my way of making sure mother didn’t miss out on today and the fact (5) . “No one is trying
to fill my mother’s shoes. What she did was fantastic. It’s about making your own future and your
own destiny, and Kate will do a very good job of that.”
Britain’s Prince William will marry Kate Middleton (6) , the royal family said.
Westminster Abbey has been the site of many royal weddings. Queen Elizabeth II married Prince
Philip there in 1947, and (7) .
The choice of Westminster Abbey may indicate that William and Middleton are trying to avoid
comparisons to the 1981 (8) . It’s speculated that the couple chose April 29 because it coincides
with (9) . The wedding day will be a national holiday.

Ex 25. Read the dialogue and make a short story in indirect speech. The beginning is given
for you.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Now Mr Arbuthnot, what’s love?
Love is blind.
Good. What does love do?
Love makes the world go round.
Whom does a young man fall in love with?
With the Only Girl in the World.
When do they fall in love?
At first sight.
How?
Madly.
They are then said to be?
Victims of Cupid’s darts.
And he?
Whispers sweet nothings in her ear.
When the Only Man falls in love, madly,
with the Only Girl, what does he do?
He walks on air.
What happens after that?
They get married.
What is a marriage?
Marriage is a lottery.
Where are marriages made?
Marriages are made in heaven.
What does the bride do at the wedding?
She blushes.
What does the groom do?
He forgets the rings.

He saw the Only Girl in the World and
fell madly in love at first sight
...........................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................
............................................................................

(abridged from “The Cliché Expert Testifies on Love”
by Frank Sullivan)

I love You

groom’s friends

the best man

bride’s maids

newlyweds

1.3 The Wedding
Helena began to wear an engagement ring. She was constantly talking about the wedding. She
was very busy: wedding invitations were sent out, the reception was organised, the dress for the
bride was bought in London, the dresses for the bride’s maids were chosen. The bridegroom’s
brother was to be the best man.
The night before the wedding all the groom’s friends joined him at the pub to cheer him up on his
last evening as a bachelor.
The wedding was set for two o’clock at the Church. The guests began to appear. Two o’clock
struck and the organ began playing. There was some excitement by the church door: the bride
had arrived. She looked very beautiful in her long white dress. Everybody stood up.
When the newlyweds were leaving the church, the bells began ringing. There were cheers and
shouts and a storm of confetti. After the reception the newlyweds were going on a honeymoon.

MEMORY BOX

Ex 26. Find in the text the words or phrases (given in italics) for the following definitions:
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

an unmarried man ........... a bachelor .........
an agreement to marry ................................................................................
a marriage ceremony ..................................................................................
a woman on her wedding day ........................................................................
a man on his wedding day ............................................................................
bridegroom’s friend, supporting him at his wedding ........................................
a newly married couple ................................................................................
a holiday taken by a newly married couple ......................................................
a large wedding party ..................................................................................
24

Listening

Jane, Helena’s friend who lives in Australia, got a letter from Helena. She reads the letter to her
mother. Before listening to Helena’s letter twice, read questions I and II to be ready for the given
task.
I. Tick the statements that are true.










1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Helena’s friend is her colleague.
Jane lives in another country.
Helena writes Jane about her marriage.
She met Philip on a holiday trip.
Helena tells Jane about her husband’s family.
Helena went alone because she had failed her exam.
Helena went on holiday with her family.
Philip was their tour guide.

II. Add a word or a phrase to complete the text.
Helena (1) ............................... to her friend Jane. Jane wants to know how Helena (2) .................
................... . Helena writes it was (3) ............................... . She went on her holiday trip alone
because she (4) ............................... her exam. Philip was also (5) ............................... because
he (6) ............................... his girlfriend. They went round the sights together because they were
(7)
............................... alone. They spent a lot of time together and found they
(8)
............................... . So, they are going to (9) ............................... soon.
Helena’s best friend Jane from Australia sends her best wishes to Helena’s wedding.




Whishing You
a Happy and
Blessful Life
Ahead!

Dear Helena!
It seems only yesterday that you told me
that you were engaged and now you are
married! I haven’t met Philip, but from your
letters I know that both of you will be happy.
I am so sorry that I can’t be with you on
that special day, please know that I am with
you in spirit.
Congratulations to Philip and my best
wishes to the two of you for a marriage filled
with all the good things in life.
Tenderly yours,
Jane

ASKING QUESTIONS IN THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE
If the main verb is in the Past Simple, we use the auxiliary verb did at the beginning of the question,
before the subject. After the subject we use the base form.
We went to the party last night.  Did you go to the party last night?
When you want to get more information, you ask a “wh”-question, which begins with: who, what, which,
where, when, why, how, etc. The “wh”-word comes in front of the auxiliary word.
QUESTION WORD ORDER
Wh-word

Auxiliary verb

Subject

Main verb

Other sentence parts

When
Why

did
did

he
they

graduate
break up?

from university?

Ex 27. Read the thank-you letter. Jane’s friend Michael also read it. He wanted to ask some
questions. Look at the answers and write the questions.
Dear Jane!
dding. We quite
n’t come to the we
uld
co
u
yo
y
pit
a
It’s
.
stralia is so far away
understand though, Au
for sending us that
gh
ou
en
thank you
n’t
ca
st
ju
I
d
an
ilip
Ph
have paid a
dding gift. You must
we
a
as
ra
me
ca
eo
Japanese vid
fortune for it.
ur camera
video we shot on yo
st
fir
e
th
u
yo
ing
I am send
ter the ceremony.
outside the church af
the people
family reunion: even
t
ea
gr
a
,
ing
dd
we
It was a big
As you don’t know
to managed to come.
ed
lat
re
ly
nt
ta
dis
e
we ar
iting who is who.
some of them, I’m wr
wonderful gift.
Thanks again for your
Love.
Yours,
Helena and Philip

(not go?) Why didn’t you go to the wedding?
(the camera?) ....................................................
..........................................................................
(expensive?) ......................................................
(like the video?) ..................................................
..........................................................................
(know the people?)..............................................

I couldn’t afford the ticket. It’s so expensive.
Helena is keen on taking pictures. It’s the
very thing she needs.
Not really. I bought it on sale.
It is great. Now I can watch the wedding as
if I had been there.
Some of them. Not everybody.

This is my grandmother Helena. I was
called after her.

This is my aunt on
my mother’s side.
She is a great
pianist, I wish I
took after her.

These are my mother and father-in-law. They are very
nice. I hope they have brought up a good son.

Here are my father and half-brothers. You know my father
had two sons by his first marriage. Don’t they look very
much like my father?

THE VERB “TO HAVE”
IN THE PRESENT SIMPLE TENSE
POSITIVE FORM
I/you/we/they
he/she/it

have got
has got

NEGATIVE FORM

Ex 28. There is a good tradition to send presents well
before the wedding day. People were not sure what to buy
because they didn’t know what Helena had already got.
They consulted Helena’s mother. Find out the information
using the words and phrases below. Student A asks
questions, student B answers them.
MODEL: How about an electric ironing machine? Has
she got an ironing machine?
– A great idea. She hates ironing.
Student A

Student B

1. a carpet?
She / one from Philip’s parents.
............................................................................
2. bedclothes?
We / prepare / those things / long
beforehand.
............................................................................
3. a vacuum cleaner? Oh! Nobody /think /of that. Great!
............................................................................
4. cutlery?
She /be going / get / from her
grandmother.
...........................................................................

I/you/we/they
he/she/it

have got
has got

QUESTION
Have
Has

I/you/we/they
he/she/it

got?
got?

 She has got a son.
 Has she got a daughter ?
 They haven’t got a house, they
rent a flat.

NOTE Do you have..? and I don’t
have… are common especially in
American English.
 They don’t have any children.
(= They haven’t got any
children.)
 It’s a nice house but it doesn’t
have a garden. (= It hasn’t got
a garden.)
 Does Ann have a car? (= Has
Ann got a car?)
 How much money do
you have?
(= How much money
have you got?)

Ex 29. Match the headings A–D to the extracts 1–3. There is one extra heading which you don’t
need to use.
A. Living on His Own.
B. A Happy Marriage.

C. A Marriage for Convenience.
D. Extremes Do Meet.



His wife had been unpleasant woman, but with her family's oil trust he’d managed to
live peacefully with her. The marriage was stable, not exactly warm, but with three kids
in college they had reason to be proud. They had weathered some rough times and were
determined to grow old together. She had money. He had the status. Together they
raised a family.



She was a radical feminist lawyer in Oakland... She had been married to Finn for 30
years – married but not always living together. He’d lived with other women, she'd lived
with other men. Both came and went. They moved in and out, slept around and parted
with great enthusiasm. For six-year stretch they lived together in chaotic monogamy
and produced two children neither of whom had amounted to much. Now they were just
tired. “I’ve decided to get a divorce”, she said.



He was single, a widower, with a little townhouse in Georgetown that he was very fond
of. He lived quietly, occasionally stepping into the social scene that had attracted him
and his late wife in the early years.
(from “The Brethren” by John Grisham)

Ex 30. Make up questions to which the following sentences could be the answers.
No, he is a bachelor. He is not the marrying sort. ............................................................
No, he isn’t. He is my stepbrother. ..................................................................................
Yes, they are. I can’t tell one brother from the other. ........................................................
No, she is my stepmother, that’s why she looks so young. ................................................
No, they don’t. They are going to adopt a child. ..............................................................
No, she is my grandmother. ..........................................................................................

MEMORY BOX

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

CLOSE AND DISTANT RELATIVES
4
be related to smb – быть в родственных отношениях с кем-либо
be distantly related to smb – быть дальними родственниками
on one’s mother’s/father’s side – со стороны матери/отца
have children by one’s former marriage – иметь детей от предыдущего брака
adopt a child – удочерить/усыновить ребёнка
take after one’s mother/father – пойти в мать/отца
look like – быть похожим на кого-либо
look alike – быть похожими друг на друга
as like as two peas – (похожи) как две капли воды
be a copy of – быть просто отражением
call smb after – назвать в честь

Ex 31. Choose a word or words from the box which best complete the sentences.
1. Are you ....................... to Mr Fox? Yes, he is my brother-in-law.
2. Your brother has an unusual name, hasn’t he? Yes, he was
....................... after his great grandfather.
3. Is his family small or large? – He is ....................... , actually .
4. People often confuse them, they ....................... very much
....................... .
5. He is my wife’s second cousin, we are ....................... .
6. The child is very talented, he ....................... his father.
7. I had two children ....................... and my second wife
....................... them ....................... as her own.
8. The daughter and the mother look very much alike, the daughter Is
just ....................... her mother.
9. They didn’t have a child of their own, they decided to ..................... .
10. Polly is my aunt ....................... .

look … alike
by my first marriage
related
a copy of
called after
on my mother’s side
single
distantly related
took after
adopt a child
brought … up

Ex 32. Fill in prepositions where necessary.
1. I am distantly related ............ her. 2. He is not 20 yet. He is still ............ his teens. 3. I was born
............ the 5th ............ May, ............ 1998. 4. They have brought ............ three children. 5. Did
Mrs White divorce ............ her husband? 6. They say she took ............ her mother. 7. He has a
son ............ his first marriage. 8. The girls look ............ so much alike. 9. We are distantly related
............ my father’s side. 10. Thank you for the compliment. I’m ............ my late 50s. 11. They
called their son ............ his great grandfather.

Ex 33. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Они очень похожи, как две капли воды.
..................................................................................................................................
2. Это моя племянница со стороны отца.
..................................................................................................................................
3. Он мой троюродный брат, довольно дальний родственник.
..................................................................................................................................
4. Пятьдесят лет назад дядя Джорж и его брат Том ухаживали за миссис Медоуз, тогда
она была Эмили Грин. Оба брата любили её, но она полюбила Тома и вышла за него
замуж. Джордж так никогда (never) и не женился.
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
5. Нашей внучке 16, она ещё подросток.
..................................................................................................................................

6. У них не было детей, и когда им было под 50, они усыновили мальчика.
..................................................................................................................................
7. После рождения ребёнка она развелась с мужем и воспитывала сына одна.
..................................................................................................................................
8. Сара молодая женщина, ей нет ещё и 30.
..................................................................................................................................
9. Мой свекор вдовец, он приятный мужчина среднего возраста и живёт один.
..................................................................................................................................
10. У них две дочери, они близнецы.
..................................................................................................................................

Ex 34. Find the logical order of the following dialogue parts.



1





1




1



1
– Any relation to Dr Breed, the director of the Laboratory?
– The fourth generation in this location.
– And you are a Breed?
– It’s a small world, I would say.
– His brother. My name is Marvin Breed.
2
– That’s right.
– Has a wedding date been set?
– So you’re engaged to Linda?
– Something over five months.
– How long have you been engaged?
3
– Why do you say “will be”? He actually is and we’ve already got the first quarrel as close
relations.
– I hear your sister Helen and Harry have got married lately.
– Now Harry will be your brother-in-law, won’t he?
– Oh, yes. They registered the other day and became husband and wife.

Ex 35. Act as an interpreter: translate the Russian sentences into English.
A:
B:
А:
В:
А:
В:

1
And here is a picture of my family. This is my husband, Franz.
Oh, yes. (1) А это ваша собака? ..............................................
(2)
Да, его зовут Снупи. ..........................................................
He’s cute!
(3)
А здесь наша дочь Сандра. .................................................
(4)
А это её муж? .....................................................................
30

А: (5) Нет, она не замужем. Это её друг Клаус. .......................................................................
В: How old is your daughter?
А: (6) Ей 21. A это наши два сына: Маркус и Тони. У нас трое детей: два
мальчика и девочка. ...........................................................................
...........................................................................................................
В: And one dog!
А: (7) Да, кстати, (by the way) у нас ещё три кошки. ...................................
...........................................................................................................
В: Oh!
A:

В:
А:
B:

В:

A:
B:

2
Лена, познакомься с моими бабушками и дедушками, тётями и дядями, племянницами и племянниками. .................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
(2)
Рада с вами познакомиться. Какая у вас большая семья! .............................................
........................................................................................................................................
This is only the immediate family. Will you sit next to the oldest member of the family – my
great-grandfather (прадедушка)?
(3)
С большим удовольствием. Как поживаете, мистер Браун? ..........................................
..................................................... If Helen hadn’t given away your age, I would have never
guessed, that you’re her great-grandfater. (4) Вы совсем не выглядите как прадедушка (на
свой возраст). .................................................................................................................
Yes, we are a long lived family. (5) Только наша дорогая прабабушка умерла молодой.
Прадедушка пережил её на 30 лет. ...................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
(6)
Значит ты правнучка. Ты так похожа на своего прадедушку. Просто копия, ...................
......................................................................................................... of course, taking the
difference in age into consideration.
(7)
Я правда (really) так похожа на прадедушку? ........................................................
......................................................................................... I’m flattered.
(8)
Да, это так. Тебе повезло (be lucky), у тебя такая большая и милая семья! ....................
.....................................................................................................................................
(1)

Ex 36. Compose a dialogue using the key words for the situation.
Two friends are looking at an old photograph:
A
Whose family?
So many people?
Why?
On the left?
In the low row?
On the right?
Look very happy?

B
grandmother’s family
family gathering at large
the wedding
brother’s family
their children
the in-laws
very nice people

PEOPLE

2.1 Appearance
forehead

hair
1

cheekbone
eye

ear

nose
lips

cheek
jaw

mouth
chin

eyebrow

MEMORY BOX

eyelid
(eye)lashes

pupil

FACE FEATURES –
черты лица
delicate – тонкие, нежные
fine – тонкие
soft – мягкие
clear-cut – чёткие
striking – поразительные
plain – заурядные
coarse – грубые
ugly – уродливые

Ex 1. Do the crossword puzzle.
Across
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.



The hair on a man’s face between the nose and the mouth.
The eye-cover when the eyes are shut.
The end of a human arm.
It grows on a man’s head.
The hair that grows on the edge of the eyelid.
We hear sounds with it.

1
2
3

12
5

Down
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.



The thin line of hair above the eyes.
The hair on a man’s face below the mouth.
The part of face between the nose and the ears.
The part of face above the eyebrows.
The part of face between the cheeks.
The front of the head.

Ex 2. Read a passage from an article on make-up. Complete the Memory Box on the right

MEMORY BOX

with corresponding words from the article given in italics. Listen and check your answers.

July 2010

MakeUP
Make-up Artist Secrets:
Reshape Your Face

FACE SHAPE – форма лица
...round... – круглое
......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
thin – худое
freckled – c веснушками
wrinkled – морщинистое
with a beard/a moustache – с бородой/усами
FOREHEAD – лоб
broad – широкий
narrow – узкий
......................... – .........................
low – низкий
......................... – .........................

Bring out your best features
... and minimize your not-so-best ones
Everything about your face is
unique, including its shape. Here,
I'll show you the different face
shapes and teach you how to apply
your make-up.

CHEEKBONES – скулы
wide – широкие
......................... – .........................

Round face shape exhibits the natural
beauty and energy of youth. It's fairly
wide, with full cheeks and a rounded chin.

An oval face is considered by most to be
perfect because of its beautiful symmetry.

CHEEKS – щёки
hollow – впалые
......................... – .........................
rosy/pink – розовые
stubby – небритые
clean-shaven – чисто выбритые
with dimples – с ямочками
JAW – челюсть
square – квадратная
......................... – .........................

A square-shaped face is the same width at
the forehead, the cheeks and the jaw.

The long-shaped face has high cheekbones,
a high, deep forehead and a strong jaw
line.

CHIN – подбородок
massive – тяжёлый
pointed – острый
......................... – .........................
firm – твёрдый

MEMORY BOX

T HERE

ARE A NUMBER OF BEAUTIFUL

COLOURS THAT WILL ADD
TO THE DEPTH AND PERSONALITY
OF YOUR EYES !

If you are lucky enough to have green eyes,
you just have to find the perfect colours to
really set them off.

WHAT

EYE-SHADOW COLOUR WORKS FOR

BLUE EYES?

EYES
dark – тёмные
grey – серые
......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
hazel – карие
sunken – запавшие
LIPS – губы
well-cut – хорошо очерченные
......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
......................... – .........................
рarted – полуоткрытые

Brighten your blue eyes with our make-up tips!
There is no end to the make-up looks that women with brown eyes can
wear.
Through this page you can learn how to make thick lips appear thin
and how to apply lip make-up for fuller lips.

Ex 3. Find word partnerships. Put the words in the box in the correct column.
face

forehead

cheeks

eyes

lips

broad  oval  rosy
hazel  well-cut  square
long  green  full
grey  hollow  high
thick  sunken  low

Ex 4. Complete the sentences. Use the words given in CAPITALS at the end of each line to form
a word which fits the space in the same line.
1. She is a red-head and as all red-heads she has .........................
cheeks and nose. 2. Molly turned seventy last year, but she is still
a good-looking woman though ......................... with age. 3. Jack
hasn’t shaved for three days, he has ......................... cheeks and chin,
he says it’s the latest fashion. 4. Robert wears a beard, he wants
to look more manly, he hates his ......................... chin. 5. Women
with ......................... cheekbones and full lips are often considered
beautiful and exotic. 6. Her friends thought she looked like
a child with her full cheeks and ......................... chin. 7. Her full
......................... lips made her look very sexy.

FRECKLES
WRINKLE
STUBBLE
POINT
HIGHLY
ROUND
PART

Ex 5. Give English equivalents to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

тонкие, чётко очерченные брови ................................................................................
острый подбородок ....................................................................................................
пухлые щёчки с ямочками ..........................................................................................
глубоко посаженные глаза ..........................................................................................
усталое морщинистое лицо ........................................................................................
грубые, неправильные черты лица ..............................................................................
тяжёлый подбородок ..................................................................................................
гладко выбритое лицо ................................................................................................
простецкое лицо ........................................................................................................
выразительные голубые глаза ....................................................................................
уродливая челюсть ......................................................................................................
выдающаяся внешность ..............................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases
– I’m so tired of
my long straight hair,
I need a big change.

At the hairdresser’s...

– How would
you like to have
your hair cut?

GUIDE TO YOUR

BEST HAIR

305

HOW

YOUR HOW-TO

HAIR!S

best
hairsty
les!

A WORLD-CLASS HAIR & BEAUTY MAGAZINE

FIND YOUR HAIRSTYLE!

2. SHOULDER-LONG
WAVY HAIR

1. LONG STRAIGHT
HAIR WORN LOOSE

Deborah
Alexandra

3. SHORT CURLY HAIR

Pearl

4. A PONYTAIL
5. A KNOT AT
THE BACK

Alice

Sandre

6. A PARTING IN
THE MIDDLE

7. CLOSELY CROPPED

Maria

Gary

fair hair
cветлые волосы
blond(e)
golden

light brown
chestnut
каштановые

MEMORY BOX

red
рыжие

dark hair
тёмные волосы
dark brown

black
brunette

grey(ing)
седые, седеющие

wear one’s hair

MEMORY BOX

HAIR COLOUR
цвет волос

GENERAL APPRAISAL.
HAIR
mop of hair – копна волос
thick – густые волосы
thin – тонкие волосы
partly bald – лысеющий
bald – лысый

short – короткую стрижку
shoulder long – волосы до плеч
braided – заплетённые в косу
parted in the middle/on one side –
с пробором посредине/сбоку
in a knot at the back – собранными
в узел сзади
in a ponytail – собранными в хвост
сlosely cropped – стрижка «ёжик»

wear a beard/a moustache – носить бороду усы

Ex 6. Describe the photos you see in the Hair’s How Magazine above.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Alexandra has long straight fair hair. She wears it loose.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases

– What kind of
haircut are you
thinking of?

At the barbers’s...

– I just want a trim
on the sides, a shampoo
and a fast blow dry.

Ex 7. Answer the questions using the model.
MODEL:

You have a new hairstyle, don’t you? (brush
back)
I was at the barber shop yesterday. I just had
my hair brushed back without parting.

1. I can’t recognise you today. – Oh! It’s my beard, I
guess. – Do you trim your beard yourself? (at the
barber’s)
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
2. You look quite a different person. Have you dyed your
hair? (at the hairdresser’s)
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
3. You have beautiful hands. Do you do your nails
yourself? (at the beauty parlour)
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
4. With these downwards falling curls your daughter
looks like a cupid. Is it a natural wave? (to curl)
...........................................................................
.............................................................................
5. You don’t look your old self, son. What have you
done to your hair? (wash/at the barber’s // your
birthday present)
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
39

Grammar
“HAVE SOMETHING DONE”
CONSTRUCTION
The construction is used to say that
we arranged for someone else to do
something for us.
It means «заказать, нанять, пригласить кого-либо сделать чтолибо»
have + object + Past Participle
The verb to have in this construction
can be used in different tense forms:
the Simple, Continuous, Perfect.
 How often do you have your
hair styled?
 I had my hair done last week
but I didn’t like the style.
 Hello, Mag. – Sorry, I can’t
talk. I’m having my hair dyed
at the moment.
 You look like a boy, Nell. You
have had your hair cut too
short, I think.

Grammar
THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
COMMON, COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE FORMS:
We use the comparative when comparing one person or thing with another.
We use the superlative when comparing one person or thing with more than one.

One-syllable and some
two-syllable words ending
in -y, -er, -ow, -le
Two or more syllable
words
Irregular forms

COMMON

COMPARATIVE
... + -er
bigger
nicer
prettier

the ... + -est
the biggest
the nicest
the prettiest

beautiful
common

more/less + ...
more beautiful
more common

the most/least + ...
the most beautiful
the most common

better
worse
older
elder

the best
the worst
the oldest
the eldest

good
bad
old

THAN
Чем

SUPERLATIVE

big
nice
pretty

me / him / her / them / us

You are taller than me (I am).
I think this player is quicker than him (he is).

Ex 8. Make comparisons as in the example.
1. Helen is cheerful. (Jane // ever met)

Jane is more cheerful than Helen.
She is the most cheerful person I’ve ever met.

MEMORY BOX

ADJECTIVES

2. John is clever. (James // in our class)
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
3. My sister is rather attractive. (Our neighbour Mrs Roma
// in the neibourhood)
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
4. Bob’s cousin is very pretty. (His girlfriend // among
people I know.) .........................................................
................................................................................

GENERAL APPRAISAL

look – выглядеть
attractive – привлекательный
good-looking – интересный
pretty – хорошенькая
charming – очаровательный
lovely – восхитительный
beautiful – красивая
handsome – красивый
unattractive – непривлекательный
common/plain – заурядный
ugly – уродливый

5. Mario is handsome. (His friend Marcus // in our street)
.....................................................................................................................................
6. My classmate Bob is tall. (His friend Jim // in our team)
.....................................................................................................................................
7. Your hair is dark. (Your brother’s hair // in your family)
.....................................................................................................................................
8. Her eyes are charming. (Her smile // in the world)
........................................................................................................................................
9. Al’s girlfriend has got long and thick eyelashes. (My girlfriend // ever seen)
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 9. Correct the video image synthesized by the police artist. Use the adjectives given in the
prompts in the comparative degree (-er, more, less).
face / long / round  hair / dark  beard / short
hair / thick  lips / thin  jaw / strong  cheeks / full

Make the face thinner.
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

Ex 10. Cross out the wrong form of the adjective in
italics.
1. He is as broad-shouldered/more broad-shouldered
as he used to be in his youth, but now he walks with a
stoop. 2. She is not as prettier/pretty as her sister, but
also good-looking and nice. 3. Dario is much slender/
more slender than Gustavo, but he is short/shorter than
his friend. 4. His wife is a bit older/more old than him, but
she looks much young/younger. 5. It was a strange
couple, the husband was twice as old/older as his wife
and she was much tall/taller.

NOTE Some two-syllable adjectives
like happy (clever, common, narrow,
pleasant, quiet, simple, stupid) have
two comparative or superlative forms:
– either with – -er/-est:
 She’s cleverer than you.
She’s the cleverest person
I know.
– or with more/the most:
 She’s more clever than
you. She’s the most clever
person I know.

Estimate the Only Girl and
the Only Man in the World
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Whom does a young man fall in love with?
With the Only Girl in the World.
Describe the Only Girl in the World.
Her eyes are like stars, her teeth are like pearls, her lips
are ruby, her cheeks are damask, her form is divine.
Have you forgotten something?
Eyes, teeth, cheeks, form – no, sir. I don’t think so.
Her hair?
Oh! Certainly. How stupid of me. She has hair like spun
gold.
Very good. Now, will you describe the Only Man?
He is a blond Viking, a he-man1. There is something fine
about him that rings true.
Are all the Only Men blond Vikings?
Oh, no! Some of them are dark, handsome chaps. This sort of The
Only Man has a way with a maid, and there is a devil in his eye. He
has a heart of gold. He is a diamond in the rough.
(abridged from “The Cliché Expert Testifies on Love”
by F. Sullivan)

a he-man – (humorous) a strong man with powerful muscles
42

Ex 11

1. Daisy

A. Who is who? Look at the pictures. Which
person:


3























has a round face?

2. Miranda

has an oval face?
has a long face?
has full cheeks?
has high cheekbones?
3. Barry

has a snub nose?
has an aquiline nose?
has a high forehead?
has a wrinkled forehead?
has a big mouth?

4. Daniel

has full lips?
has big eyes?
has small round eyes?
has pencilled eyebrows?
has arched eyebrows?
has small ears?

5. Eric

is lop-eared (лопоухий)?
has a beard and a moustache?
has short fair hair?
has shoulder-long dark hair?
has thin hair?

6. Kevin

has a mop of blond hair?
is balding?

B. Now write and talk about the people in the pictures.
1. Daisy is very pretty. She has an oval face with high

cheekbones, her lips are full and red. Her big eyes and a turned
up nose make her look very lovely. She wears her thick fair hair
short.
2. Miranda ...........................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................

MEMORY BOX

3. Barry ....................................................................
............................................................................
.............................................................................
4. Daniel ...................................................................
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
5. Eric ......................................................................
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
6. Kevin ..........................................................................
..................................................................................
..................................................................................

Ex 12. Give English equivalents to the following.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

высокие скулы ...........................................................
длинный крючковатый нос ........................................
круглое доброе лицо .................................................
тонкие сухие губы ......................................................
мясистый нос ............................................................
крупные ровные зубы ................................................
тонкий прямой нос .....................................................
маленький курносый нос .........................................
длинные густые ресницы .........................................

NOSE
7
straight – прямой
hooked – крючковатый
long – длинный
fleshy – мясистый
snub/upturned – курносый
aquiline – с горбинкой
TEETH
perfect – великолепные
even – ровные
large – большие
false – искусственные
EYEBROWS
bushy – густые
arched – тонкие изогнутые
pencilled – тонко очерченные
straight – прямые
EYELASHES
long – длинные
short – короткие
thick – густые
curving – загибающиеся

Ex 13. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate them into Russian.
take off  set off  light up  stick out  put on  make up  stand out  bring out
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Apply cosmetics to the face
Be easily seen, exceptional
Dress oneself in
Make something more beautiful,
to look well with something
Make or become happy
Be very noticeable because of
being unusual
Make clear, to reveal
Remove clothes

................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................

................................
................................
................................

Ex 14.

Choose the best alternative from the phrasal verbs in the list to fill in the spaces.
set off  stick out  make up  take off  bring out
stand out  put on  light up

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

When she smiles, it ............................. her whole face.
This eyeshadow will ............................. the beauty of your eyes to full advantage.
She didn’t know what hat to ............................. to match her new coat.
The earrings will ............................. the colour of your eyes and the fine shape of your face.
If it is hot there you can ............................. your jacket ............................. .
I don’t like to see women to ............................. their faces in public.
They were all pretty, but she ............................. among them.
She has red hair that always ............................. in a crowd.

Ex 15. Unfortunately, when translating the adjectives the Russian words in the Memory
Box have got mixed up. Put them in the right order. Listen and check your answers.
MEMORY BOX

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

BUILD/FRAME – телосложение
large
 тяжёлый
..........................
 хрупкий
..........................
small
 крупный
..........................
heavy
 стройный
..........................
solid
..........................
stocky  плотный
 коренастый
..........................
slim
..........................
delicate  маленький

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

FIGURE – фигура
graceful  тучный
..........................
..........................
perfect  грациозный
 пухленький
..........................
lean
 с брюшком
..........................
fat
 совершенный ..........................
stout
..........................
paunchy  неуклюжий
..........................
clumsy  полный
..........................
plump  худощавый

Ex 16. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Сын такой же плотный как отец, но гораздо лучше сложен.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
45

2. Хотя Катя гораздо младше Маши, она такая же
сильная и высокая как Маша.
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
3. Он был намного крупнее остальных членов
команды, но такой же стройный как они.
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
4. Нина немного ниже, но гораздо толще, чем ее
подруга.
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
5. Она не такая тоненькая, как сестра, но такая же
грациозная.
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
...........................................................................

TO COMPARE THINGS WE USE:
As ... as – такой же ... , как
 The girl was as beautiful as her
mother.
Not so/as ... as – нe такой ... , как
 He is not so tall as his father.
The same ... as – такой же ... , как
 Tom is the same age as George.
Much/far – намного/гораздо
 Mary was the fifth child and
her father was much older than
mine.
A bit/a little – немного
 My brother is a bit shorter than
me.
Twice as ... as – В два раза старше
 He is twice as old.
Half my age – в два раза моложе
 He is half my age.

Listening

You’ll listen to three word-portraits. After listening to the texts twice mark the picture which
corresponds to the description.

Ex 17. Put the words from the box into the chart. Translate the whole phrase into Russian.
HAVE
with a stoop
one’s best
broad shoulders

WALK

(NOT) LOOK

oneself
сильно измениться
..........................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

slim at the waist

..........................................................................................................

of medium height

..........................................................................................................

with a halt/limp

..........................................................................................................

6 feet high

..........................................................................................................

oneself

Ex 18. Read the passages. Match the headings below to the passages (1–4). Highlight the words
in the text to prove your point. There is one extra heading in the list.






1. “She had heard there was a Mr Lynch
coming from their branch. He had obviously
arrived. He wasn’t tall, about her height. He
was handsome, and he had blue eyes and
straight fair hair that fell into his eyes. He
had a smile that lit up the room.”

STATURE – рост, стан, фигура
imposing – представительный
tall – высокий
short – маленького роста
middle-sized – среднего роста

2. “What does she look like, this Polly?” Ria asked Gertie. “Mid-thirties, I imagine. Red hair,
very smart, keeps herself well. She comes in about once a month. You’ll like her, she’s
really nice.”
3. “Barney’s wife was a large comfortable looking woman. Mona moved with ease and
confidence amongst guests. She wore a navy wool dress and had what must have been
real pearls around her plump neck. She was
probably in her mid-forties, like her husband.”
Vocabulary Note:
4. “Yes, you have a will of iron, “ Ria said looking at
her friend with admiration. Rosemary so tall and
blonde and groomed, even at the end of a day
when everyone else would be flacking.”
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy)

Ex 19. There was a bank robbery in Western London.
Suppose you are a witness to this crime and help the
police to identify the robber. Use the following key words
and phrases to describe him.
1. Age: elderly, middle-aged, young, under 30, past 40...
2. Height: tall, short, over 5 feet 6 inches, of middle
height...
3. Build: slim, stout, thick neck, broad-shouldered ...
4. Face: long, round, thin, wrinkled, oval ...
5. Hair: long, straight, curly, blond, bald-headed, ...
6. Eyes: close-set, dark-eyed, small ...
7. Nose: straight, hooked, ...
8. Ears: stick out ...
9. Distinctive marks: freckles, a mole on his right cheek,
a beard, a moustache ...
48



D. A photographer’s model, isn’t he?
E. Not slim, but nice to look at.

MEMORY BOX

A. Red-Heads always stand out.
B. A Very neat woman.
C. Ms Perfect.

TO DRESS:
1. put on clothes
 Have you finished dressing?
 We don’t dress for dinner
nowadays
2. wear clothes
He has to dress well in his
position.
BE DRESSED IN – BE WEARING
 She is always dressed in an
elegant suit.
WEAR – have on the body
 He was wearing a hat/
spectacles/a beard/a ring on
the finger.
 She never wears green.
“Rosemary went to the bank on
Friday mornings. The girls there
admired her a lot. Always dressed
immaculately, and it seemed as if she
were wearing a different outfit each
time until you looked carefully.”
(from “Tara Road”
by Maeve Binchy)

Ex 20. Talk about the people in the pictures. Use the words and phrases in the Memory Boxes
to describe:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)

the figure
the shape of the face
the cheekbones and cheeks
the nose
the eyes and eyebrows
the hair
give its general appraisal
N. Altman
The Portrait of Anna Ahmatova
(1914)
Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn
An Old Man in Red
(1652–54)

I. Levitan
Selfportrait
(1880)

B. Kustodiev
The Merchant’s Wife
(1918)

2.2 Character
Different. Different Again
... I’ll let you into a secret. Do you know what is the most valuable thing
you can hope to collect? People. I’m a collector of people. I look at them,
I observe them, I hear them talk, I listen to their manner of speaking and
I think, hallo, here’s another one. Different. Different again. Because, I’ll
let you into a secret, they are like fingerprints. They
are never quite the same. Some good, some bad,
Beauty is but skin deep. – Красота
all different.
приглядится, а ум вперёд пригодится.
(abridged from a short play “A Talk in the Park”
Handsome is as handsome does. –
by Alan Ayckbourn)
Красив тот, кто красиво поступает.
(Proverbs)
49

Complete the sentences. Fill in the
spaces with the words from the Memory Box.
1. He is a nice old ......................... . 2. My aunt
is a very good-natured ......................... . 3. She
is very different from all people I know. They say
she is an impressive ......................... . 4. When
a woman is not beautiful, people often say that she
has a very nice ......................... . 5. She is amiable
and well-balanced. I like her exactly for these
......................... . 6. Two ......................... in the
American character are generosity and energy.
7. Nobody could understand what her real
......................... towards this man was. 8. He is very
sharp, he knows how to talk to people. This is his
......................... . 9. She is very sensitive, and it is
her ......................... .

A MAN/INDIVIDUAL/
PERSONALITY

character – характер
human nature – человеческая природа
characteristic feature/trait/a trait
of character – черта характера
split personality – противоречивый
характер
quality – свойство
behaviour – поведение
merit – достоинство
weakness – недостаток
virtue – добродетель
sin – порок
attitude (towards) – отношение (к)

Ex 22. Translate the adjectives in the list below. Match them with their opposites in the
Memory Box. Listen and check your answers.
inert – ...................... , cool – ......................,
callous – ......................, slow – ...................... , modest – ...................... ,
nervous – ...................... , irrational – ...................... , gloomy – ...................... ,
easy-going – ...................... , ...................... , unreliable – ...................... ,
lazy – ...................... .

MEMORY BOX

Ex 21.

INNATE QUALITIES
active – активный
quick – быстрый
cheerful – весёлый
calm – спокойный
composed – уравновешенный
emotional – эмоциональный
neat – аккуратный
serious – серьёзный
sensitive – чувствительный
ambitious – честолюбивый
arrogant – надменный
trustworthy – надёжный
sensible – разумный

Ex 23. Answer the following questions using the words from the Memory Box above.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Who seems always happy? A cheerful person.
Who is easily hurt? ..........................................................................................................
Who can be called an unfeeling, indifferent person? .............................................................
Who seems not to be excited, untroubled? ..........................................................................
Who likes to have everything tidy, in good order? .................................................................
Who doesn’t show too high opinion of his merits and abilities? ...............................................
Who behaves in a proud superior manner? .........................................................................
Who is solemn and thoughtful? ........................................................................................

A WORD MAP “POWER OF MIND”

MENTAL ABILITY

EDUCATION

stupid – – intelligent
silly – – clever

illiterate – – educated
ignorant – – learned

foolish – – wise
dull – – bright

narrow- – – broadminded
minded

mediocre –

POWER OF
MIND

– gifted
– talented

ordinary – – genius

slow- – – quickminded
minded
blunt – – witty
slow – – smart

GREAT NATURAL
ABILITY

ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND
THINGS

Ex 24. Match the words in column A with their translation in column B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

A
bright
gifted
half-witted
ignorant
smart
mediocre
slow-minded
blunt
illiterate
ordinary
dull
witty

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)

B
несообразительный
остроумный
смышлёный
посредственный, заурядный
тупой
заурядный
находчивый, толковый
невежественный
слабоумный, придурковатый
безграмотный
одарённый
непонятливый, туповатый
51

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Ex 25.
Across
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Do the crossword puzzle. How

do we call:



a person who received systematic intellectual training at school and high school?
a talented person?
a person having a great power of learning and understanding things?
a person with second-rate mental ability?
a clever skilful person having a good quick brain?

Power of Mind
6

2
8
9
3

Down
6.
7.
8.
9.



a person having much knowledge?
a gifted person?
a person unable to read or write?
a person knowing very little, almost nothing?

Ex 26. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Настоящий учёный должен быть умным и хорошо образованным, он также должен
обладать широким кругозором.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Сейчас в Европе практически нет безграмотных людей, но многие довольно невежественны.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Мой друг очень начитанный и остроумный, с ним никогда не скучно.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Я не могу сказать, что он очень хорошо образован, но он сообразительный и толковый.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Что вы думаете о его картинах? – Боюсь, что он не очень талантлив. Довольно посредственные работы.
......................................................................................................................................

MAN AND OTHER PEOPLE

ATTITUDE TOWARDS OTHER PEOPLE

Humane
affectionate
friendly
любящий
дружелюбный
kind
amiable
добрый
любезный
gentle
good-natured
мягкий
добродушный
tender
warm-hearted
нежный
сердечный
faithful
sympathetic
преданный сочувствующий

Straightforward

Noble

Severe

Other
Features

frank

hypocritical

polite

strict

dominant

откровенный

лицемерный

вежливый

строгий

авторитарный

ingenuous

sly

reserved

cruel

firm

бесхитростный

хитрый

сдержанный

жестокий

твёрдый

cunning

meek

wicked

pushy

коварный

кроткий

злой

давящий

hostile
враждебный

Ex 27. What prefixes or suffixes form the opposites of these words? Complete each of
these word forks. Listen and check your answers.
merciful – милосердный  honourable – уважаемый, благородный
competent – компетентный  just – справедливый  honest – честный
selfish (x2) – эгоистичный  tactful – тактичный  demanding – требовательный
respectful – почтительный  sincere – искренний  reliable – надежный
friendly – дружественный  fair – справедливый  loyal – верный
faithful (x2) – преданный  considerate – заботливый, внимательный

......................
......unfair......
......................
UN- ......................
......................
......................
......................

DIS-

......................
.....disloyal.....
......................
......................

......................
IN-

inconsiderate
......................

SHOULD + VERB
надо, следует
Meaning:

......................
....tactless....
...................... -LESS
......................

1. Moral obligation
 A doctor should be gentle and considerate.
2. Advice
 You should be more careful.
3. Disapproval
 You shouldn’t treat her like this.

Ex 28. What character traits SHOULD/SHOULDN’T these people have?
SHOULD
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

a boyfriend / a girlfriend
a wife / a husband
a parent
a teacher
the director

SHOULDN’T

...gentle...
...dominant...
..............................................................................................
..............................................................................................
..............................................................................................
..............................................................................................

Listening

An Elegant End-Game
I. After listening to the story twice choose the answer (a–c) which you think fits best according to
the text. Tick the right answer.
1. Were Antonio Gomes and Marka-da-Dilva personally acquainted?





No, they were not. But they played chess on the Internet.

Yes, they met at some chess tournaments.

No, but they knew each other as good chess-players.

2. Had they ever had a game of chess?





They had never played chess.

They only read about each other in chess tournament reviews.

Yes, they had been playing chess by correspondence for two years.

3. Why did Antonio propose to Marka?





she was a very beautiful woman.

by her manner of playing he found out what a nice person she was.

He had to because she had won the game.

II. Listen to the text again and tick Marka-da-Dilva’s character traits that are
mentioned in the text. There are five extra adjectives in the list.







clever
kind-hearted
tactful
talented
firm







persistent
generous
delicate
touchy
sensitive

Character is the expression of
the personality, it reveals itself
in his conduct.

Ex 29. How do you or your friend demonstrate these characteristics?
Sociable – I am sociable because I love being with other people.
Sympathetic – I think he is sympathetic because...
Ingenuous – ............................................................................................................................
Reserved – .............................................................................................................................
Loyal – ....................................................................................................................................
Sly – .......................................................................................................................................

Ex 30.

Render the story in English paying special attention to the words in italics.
Рекомендательные письма1

Один джентльмен искал помощника (assistant) в свой офис. Около 50 юношей ответили на
его объявление (advertisement). Джентльмен вскоре выбрал одного.
Друг спросил его: «Хотел бы я знать, как ты выбрал этого юношу. Ведь у него не было ни
одной рекомендации»
«Ты ошибаешься, – сказал джентльмен, – их было много. Он вытер (wipe) ноги, когда вошёл,
закрыл дверь. Ясно, что он аккуратен и любит порядок. Он немедленно уступил место (give
up his place to) старому человеку, показывая, что он добр и почтителен. Он снял шляпу,
когда вошёл, и отвечал на мои вопросы уважительно, показывая, что он вежлив. Он поднял
книгу и положил её на стол, тогда как все остальные не сделали этого. Это показывает, что
он очень внимателен. Он спокойно ждал своей очереди (turn), а не расталкивал (push
asunder) других. Это говорит о том, что он скромен и тактичен. Когда я говорил с ним, я
видел, что его одежда чистая, волосы причёсаны (comb), что у него чистые ногти. Всё это
значит, что он получил хорошее воспитание. Разве ты не назовёшь все эти вещи
рекомендательными письмами? Я уверен, что он будет верным и надёжным помощником».
The Reference

MEMORY BOX

ATTITUDE TOWARDS LIFE
Volitional Powers
strong-willed – волевой
brave – храбрый
daring – отчаянный
courageous – мужественный
independent – независимый

weak-willed – слабовольный
fearful – боязливый
cautious – осторожный
coward/cowardly – трус/трусливый
dependent – зависимый

MEMORY BOX

DECISION MAKING
resolute – решительный
persistent – настойчивый
stubborn – упрямый
obstinate – упорный, упрямый
decisive – решительный

doubtful – сомневающийся
submissive – покорный
flexible – податливый, уступчивый
amenable – сговорчивый
hesitant – нерешительный

MAN and PROPERTY
spendthrift – расточительный, economical – экономный,
мот
бережливый
generous – щедрый
greedy – жадный
stingy/mean – скупой

Ex 31. What kind of person:
1.
2.
3.
4.

is able to stand up to difficulties? ...firm, strong-willed...
is unable to take a decision? ............................................................................................
can show resistance to pressure? .....................................................................................
is capable of prolonged effort? ...........................................................................................

Ex 32. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Я не думаю, что он трусливый человек, он просто осторожный.
.......................................................................................................................................
2. Мой дед был смелым и мужественным солдатом.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Наш сын очень упрям. Его трудно заставить изменить свое мнение, даже если оно
неправильное.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. У моей подруги очень сильная воля, она может придерживаться любой диеты, а я
слабохарактерная.
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Мой брат так и не женился. Он говорит, что он независимый и любит свободу.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Мне было жаль её, она боязливая и выглядела такой потерянной (lost) в этой толпе.
.......................................................................................................................................

MEMORY BOX

MAN and HIS WORK
hard-working – трудолюбивый
diligent – прилежный
committed – преданный
punctual – пунктуальный
accomplished – получивший
хорошее образование/воспитание

lazy – ленивый
idle – бездельник
careless – беспечный
loose – небрежный, безответственный

Ex 33. With the prefixes given in the chart form the opposites of the adjectives in the box.
responsible – ответственный  skilled – квалифицированный
competent – компетентный  concerned – озабоченный
disciplined – дисциплинированный  attentive – внимательный

IR-

UN-

IN-

..............................................................unskilled............................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

IDIOMS

Ex 34. What person can be described by these idioms:
1.
2.
3.
4.

As busy as a bee. – A hard-working person.
As merry as a cricket. ....................................................
As true as steel. .............................................................
As slippery as an eel. .....................................................

Read the horoscopes and find out what to expect from your friends, family and love life!

Aquariu
s xèDâï
Éèêá
21 Janua
ry – 19 F èëz
ebruary
Aquaria
ns are b
road-m
energet
inded,
ic, fr
ideas, im iendly, full of u
nusual
practica
l, touch
unpred
y
ictable.
and
They ar
need fr
e think
eedom
ers,
and ind
epende
nce.

éêfâlWåz
Capricorn xDâñ
20 January
22 December –
king,
itious, hard-wor
b
m
a
re
a
s
rn
Caprico
anding.
t, serious, dem
en
ti
a
p
l,
u
hf
it
fa
tine,
like a fixed rou
e,
d
u
lit
so
y
jo
They en
s of new
often suspiciou
nd
a
n
la
p
to
e
lik
ideas.

T H E 12 S T A R S I G N S
Pisces x
Dé~fëgò
z
20 Febr
uary –
20 Mar
Pisces a
ch
re abse
n
t-minde
careless
d, artist
, emotio
ic,
nal, sen
unselfis
s
itive,
h and la
c
k ambit
don’t lik
ion. The
e hurtin
y
g peop
people
le
, put ot
first.
her

Éèêgòz
Aries xD
pril
h – 20 A impatient,
21 Marc
ss,
t they
re fearle
ate, bu
r
e
id
s
n
Arians a
co
nd
e and in
nctual a
u
p
,
impulsiv
s
r
e
d
e to be
fect lea
don’t lik
are per
y
e
h
T
.
itted
resee
quick-w
don’t fo
,
o
d
o
t
results.
at
t quick
told wh
n
a
w
d
s an
problem

z
xDíiêèë
Taurus
y
– 21 Ma
at
21 April
o
re g od
a
s
atient,
e
s
u
r
Tau
dical, p
o
h
t
e
m
ing,
low to
garden
ntred, s
e
c
.
lf
e
s
l,
ubborn
practica
able, st
li
e
r
,
t
le
tab
ve grea
anger, s
nges, ha
a
h
c
e
t
, need
They ha
od food
o
g
e
v
, lo
ns.
warmth
ossessio
p
d
n
a
security

Gemini
xDdÉã
få~fz
22 May
– 21 Jun
e
Geminis
are ada
ptable,
commu
nicative
,
light-he
witty. T
arted,
hey don
’t like
monoto
ny, they
are alw
the go,
ays on
love va
riety an
and ha
d
c
hange
ve sudd
en moo
d swing
s.

Cancer
xDâñåë
èz
22 June
– 23 July
Cancer
s are go
od cook
imagina
s, home
tive, sen
loving,
sitive, se
travelle
ntimen
rs. They
tal, goo
get ups
stay in
d
et easily
one pla
,
like to
ce, need
to feel s
afe.

s,
z
Dägès
nerou
ust
e
g
g
u
,
l
A
Leo x
y
fu
3
ly – 2 tive, faith ident. The
f
24 Ju
a
n
e
r
to
co
are c
, self- oices, like
s
r
e
s
Leos
i
ir v
organ
of the ion, love
d
good
n
u
nt
als
he so
f atte s individu
o
like t
e
r
t
ine a
e cen
be th need to sh
r,
powe eaders.
sl
and a

îbWÖèsz
er
Virgo xD
eptemb
S
3
2
–
t
ating,
us
24 Aug
discrimin etails,
l,
a
ic
it
r
d
re c
bering
Virgos a
remem
t
al. They
a
d
t
c
o
o
, pra ic
t
s
e
fussy, g
d
o
m
arners,
an be
good le
relax, c
o
t
d
r
a
find it h
ical.
hypocrit

áèsz
Scorpio xDëâié
November
24 October – 22
ous,
ractive, courage
Scorpios are att
strong
loyal, secretive,
good parents,
don’t trust
are stubborn,
silent type. They
gh they
be cruel. Thou
n
ca
nd
a
le
p
peo
have a
live with they
are difficult to
selflity and a good
magnetic qua
control.

Libra xDägÄêèz
– 23 October
24 September
ing,
bitious, charm
Librans are am
le,
a
lomatic, soci b
considerate, dip
find friends
unselfish. They
to
ile a lot, need
everywhere, sm
stice.
balance and ju
find harmony,

Sagitta
rius
23 Nove x?ëñdfDíÉèêáè
ëz
mber –
21 Dece
Sagitta
m
rians ar
ber
e deep
good-h
thinker
umoure
s, extra
d, kind
vagant
minded
to othe
,
, optim
r
s
,
o
is
p
t
e
ic
nThey ha
, outdo
or type
ve lots o
s.
f intere
on the b
sts, love
right sid
sport, lo
e.
ok

Ex 35. Read the horoscopes and say to what extent the descriptions are true.
MODEL:

My friend was born on May, 2. He is Taurus. That’s right, he is really very stubborn.

That’s not true, he/she isn’t ...
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

Ex 36. You disapprove of your friends’ actions and give
advice. Write sentences according to the model.

SHOULD + HAVE + Participle II
нужно было, следовало бы
Meaning:

MODEL:

I invited Lizzy for a quiet weekend at my place.
She was bored to death, the weekend was
completely ruined. – Lizzy / Saggitarius /
outdoor type / invite/ a cycle run.
Lizzy is Saggitarius, an outdoor type. You
should have invited her for a cycle run.

1. Criticism of the past action
 He felt hurt, you should have
taken more interest in his
problem.
2. Disapproval
 You shouldn’t have spoken to
him like that.

3. Regret
1. Vlad got angry with me the other day. Aquarius /
 It was his birthday yesterday.
touchy / not laugh at
I should have called him.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
2. Dick left his bag on the bus yesterday. Pisces / absent-minded / remind.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Maria got mad at me and left the office on Friday. Aries / don't like to be told what to do / know
her better.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Paul got weary of staying at my Mum's cottage in the country. Gemini / love variety and
change / make a trip abroad instead.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
5. I took Diana's advice and bought the dress. Now everybody says it doesn't suit me. Virgo /
hypocritical / not follow her advice.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

6. Barry got drunk and ruined the party. Leo / like to be the centre of attention / let him tell
everybody about his hiking trip.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Oliver doesn’t speak to me. Scorpio / secretive / not be nosy.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
8. We failed to make Dmitry change his mind. Taurus / stubborn / try to reason with him.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
9. Natasha left early yesterday evening. Capricorn / serious, enjoy solitude / not make her listen
to the heaps of gossip.
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 37. What one word would you use to describe your relations and friends?
MODEL:

“She was talking about her remote father who never seemed at all interested, her
difficult, disappointed mother who snapped out a series of criticisms rather than
having a conversation.” “What one word would you use to describe her?” Declan
asked. “Regretful. That’s the word. She always regrets something. Like nobody has
any manners anymore, or how expensive everything has become, or that I married
Alan or that I left Alan…” (from “Heart and Soul” by Maeve Binchy)

Ex 38. These are some characters from Maeve Binchy’s novel “Tara Road”. Read the abstracts
and say how you’d characterize these people.
“The door was opened by a dark, good-looking man in his early forties. He came down the steps
his hand stretched out. Marilyn frantically searched for his name …I’m Colm Barry, neighbour and
friend… Marilyn looked at him gratefully. He seemed to tell her what she needed to know and not
too much.”..............................................................................................................................
“Martin was pale and anxious…There was something about him that lacked enthusiasm and fire.
He looked slightly worried about things and spoke pessimistically. There was a problem
connected with everything.” .....................................................................................................

“Coleman was 48, with two bad divorces decades earlier, no children, thank God. Because of the
tacos, he was thick and slow, with a drooping stomach and large flashy cheeks. Coleman was not
pretty, but he was certainly lonely.” ...........................................................................................

Ex 39. Complete the following sentences.
1. If you want to be popular with others you must be ........................... .
2. I think that what makes a student unpopular with others is ........................... .
3. In my opinion, the traits of character which people appreciate in their political leaders
are ........................... .
4. To make a good friend (чтобы стать хорошим другом) one has to be ........................... .

Ex 40. Complete the dialogues.
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:

1
....................................................
....................................................
Well, you don’t know him as well as I do. He is well-bred and pleasant to deal with.
She possesses a rare gift of listening to people without interrupting them.
I cannot but agree with you ....................................................
He fell in love with her at first sight.
Don’t you think they’re so different? She is full of joy and gaiety and he looks so sullen.
....................................................
....................................................
Well, extremes meet, they say.

A:
B:
A:
B:
A:

2
....................................................
He has a good sense of humour. It’s a lot of fun to be with him.
But he is a very ambitious guy.
Do you consider ambition to be a good trait?
....................................................

A PLACE TO LIVE



Ex 1. Match paragraphs A–B with pictures 1–2.
A. I enjoy a rural lifestyle. There isn’t much pollution if you live outside a town. We see much
construction in the countryside nowadays. And I’m not surprised with such terrible prospects
within towns.
B. I like big cities. I always find there is nothing to do in the countryside. Urban areas, even with
their problems, offer people a much better life than in rural areas.

KEY TERMS
PLACE – (gen.) a building or area of land used for living.
HOUSE – a structure meant for living in. DWELLING – a formal
substitute for “house”. BUILDING – can also refer to structures
used not only as living space. RESIDENCE – a house especially
a large or dignified one. PREMISES – a house or building with
its outbuildings, land, etc.

3.1 Types of Dwellings and Premises
Ex 2. Use the prompts to discribe the types of the houses you see in the photos in the magazine.
1

Homes & Gardens

1. Detached house

Styles
Decorating
Expert Advice
3. Terraced house

2. Semi-detached house

La w n

stand alone/not joined

A detached house is a
house that stands alone
and is not joined to another
house. There is often a big
green lawn in front of the
house.

G a r a ge

attach to/on one side
........................................
........................................
........................................

line of several houses/
........................................
joined together
........................................
........................................

4. Bungalow

PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS
OF PLACE

Front
garden

In front of/opposite – перед/напротив
 There was a fountain in front of the
house.
 The house opposite to mine is painted
green.
Вehind – позади
 The kitchen garden was behind the
house.
At the back of – позади
 There is a cherry orchard at the back
of the house.
Next to/near (to)/close to/by/nearby –
около/возле/у/рядом с
 Our summer cottage is by the river.
 The hotel is near (to) the station.
Round – за (поворотом)
 The shop is round the corner.
Outside – снаружи/вне
 The car is outside the garage, I’m
leaving soon.

Fence

modern
building/one floor/
........................................
one door
........................................
........................................
5. Cottage

d ri v e w ay

k i t c he n
g ard e n

attractive
small old building/
........................................
countryside
........................................
........................................

Homes & Gardens

Styles
Decorating
Expert Advice

7. Country house
6. Weekend house/cottage/cabin

gate
veranda

hedge

large house/
........................................
historical
interest/
........................................
a
lot
of
land
........................................

place in the countryside/
........................................
spend weekends
........................................
........................................

8. Block of flats
9. Multi-storey block of flats

Personal
pa r k i n g
s pa c e
yard

multi-storey building/
........................................
many levels of floors
........................................
........................................

large building/flats
........................................
........................................
........................................

10. Skyscraper
11. Bedsit/studio

very tall/modern/city
........................................
........................................
........................................

one main room/
........................................
no
separate bedroom
........................................
........................................

Ex 3. Match the words and phrases in column A with
those in column B.
A
1. gate
2. lawn
3. kitchen garden
4. hedge
5. front garden
6. driveway
7. patio
1

B
a) лужайка
b) подъездная дорожка
c) внутренний дворик
d) огород
e) цветник перед домом
f) живая изгородь
g) ворота
5

Ex 4
A. Here is a word picture of an old house in Dublin. Have
you ever seen such a house? Tell about it (Where?
When? How old? What was it like?).
“And then they were
there. And they stood
together in the overgrown
front garden and looked
up at the house in Tara
Road. “Look at the shape
of the house,” Danny
begged her. “See how
perfect the proportions
are. It was built in 1870, a
gentleman’s residence.”…The bow windows had all the
original woodwork. “Those shutters are over a hundred
years old. The leaded glass over the door has no cracks
in it. The house is a jewel,” Danny Lynch said.

Grammar
“THERE + BE” CONSTRUCTION
We use the there + be construction
when talking about the existence or
presence of people, things, etc. in a
particular place. This construction
has the meaning «есть», «имеется»,
«находится», «существует». The
verb to be in this construction can be
used in different tense forms: there
is/are, there was/were, there will be
 There are nice cottages in the
suburbs of our town.
 There will be a big park here in
some years.
The verb to be agrees with the
subject that stands first.
 There is a church and ten
cottages in the village.
 There are a lot of blocks of flats
and a skyscraper in this area.
NEGATIVE FORM and
QUESTION
 Is there a telephone in your
room? – No, there isn’t. There
is no telephone in my room.
 Was there the gate when we
were here last? – No, there was
not. There was no fence either.
Mind that the sentences: There is a
book on the table. (На столе книга.)
and The book is on the table. (Книга
на столе.) have a different meaning.
The first one shows that there is
something (“a book”) in that place,
the second one shows that the object
(“the book”) we are speaking about
now or looking for is in that place
(“on the table”).

The corresponding Russian sentences begin with adverbial modifiers.
Russian
English
There is а telephone in my room.
В моей комнате есть телефон.
There was a meeting at the Institute yesterday.
Вчера в институте было собрание.

B. Here is a description of a penthouse. Are there penthouses
in your city/town? What do they look like?
“Number 32 had been finished and the long top-floor
apartment had a wraparound roof garden with a view
stretching out towards the Dublin mountains. At night it would
look magnificent with all the city lights in between”.
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy)

Ex 5. Read the passage. Find phrasal verbs having the following meanings in it.
The house Ria and Larry were admiring was not handed down to them from their parents. They
were dreaming of buying the house. The building was rather old. It dated back to the second half
of the 19th century. However the house was not falling apart. It was just in the state of neglect as
the previous owner couldn’t keep it up.
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.

Cause to remain in good condition
Have existed since a particular time in the past
Pass something from one generation to the next
Break into pieces

...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................

Ex 6. What do we call:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

some rooms on one floor of a building used as a residence ....................................................
a house in a row of houses which are all joined together ......................................................
a house that stands alone ......................................................
a very tall building ......................................................
a row of bushes or tall plants, forming a boundary for a field or garden ...................................
roofed and floored open space, along the side(s) of a house ................................................
a house with only one storey .............................................

roof

chimney

attic
balcony

upper floor

veranda

ground floor

front door

MEMORY BOX

porch

front steps

back door

storey/floor – этаж
We live on the second floor of a five-storey building.
two-storey/-storied building – двухэтажный дом
on the ground floor – жить на первом этаже
on the upper floor – жить на втором этаже двухэтажного дома
live
The bedrooms are usually on the upper floor.
on the top floor – жить на последнем этаже
at the front/back of the house – перед домом/позади дома

Ex 7. Fill in the gaps with the words from the box.
kitchen garden  house  dwelling  lawn  view
driveway  gate  veranda  the front door
roof  front steps  attic  garden  two-storey

We took a bus to get to our friends’ house. It was sixteen miles outside Oxford. The bus turned off
the main road and stopped. We had to walk the last two miles. Ten minutes later we came to the
(1)........................ to the private property. The place was so quiet, so beautiful. We could see the
(2)........................ across a big green (3)........................ . The house rose like a tower on the hill.
The (4)........................ was very old, but in good repair. It was a house with a (5)........................ ,
from the windows you could see the entire valley. It was a (6)........................ building with an
(7)........................ . It had a red tile (черепичный) (8)........................ and a big (9)........................
which ran along its front. There was a gravelled (10)........................ to the garage. One could see
a wonderful (11)........................ and a small (12)........................ near the house. Nobody was in
sight. So, we climbed the (13)........................ and rang (14)........................ bell.
69

Ex 8. Read the advertisement in TNT Magazine. Who is this house ideal for? Why?
12 Сhesnat Road, York SY3 5 KF
ro

00 Eu

64,0

A beautiful detached house with 2 bedrooms.
Close to: city centre, shops, schools, good public transport, etc.
Features include: Luxury bathroom and kitchen, two bedrooms,
small garden, living room with bay windows, central heating.
Tel. 333-44-867

1.
2.
3.
4.

MA YKENBEL
p r o p e r t i e s

A single person? .............................................................................................................
A family with children? ....................................................................................................
A student? ... It doesn’t suit a student, it’s too big and expensive. ...
A retired couple? ...............................................................................................................

Ex 9. Complete these sentences with a suitable phrase from the Memory Boxes.
The trouble with living .............................. is that you can never find a place to park your car.
They live on a hillside. Their living room window has .............................. the valley.
A lot of cars, buses and lorries go past our house: we live .............................. .
Our living room window .............................. the park, I enjoy the view.
If the lift isn’t working, I can’t imagine how we’ll get to the office, it is on ..............................

MEMORY BOX

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

LOCATION/AREA/NEIGHBOURHOOD
2

in the centre of the city/in the city centre – жить в центре города
in the suburbs – в пригороде
on the outskirts – на окраине
live
in a residential area – в жилом районе
in a very quiet area – в очень тихом районе
near (to) the station/not far from the station – недалеко от станции
on/in a main/busy road – на улице с большим движением
have a view of/over the sea – из окна видно море
face north – выходить на север
look out on the park – с видом на парк
open onto/into (the garden) – выходить в (сад)
be set back (from) – не выходить непосредственно на дорогу или улицу
The windows in the bedroom face north. It’s a bit dark, but we don’t use it
during the day.
Our grandparents live in a very quiet area. There is no noise there.
The house was set back from the road and partly hidden by trees.

Ex 10. Fill in prepositions where necessary.
1. There were big steelworks .............. the outskirts of the town, half of the male population
worked there. 2. Though our house is .............. the suburbs of the city, it takes us only half an
hour to get to the city centre as we live near .............. the station. 3. I don’t like the place we live
in, the house is .............. a main road, so it is very noisy during the day. 4. The villa had a wonderful
view .............. the lake and the surrounding mountains. 5. The windows in the living room face
.............. south, so in summer we have to keep the blinds (жалюзи) down in the afternoon, there
is too much sun. 6. Our front door opens straight .............. the street, we have no front garden.
7. Their balcony looks .............. .............. the ancient square. The view is fantastic.

Ex 11. Complete the dialogue. Replace the words in brackets with the corresponding English
words.
A: Where do you live, Helen?
H: I live in Blackpool with my friend Colin in a beautiful flat (1) (на втором этаже) ........................
..................... . We don’t have a (2) (сад) ................................. but we have a (3) (большой
балкон с видом на море) .................................................... .
A: Do your parents live (4) (недалеко) .................................................... ?
Н: No, they live (5) (в деревне ) .................................................... near Blackpool. Their house
is small, but it’s very nice. It has a lovely garden (6) (позади дома) ............................
....................... and a wonderful (7) (цветник перед домом) .............................................. .
A: Do you have any brothers or sisters?
H: Yes, I have a brother. He lives in a town near Manchester. He rents a flat. It’s not very good,
I’m afraid. He doesn’t have a garden or a balcony. His flat is in a house (8) (на улице с большим
движением) ..................................................... He is looking for a new place to live.

Ex 12. Find pairs of antonyms in this list and put them down in the Memory Box. Listen
and check your answers.

MEMORY BOX

clean  small  expensive  convenient  luxurious  noisy
not that clean  dirty  light  a real bargain  spacious  simple
tidy  quiet  untidy  affordable  inconvenient  dark

WHAT ARE THEY LIKE?

–

... clean ...

... dirty ...

.............................

Ex 13. Find adjectives in the Memory Box which could describe:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

a flat called a bedsit ... small ...
a house on the main road .......................
a flat in the remote residential area .......................
What a room! I’ve never seen so much mess and disorder .......................
a house near a supermarket and a bus stop .......................
a house near a park, far from the busy road .......................
a house with large rooms .......................
a house with very small windows .......................
a penthouse with a roof garden .......................
a small house on the outskirts of the city .......................

Ex 14. Write down five positive things and five negative things you could say about your house
or flat.

–

+
Which neg

ative featu
res do you
hate
the most?

Which positive features are the most
important for you?

The study is
dark. It is de
pressing.
................
......

Our country house is spacious.
You can have your privacy.

Ex 15. What about your home? Put the words in the correct order to form questions. Answer the
questions.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

live / you / do / a house / in / or a flat ? ................................................................................
If you live in a flat, floor / on / it / what / is? .........................................................................
If you live in a house, house / what / it / is / type / of ? ............................................................
got / a garden / you / have? .............................................................................................
the house(flat) / does / to you / rent / it / you / or / belong / do?
....................................................................................
6. your own garage / got / you / have? ...................................................................................
7. your place / dark / is / or light? .........................................................................................
8. noisy / is / your place / or quiet ? ......................................................................................

Ex 16. Think of friends or members of your family who live in these places:
me
Nick...

house as
the same

in
...my

classmate

in a different pa
rt
of the country
...........................

in the same
neighbourhood as me
............................

ame
in the s
ntry
the cou
part of
.....
...........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
....
73

in the sa

me villag
e/
town/cit
y
............
............
.....

in another country
............................

Ex 17. Fill in IT or THERE into the gaps.
1. Our house is very old, but ................ is in good
condition. However, ................ are some rooms on the
upper floor that need redecoration. 2. His flat is on the
third floor and ................ has got a balcony. ................
is only one such a flat on that floor. 3. ................ are two
new houses near the underground station. ................
takes only fifteen minutes to get to the city centre.
4. My house is on a main road. ................ is rather noisy.
................ are many cars and buses on that road. 5. His
place is near the city centre. ................ is very
convenient for the shops. ................ are many shops
there. 6. ................ is a veranda along the south wall of
the house. ................ is very nice to sit there.

Ex 18.

Translate the sentences from Russian into

English.

Grammar
“IT” or “THERE”?
In many kinds of English sentences,
we use IT or THERE in the subject
position.
We use pronoun IT for things,
animals, babies.
 Her cottage is very comfortable,
but it is very damp in winter.
Impersonal IT can be used in
expressions of time, day, distance,
etc. It can be also used to express
opinion about places, events,
situations.
 It is far from here to the
nearest town. It was strange to
meet you here of all places.

1. Большинство людей в России живут в жилых
Impersonal THERE is used to say
районах в многоэтажных многоквартирных домах,
that something exists in a particular
но многие имеют дачи. Это небольшие дома с садом
place, to introduce new information,
или огородом позади дома. 2. Нью Йорк – это город
etc.
небоскребов, на последнем этаже которых рас I don’t like my flat. It (the flat)
полагаются роскошные квартиры с видом на
is not light enough. There are
two rooms that are especially
Центральный парк. 3. В Испании дома имеют
dark.
замечательные внутренние дворики, на стенах
домов цветы, но нет зелёных лужаек, так как там
очень жарко. 4. Мы живём на первом этаже, у нас нет
балкона. Наш сад на крыше, оттуда открывается очень красивый вид на реку. 5. Мой брат
построил двухэтажный дом в пригороде недалеко от станции. Веранда выходит на юг, на
ней можно загорать. 6. У бабушки на чердаке много интересных вещей. 7. Почему у вас
на крыше труба, ведь у вас центральное
отопление? 8. Современные роскошные
квартиры очень дорогие. Они большие,
просторные, очень удобные, но не все
могут позволить себе (afford) такую
квартиру.

3.2 Looking for a Place to Live
Connie and Richard Smart were looking for a place to live. They seriously considered two
opportunities: moving into Granny’s old house or buying a small house in the country, as they
both enjoyed a rural lifestyle. They had been dreaming of owing a house for many years.

Connie and Richard went to the real
estate agency and inspected the
details of the houses on the offer.
They were attracted by some of
them and made an appointment
with the agent to see the houses.
Eventually a selection was made.
Besides being nice, the house was
a real bargain.
But property was expensive. The family
didn’t have enough money to pay for the
house immediately. The Smarts
managed to save some money only for
the down payment. They could buy the
house only if a long term loan, called a
mortgage, could be raised from a bank.
The mortgage was obtained. It was to
be paid back with interest over 25 years.
Both of them working, they could afford
it because they were to pay the money
back in fairly small sums once a month.

Ex 19. Answer the questions.

MEMORY BOX

The Smarts didn’t think of renting a house: paying rent to the landlord was a waste of money. As
for granny’s house, it was in the state of neglect and in addition it was too far from the city they
worked in. So, they decided against it. Buying a house was the only choice left.
RENTING/BUYING A PLACE TO LIVE

move into/out – переехать, вселиться/выехать
rent a house/a flat – снять дом/квартиру
rent (out)/let a house/a flat – сдать дом/квартиру
rent – арендная плата
own smth – владеть
property – собственность, земельная собственность
real estate agency – агентство по покупке и
аренде жилья/недвижимости
houses on the offer – дома, выставленные на
продажу
mortgage – ипотечный кредит
down payment – первоначальный взнос
pay back with interest over (25 years) – вернуть
кредит с процентами в течение (25 лет)
be a bargain – выгодная покупка
landlord – владелец дома или квартиры, сдаваемых внаем
tenant – съемщик, временный владелец
condition of the housе – состояние дома
be in good repair – быть в хорошем состоянии
be falling into decay – приходить в упадок
be in the state of neglect – быть в запущенном
состоянии

1. What lifestyle did Richard and Connie prefer? 2. Why did they decide against moving into
Granny’s house/renting a house? 3. Where could Richard and Connie find out some information
about the houses on the offer? 4. What is a mortgage? Where can it be obtained?
5. What is a down payment?

Ex 20. A. Here are the plans of the houses Richard and Connie were shown at the real estate
agency. They didn’t like the first two. They chose the one you see in this picture. Describe the
house. B. Try to explain why Richard and Connie turned down the first two offers.
1.

diningroom

living
room
S
E

W
N


A 840

A. Connie and Richard fell in love with
........................................................................
this elegant stone house at first
........................................................................
sight…
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
B. 1) They had always dreamt of their
........................................................................
living room and dining-room being full of
........................................................................
sun and light, but in that house…
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
2) They were looking for a nice quite
........................................................................
place, but that house…
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................
........................................................................



Ex 21. What do we call:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

A person who rents a house from a landlord ....................................................................
A person who owns something as his property ................................................................
A payment made periodically for the use of a flat ..............................................................
A definite sum of money at the time of purchase with credit ..............................................
A bank loan to buy a house ............................................................................................

Ex 22. Helen is going to get married. Her Grandmother asks a lot of questions about her
husband’s-to-be place. Write the questions, read the answers first.
1. live / a flat or a house? ..................................................................................................
– A house.
2. own / the place or rent it?................................................................................................
– He bought it two years ago.
3. the house / expensive? ..................................................................................................
– Not, really.
4. get / mortgage / from a bank? ........................................................................................
– Yes, he did.
5. have got / a kitchen garden? ..........................................................................................
– No, just a small front garden.
6. in the city centre or in the suburbs? ................................................................................
– Robert isn’t a Trump. Of course, in the suburbs.
7. the house / fall into decay / when / buy? ..........................................................................
– No, it was in good repair.
8. house / comfortable? ....................................................................................................
– Rather. It has all modern coveniences.
9. house / a nice view? ......................................................................................................
– Oh, yes, just wonderful! It is the view that Robert bought, not the house.

Some Useful Phrases

– Hello, my name
is Michael Swan. Have
you got a room to let?

– Yes, Sir. What
room do you want?

– A furnished living
room with attendance.
(с обслуживанием –
уборкой, сменой белья,
полотенец)

– Hello, my name
is Allan Gold. I’m
calling about the ad.

– Which one?

– One bedroom
apartment. I wonder, how
much the rent is.

– 660 EURO.

– You won’t find
anything cheaper in this
neighbourhood.

– Oh, the rent
is rather high.

– This is Jack Collins.
I called about a two-bedroom
apartment two days ago. Is it
still vacant, I wonder?
– Yes, Sir.

– When can I
possibly have a look
at it?
– Is 6 pm all
right with you?
– One more question.
How much does the
agency charge?
– The agency’s
fee amounts to one
month rent.

– Thank you,
that’s what I heard.

Ex 23. Read and listen to the dialogues. Think of the ads for renting the places. The
people who called must have read such ads in the paper. Do you think they are going to
rent the places? Prove your point.

Rent
m a g a z i n e

.............................................................................................................................
Available 1st July
.............................................................................................................................
One-bedroom furnished flat
.............................................................................................................................
Reasonable rent
.............................................................................................................................
Convenient for shops and buses
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................

1
A:
B:
A:
B:

A: I’m phoning about the room you have to
rent.
B: Yes.
A: Is it still free?
B: Yes, it is.
A: Could you tell me something about the
room?
B: Yes, it is on the tоp floor, it is quite a small
room, but it is fine for one person.
A: Is the room furnished?
B: Well, it’s got a desk by the window, a bed,
a cupboard and there is a chair…
A: What about a bathroom?
B: Yes, there is a bathroom on the same floor.
A: OK. Could I come and have a look at it?
B: Oh, yes, certainly…

A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:

I saw your ad for a flat in the paper.
Yes.
How many rooms has it got?
Three rooms altogether, a living room, and
two bedrooms, and also a kitchen and a
bathroom.
OK. Now, it is on the third floor…
That’s right.
Is there a lift?
No, I’m afraid there isn’t a lift, it’s quite an
old building.
I see. And have the rooms got balconies?
One room has a small balcony but not the
others…

Listening

Mike is looking for a flat to rent. He discusses the problem with his friend Adam. Listen to the
dialogue twice. For the questions (1–4) choose the answer (a–c) which you think fits best
according to the text.
1. What was Mike doing in this part of London when he met Adam?
a) He was going to meet Mandy.
c) He was looking for a flat.
b) He was going to his office.

2. Why was Mike looking for a new flat?
a) He needed a suitable flat for his family. c) He wanted to be Adam’s neighbour.
b) He didn’t like his old one.

3. Why was he going to rent a flat?
a) He had never bought a flat before.
b) He didn’t have money to buy a flat.

c) He didn’t want to borrow money.

4. Who helped Adam to buy his flat?
a) The real estate agent.
b) He got a mortgage from a bank.

c) His brother lent him some money.

3.3 Rooms and Interiors
bathroom

bedroom

study

upstairs

downstairs

kitchen
stairs

hall

living room

Ex 24. Join these ideas together to describe a flat. Use AND, BUT, SO where necessary.
I’ve got a

new flat.

It is n

ot far

It has a living room an

d a kitchen.

erful view
as a wond

the

wn ce

ntre.

nt.

enie

ear

the to

of the sea

It h

It ’s n

from

nv
’s co

in ro

ad.

Ex 25. Look at the pictures and complete the sentences.
1.

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

The box is ........................ the table.
The garden is ........................ the house.
There is a pond ........................ the house.
The man is standing ........................ the window.
The bookshelves are ........................ the pictures.
There is a nice little house ........................ the river.
The dog ran ........................ the corner.
The picture is ........................ the sofa.
81

under – под
 The suitcase is under the bed.
over/above – над
 There is a lamp over the table.
between – между (двумя)
 The sofa is between the
cupboard and the bookshelf.
among/amongst – среди
inside – внутри/в
 The cups and saucers are inside
this kitchen cabinet.
at/along the wall – у стены
 There is a bookcase on the right
along the wall.
in the middle of the room – посреди
комнаты
in the corner – в углу
on the right/ on the left of – справа/
слева от
next to/beside – рядом с
in front of – перед

See also “Prepositions and
Adverbs of Place” on p. 65.

Ex 26.

In which room do you usually find these things? Divide them into four groups. Some
words can be used more than once.
dishwasher  wardrobe  mirror  sink  coffee table  washbasin  fridge
dressing table  TV set  lamp  armchair  shower  cooker
towel rail  chest of drawers  sofa  table
bookcase  standard lamp
LIVING ROOM

KITCHEN

BATHROOM

BEDROOM

A living room

curtains

blinds

a standard lamp
a TV set

a sofa
a stereo system
an armchair

a carpet

a coffee table

A study
A bedroom

a wardrobe

a lamp

bookshelves
a computer

a lamp

a chair
bedside cabinet

a double bed

a desk

A kitchen

a sink

a kitchen cupboard
an electric (gas) cooker

a refrigerator

an oven
a dishwasher

A hall

a mirror

A bathroom

a coat rack

a shower

a towel rail

an umbrella
stand
a mixer tap
a chest of drawers
a washbasin

a bath (tub)

a toilet (pan)

Ex 27. Describe the rooms in the pictures above. The prompts in the pictures and the table
“Prepositions of Place” on p. 81 will help you to talk about:
room
e type of

it is

B. what y

ou can s

A. th

ee in the

room

n of the room

C. where the things are

D. your opinio

Ex 28. Complete the sentences with the correct adverb
or preposition.
1. He puts the plates ............. the cupboard. 2. I took the
ham ............. the fridge, made myself a sandwich, and
then put the rest of the ham ............. ............. the
fridge. 3. I usually sit ............. the sofa and my husband
sits ............. the armchair. 4. I normally cook it .............
the oven for about 40 minutes. 5. The mother took the
butter ............. ............. the fridge and put it .............
the table. 6. I was bored, so I turned ............. the TV set.
7. I put ............. my pyjamas, got ............. the bed,
turned ............. the light, and went to sleep.

PREPOSITIONS
OF PLACE AND DIRECTION
On – to sit on the sofa, to put a vase
on the top of the TV set / on the table

NOTE sit in the armchair
In – in the house, in a little box
At – at the table, at the door/
window
Into – put smth into the fridge/
cabinet
Out of – take smth out of the
cupboard

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS

Ex 29. You are in the kitchen. Where
would you put these things?
1. Butter .............................. .
2. Cake that you’re going to bake
............................... . 3. Dirty shirts
..................................... . 4. Dirty
plates and cups .......................... .
5. Flour and sugar ....................
......................... .

Put away – put smth to its proper place
She put her clothes away in the dresser.
Put back – return smth to its proper place
Did you put my keys back?
Put on – dress oneself in
Which shoes are you going to put on?
Take smth off – remove clothes, etc.
He came in and took off his coat.
Turn/switch smth on – make water/electricity flow,
cause smth work
He turned on the radio.
Turn/switch smth off – cause water/electricity to
stop flowing
I’ve turned off the water/gas. I turned off the tap.

Ex 30.

Match the words to the pictures and complete the
descriptions below.
a. sleep  b. write letters  c. do the cooking  d. have a bath
e. eat / have a meal  f. have/take a shower  g. listen to music
h. take off our coats and hats  i. watch TV  j. work
1. In the bedroom upstairs I ..................... at night.
2. In the kitchen Nora ..................... and on the week days we
..................... there.
3. The bathroom, that’s where we ..................... or ..................... .
84

4. We use the living room mostly in the evening that’s where we
..................... and ..................... .
5. The dining room isn’t used every day either, we .....................
there only at the weekend.
6. Every evening I ..................... in my study, I .....................
there.
7. I like our hall where we ..................... .

Ex 31. Read the description and tick whether the sentences below are right (R) or wrong (W).
Correct the wrong sentences.

My favourite room is the room I have under the house, in the cellar, which
is where I listen to music. It’s quite a big room, and it’s got hardly any
furniture – just an old carpet , a bookshelf full of CDs and a stereo system
with two big speakers. I can sit there and play music very loud, and no one
else can hear it. It’s great!
R














1. My favourite room is in the attic. ......................................................................
2. It is a small room. ..........................................................................................
3. There is a stereo system with two speakers there. ............................................
4. The shelf is full of books. ................................................................................
5. I can play music very loud in this room. ............................................................

Ex 32. Read the extracts. The rooms are beautiful, aren’t they? Underline the adjectives used
to describe the rooms and the things in them.
“They moved from a big open-plan living room with
its coloured rugs on the floor, with three white leather
sofas circling the fireplace, into the huge kitchen with
its breakfast table and dining table, into Greg’s study
lined with books from ceiling to floor on the three
walls and with its leather desk and a big black swivel
chair under one window.”
85

“The interiors were cool and spare, a lot of empty
wall space, pale wooden floors, kitchen fittings that
were uncluttered and minimalist...Ria fought to like
the clean lines seen in the artist’s impressions, and
as the project proceeded she visited the site often
and forced out the words of praise for a place that
seemed to her like a modern art gallery.”
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy)

Grammar

THE WORD ORDER
Adjective + Noun

quality/
opinion

size

age

beautiful/ large old
valuable

shape

colour

round brown

where from?
или
Past Participle

Past Participle
или
where from?

French/
handmade

handmade/
French

material

purpose

noun

wooden

kitchen

table

Ex 33. You are looking for some items of furniture you want to buy. Begin each sentence with
“I’m looking for a…”.
MODEL:

plastic – good – clock – kitchen
I’m looking for a good plastic kitchen clock.

1. polished – beautiful – wardrobe – oak – antique – French
......................................................................................................................................
2. English – old – mansion – stone – lovely
......................................................................................................................................
3. table – ancient – round – marble – large – fine
......................................................................................................................................
4. leather – Italian – pair of – sofas – black – for the living room
......................................................................................................................................
5. Indian – wool – gorgeous – soft – hand-made – carpet
......................................................................................................................................
86

3.4 Interior Design and Redecoration
Ex 34. Read an extract from Maeve Binchy’s novel and answer the questions:
1. What was the room like when they first saw it?
2. What plans did Ria and Danny have for this magnificent room?
“They were like excited children as they wandered about the house planning this and that. “This
room could be something special,” Danny said. Anyone could see what perfect proportions it had:
the high ceiling, the tall windows, the big fireplace... The stained and chipped mantelpiece could
be renewed and made to look as it must have looked
when it was a gentleman’s residence. “We’ll get a
gorgeous soft wool Indian carpet,” Danny said. “And
look here, beside the fireplace do you know what we’ll
have – one of those big Japanese Imari vases. Perfect
for a room like this.”
(from “Tara Road” by Maeve Binchy)

Some Useful Phrases
– I assume we
have settled the
exterior of the house,
haven’t we?
– Yes, red bricks for the
walls and red tiles for the
roof. And let me know
when the builders,
carpenters and plumbers
start working.

– I’d like to
discuss with you the
interior design.
– As for the
living-room, I’m
afraid there won’t be
enough light.
– We can make
a French window on the
east side. It’ll get all the
morning sunshine.

– I’m worried
about the wiring.
– Nothing to worry
about. The cable will
be built into the wall.

– Here is a rough plan of
the ground floor. The livingroom and the kitchen look out
on the garden.

– I see there is no
wall between the two
rooms.

– We agreed to
combine the living-room
and the kitchen,
didn’t we?

Decorating an Apartment
Whitewash the ceiling
Fit a bath and a toilet

Furnish the apartment
Paper the walls
Paint the wall white

MEMORY BOX

They painted the kitchen blue. I don’t like the colour.
They whitewashed the ceilings and papered the walls.
Now they are going to furnish the flat.

CONSTRUCTION
WORKERS
carpenter – плотник
brick-layer – каменщик
glass-cutter – стекольщик
painter – маляр
plumber – водопроводчик

Ex 35. Read and listen to the text in which the character of the novel Joe Lampton, is
being shown his new room. Look at the words in italics and say what was done to get the
room ready for Joe’s arrival.

Now, following Mrs Thompson into my room, I was
moving into a different world. “It’s marvellous”, I said.
The whole month they were redecorating the room.
I looked at it with incredulous delight: the ceiling snowwhite, new wallpaper vertically striped in beige and silver,
a bay window cream-painted extended for almost the
whole length of the room with fitted cushions along it, a
divan bed that looked like a divan and not like a bed…and
a dressing table, a wardrobe and a writing table all the
same pale satiny wood. Burning in the grate, the
applewood gave an aromatic smell faintly flower-like. A
real fire was cheerful on a miserable day like this. There
were three pictures hanging on the wall…

Grammar
THE PASSIVE VOICE
to be + Participle II
The Simple Tenses
TENSE

ACTIVE

Present

ask(s)

1. The room (finish) .................................. last week.
2. The walls (paper) .................................. . I liked the
wallpaper pattern very much. 3. The window (paint)
.................................. . It was big and gave much light.
4. A real fire (make) .................................. . It was
nice and warm in the room, it made me feel at home.
5. Three pictures (hang) .................................. over the
mantelpiece. I liked the skating scene best.

am
is
are

asked

Past

asked

was
were

Future

will ask

will be asked

(from “Room at the Top” by John Braine)

I. Put the verbs in brackets into Past Simple Passive.

PASSIVE

NOTE the action is done to the
subject:
 He asks. – Он спрашивает.
 He is asked. – Его спрашивают.
We use the passive when it is not so
important (or unknown) who or what
did the action:
 Rome wasn’t built in one day.

II. Use the prompts to make sentences as in the example.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

redecorating the room  to redecorate ... The room was redecorated. ...
the ceiling snow-white  to whitewash ..........................................................................
new wallpaper  to paper the walls ................................................................................
the window cream-painted  to paint beige ..................................................................
a real fire  to make a fire/fireplace ..............................................................................
a flower-like smell  to fill the room ..............................................................................
pictures hanging on the wall  to hang ..........................................................................

Ex 36. Read the two descriptions of the world’s most famous architectural structures. Use the
verbs in brackets in the Active or Passive Simple.
I. The Egyptian pyramids are ancient pyramid-shaped structures
located in Egypt. They (belong) (1).................................. to the
Seven Wonders of the Ancient World.
The scientists (discover) (2).................................. 138 pyramids
in Egypt. Most (build) (3).................................. as tombs for the
country’s Pharaohs.
The best known Egyptian Pyramids (find) (4).................................. at Giza, on the outskirts of Cairo.
Several of the Giza pyramids (consider) (5).................................. to be the largest structures ever
built.
The earliest known Egyptian pyramid (design) (6).................................. by the architect Imhotep
who (plan) (7).................................. what Egyptologists believe to be a tomb for the pharaoh
Djoser. The Step Pyramid of Djoser (design) (8).................................. as a gigantic stairway by
which the soul of the pharaoh could ascend to the heavens.
II. St Paul’s Cathedral is the highest point in the City of London. It is the seat of the Bishop of
London. The present building (date) (1).................................. from the 17th century and (design)
(2).................................. by Sir Christopher Wren. The cathedral (build)
(3).................................. of Portland stone in a late Renaissance style. Its
impressive dome (inspire) (4).................................. by St Peter’s Basilica
in Rome. The cathedral is one of London’s most famous sights.
The Royal Family (hold) (5).................................. most of its important
marriages, christenings and funerals at Westminster Abbey, but St Paul’s
(use) (6).................................. for the marriage of Charles, Prince of Wales
and Lady Diana Spencer. The religious service for Queen Victoria’s
Diamond Jubilee also (celebrate) (7).................................. there.

Ex 37. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Покупка дома
(1)

Мр Палмер ищет новый дом. ...........................................................................................
He is tired of living in town, and he dreams of a small cosy house in a village.
Mr Palmer is talking to his real estate agent.
Агент: Well, Mr Palmer, here is the house I told you about, 26 Richmond Road. The owners of
the house are on holiday. I have the keys here.
Мр П: (2) Хм... Когда его построили? ................................................................................
(3)
А:
Он был построен в 1928 г. ..................................................................................
91

Мр П: (4) Кто его построил? ..............................................................................................
А:
I don’t know. Is it important?
Мр П: (5) Нет, не очень. У дома новая крыша? ..................................................... It looks new.
(6)
А:
Она действительно новая. Её поставили (put on) в прошлом году. Посмотрите этот
дом. Он в очень хорошем состоянии (condition). Предыдущий хозяин был
строителем. ..........................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
Мр П: The house is rather old. (7) Меня очень волнует (worry) электропроводка (wiring). Когда
в доме меняли проводку (rewire)? ..........................................................................
................................................................................................................................
(8)
А:
5 лет назад. В доме также cделали ремонт. Было установлено (put in) центральное
отопление, был построен гараж. ............................................................................
................................................................................................................................
(9)
Мр П:
Дом далеко от города. ....................................................... What about the services?
(10)
А:
Сейчас посмотрим. У меня здесь вся информация. Мусор вывозят каждый
четверг (dustbins/empty), почту доставляют (deliver) каждый день в 7.30, молоко
примерно в 6 утра. ................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
Мр П: (11) Да, конечно, дом очень дешёвый. Я посмотрел много подобных домов... и они
гораздо (much more) дороже. ................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
(12)
А:
Да, это очень выгодная покупка (bargain). ..........................................................
Мр П: What are the plans for the development of this area?
(13)
А:
Планы... ну, будет построена новая школа в следующем году... новая дорога,
вернее (actually) шоссе (motorway), будет построено тоже в следующем году. Так
что до Лондона добраться будет очень легко и быстро. ........................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
Мр П: (14) А где точно (exactly) будет построена дорога? ..................................................
(15)
А:
Мм... Она будет построена за домом, а мост будет сооружён над домом. Это будет
очень интересно. Вы сможете наблюдать (watch) за движением машин (the traffic).
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................

3.5 The Housewarming Party
Listening

Connie invites Fiona to her housewarming party. Listen to the dialogue twice and answer the
questions.
I. Listen to the story twice and tick the statements that are true.









1. Connie bought a cottage on the outskirts of the city.
2. Connie has a small house with a big terrace.
3. Connie has a small house with a big garden.
4. Connie’s house is far away from the city centre.
5. Connie’s house is near the city centre.
6. It’s half an hour drive.
7. It’s half an hour by bus.

II. Complete the following sentences with the words from the dialogue.

MEMORY BOX

S
W

Connie calls Fiona to (1) ................................. party. She has a (2) ................................. country.
It is a (3) ................................. with a big (4) ................................. . Connie’s house is
(5)
.............................. from the city centre. You can get there (6) ................................. or
(7)
................................. . It is (8) ................................. by bus and (9) ................................. by
car. The party is at (10) ................................. on (11) ................................. .

12, Friday
7 o’clock

by bus.
by train.
I can get to work by tram.
by the underground.
on foot.
to get home.
I have to take a bus to get to the centre.
to get to your place.
to get to my work.

House
warming

PARTY

MEMORY BOX

It is 5 minutes’
It is a 5 minute

MEMORY BOX

H a p p y
housewarming

I live

drive/ walk

in the very centre.
close to the centre.
near (to) the station.
(not) far from here.
in a small village.

from the centre.
from my office.
from my son’s school.
to the nearest store /
supermarket.

Grammar
Далеко (на большом расстоянии)
POSITIVE FORM

QUESTION and NEGATIVE FORM

A long way off
 They live a long way off.

Far away
 Is the post office far away?
 They don't live far away.

Far from
 The station is far from our house.
Довольно/очень далеко
 We walked rather a long way.
 They live a very long way off.
Near/not far from
Right/close by

Близко (недалеко)
 We live near/not far from London.
 The hotel is right/close by the station.

Ex 38. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Вы живёте далеко? 2. Его дом очень далеко отсюда. 3. Мы живём недалеко от пляжа.
4. Извините, супермаркет далеко отсюда? 5. Эта больница недалеко от центра города.
6. Я редко хожу в фитнес-клуб, так как я живу далеко от города. 7. Вокзал далеко, вам
придётся ехать на автобусе. 8. Я езжу на работу на машине, так как ближайшая станция
метро довольно далеко. 9. Почта очень близко от нашего дома, три минуты ходьбы.

DAILY ROUTINE

Early to bed and early to rise make a man
healthy, wealthy and wise.
Кто рано ложится и рано встаёт, здоровье,
богатство и ум наживёт. (Proverb)
People who don’t lead life of pleasure and idleness have a fixed way of doing things. They have their
ordinary routine duties. For them all the days from Monday to Friday are very much alike: the same
things are repeated from day to day. That’s what we call daily routine.
Now read what different people tell about their days.

4.1 Getting Ready for Work/School
1

Sally: “My life
seems to be ver
y full of activitie
obligations, so
s and
I never have m
uch time for m
During the wee
yself.
k it is the worst.
I usually have
up at half pa
to
get
st six, even th
ough I would
prefer to sleep
really
much later. Aft
er I get up I per
my usual mo
form
rning routine
o
f
washing my fa
brushing my te
ce,
eth. I don’t tak
e a shower and
my hair every
w
ash
day. Very often
I don’t have tim
that. Then I dec
e for
ide what to wea
r. After I get dre
I do my hair. I
ssed
usually have n
o
ti
me for breakfa
the morning b
st in
ecause I have
to catch a 7.15
When I leave
b
us.
for work I’m u
sually in a hurr
always looking
y. I’m
for my keys an
d wallet.”

Ex 1. Look at the clock and answer the question.
1.

– Excuse me, what’s the time?
– It’s five minutes to ten.
– Thank you.
– You are welcome.
95

What time is it?

– Do you have the time, please?
– Yes, it’s ................................. .
– Thank you.
– No problem.

Past

– What time is your English class?
– At ................................. .
– In the morning?
– No, in the evening.
– Oh!

 It’s seven ten. It’s ten (minutes) past
seven.
 It’s seven fifteen. It’s (a) quarter
past seven.
 It’s seven twenty. It’s twenty
(minutes) past seven.
 It’s seven thirty. It’s half past seven.
 It’s seven forty-five. It’s (a) quarter
to eight.
 It’s seven fifty. It’s ten (minutes) to
eight.
 It’s eight sharp. It’s eight o’clock.
 I get up at seven o’clock.

– When does the train leave?
– It’s at ................................. .
– OK.

MEMORY BOX

t my day doing all
Mark: “I usually star
ybody does in the
the things that ever
ve a wash, have
morning: I get up, ha
o used to getting
breakfast, etc. I’m als
in the morning.
ready for college
ings I need: the
I prepare all the th
pens and pencils.
textbooks, notebooks,
ing is left behind.
I make sure that noth
a late night, I
Sometimes if I have
ing. Fortunately,
oversleep in the morn
car to go to work
my father takes the
me off at the
and he often drops
college.”

GETTING READY FOR WORK
set the alarm clock (for 6 o’clock) – установить будильник на
wake (smb) up – разбудить
get up – встать с постели
oversleep – проспать
go jogging – сделать пробежку
do morning exercises – делать зарядку
have a shower/a bath – принять душ/ванну
wash one’s hair – помыть голову
do one’s hair – уложить волосы
have a shave/a wash – побриться/умыться
clean/brush one’s teeth – чистить зубы
have breakfast – завтракать
get dressed – одеться
leave for work – уйти на работу
catch a (7.15) bus/train – успеть (сесть)
на автобус/поезд

– What’s happened?

– I’m looking for
my keys and wallet.
– I’ve left my driving
licence behind.

Grammar
EXPRESSING OBLIGATION AND NECESSITY
Forms:
MODAL VERB

PRESENT

PAST

FUTURE

—

Equivalent
must

must

have to...

have
to...
has

had to...

will have to...

Meanings:
MUST
должен

HAVE TO
должен – вынужден – придётся

1. The speaker is giving his own feelings
saying he thinks it necessary.

1. Obligation or necessity arising
out of circumstances.

 I must visit my friend, he is ill.
 I must call mother, I haven’t called
her since Sunday dinner.

 I have to go back to Mike’s. I’ve left my bag
at his place.
 We had to call the doctor. Dan had a fever.

2. A command, an urgent request.
 The doctor says I must stay in bed for three days.
We use do / does / did with have to in present and past questions and negative sentences.
 Did you have to wait long? No, I didn’t. They opened up at 10 sharp.
 I don’t have to get up early on Tuesday, it’s my day off.

Ex 2. Ask what Sally and Mark have to do in the morning. Say what they don’t have to do. Use
the prompts to write sentences.
1. Sally / make her breakfast // no time

Does Sally have to make her breakfast? Sally doesn’t have to make breakfast, she
doesn’t have time for that.
2. Sally / take her children to the kindergarten // go to school / school bus
......................................................................................................................................
3. Sally / do her hair at the hairdresser’s / every morning // herself
......................................................................................................................................
4. Mark / do his homework / in the morning // prepare for college
......................................................................................................................................
5. Mark / help his mother / in the morning // in the evening
......................................................................................................................................
6. Mark / to his college / go by bus // his father / by car / drop him off
......................................................................................................................................
7. Mark / walk the dog / before leaving for college // his mother
......................................................................................................................................

“SLEEPING” PHRASAL VERBS

Ex 3. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
wake up  get up  sleep in  lie in  stay up
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Stop sleeping
Let yourself sleep later than usual in the morning
Get out of bed
Not go to bed at the usual time
Stay in bed late in the morning

............................
............................
............................
............................
............................

Ex 4. In the box above choose the correct phrasal verb to complete the sentences.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

I ............................ by mistake and was very late for work.
I have to leave early in the morning and I am afraid I won’t ............................ in time.
The children wanted to ............................ and watch the evening show.
I was so tired the day before that I couldn’t ............................ in the morning.
Though I wake up at 7 as usual I like to ............................ until 9 am on Sundays.
98

4.2 The Working Day Starts

Connie: “I’m a secretary. My working day
starts at 9 o’clock. I have to be at the office
by 9 am. I try to come 5 minutes earlier. I’m
never late for work. I usually arrive on time.
Sometimes I show up late because of the
traffic jam.”

Go through tons of
paper work.

Ex 5. Unfortunately, the translation of the phrases in the Memory Box has got mixed up. Put
MEMORY BOX

the Russian phrases in the right order.
THE WORKING DAY STARTS
1. arrive at the office at…
/5 minutes earlier
2. be/come on time

 пить кофе на рабочем месте
 пойти на ланч в столовую/

кафетерий
3. be/show up (5 minutes) late  болтать с коллегами
 прийти на работу в…/на 5 минут
4. turn on the computer
раньше
 пойти на прогулку
5. look through the mail
 пойти на ланч куда-либо
6. check the e-mail
LUNCH BREAK
7. have lunch break at…
8. go out for lunch
9. go down to the canteen/
cafeteria for lunch
10. go out to get oneself
a sandwich
11. have coffee at one’s desk
12. chat with the colleagues
13. go out for a walk

 «выскочить» за бутербродом
 приходить вовремя
 проверить электронную почту
 опоздать на 5 минут
 просмотреть почту
 перерыв на ланч в...
 включить компьютер

Ex 6. How does Connie’s working day start? Make sentences with the verbs on the left and the
phrases on the right. Some variants are possible.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

First of all she turns on
Then she looks through
She checks
She reads
By the time she has answered
the mail, it’s time
Usually she goes out
When she has much work
Sometimes she goes down
When the weather is fine
Sometimes she goes out

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

she goes out for a walk in the park.
her e-mail.
for the lunch break.
she has a cup of coffee at her desk.
the computer.

f)
g)
h)
i)
j)

to the cafeteria to chat with the colleagues.
the faxes.
to get herself a sandwich.
the mail.
for lunch.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Ex 7. What does Connie think about her work? Complete the sentences with MUST or HAVE TO.
Sometimes both variants are possible.
1. I must come to my office on time, I don’t want to lose the job. 2. I ............................. get up
at 7 o’clock to come five minutes earlier. 3. I ............................. finish reading the mail before
lunch, I want it to be ready by Mr Watson’s arrival. 4. When I have much work, I .............................
go out for lunch an hour later. 5. The boss says you ............................. look impeccable
(безукоризненный) at the office. 6. I .............................
type the letters carefully, I hate to make mistakes.
7. I ............................. eat my lunch at my desk
today, we expect an important call from our partners.
8. Sometimes when we have a meeting I ................
............... stay at the office longer. 9. The weather
is so nice today, I’d like to go out for a walk
THE PAST CONTINUOUS AND
I ............................. be through with the mail before
THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE
lunch.

Grammar

Ex 8. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Я нашла этого котёнка, когда гуляла в парке.

I found this kitten when I was walking in the
park.
2. Она нашла это письмо, когда просматривала
почту.
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
100

We often use the Past Simple and
the Past Continuous together to say
that something happened in the
middle of something else (some
action in progress):
PAST SIMPLE


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PAST CONTINUOUS
 I was driving to work when the
accident happened.

3. Мы пили кофе, когда позвонил директор.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Компьютер прекратил работать, когда я проверяла свою почту.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Когда я печатала эти документы, позвонили наши клиенты (customers).
......................................................................................................................................
6. Когда рабочий день начался, я всё ещё стояла в пробке (wait in the traffic jam).
......................................................................................................................................

Ex 9. Each of the sentences below contains a mistake. Correct the mistakes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Hilary is in the bathroom, washing up her hair. ......................................................................
Can you drop me out on your way to work, please? ...............................................................
My children go to school with the bus. ................................................................................
I’m tired. Let’s go to home. .................................................................................................
No more television now! It's time to go to the bed. .................................................................

4.3 After School/Work

Liz: After sc
hool I someti
mes go shopp
or just walk a
ing
round town f
o
r a while. Wh
I come home
en
, I usually rela
x for some ti
I listen to th
m
e.
e radio, watc
h TV or chat
my friends. I
w
it
h
get a quick sn
ack and start
doing my hom
ework. We usu
ally have dinn
in the evenin
er
g at about 7
o’clock.

101

Ex 10. Sally’s mother always calls her on Saturday morning to know how her daughter’s week
was, if she managed to do everything she had planned. Translate Sally’s answers from Russian
into English.

MEMORY BOX

Mother: Hello, Sally, how are you?
(1)
Sally:
Здравствуй, мама. Спасибо, у меня все в порядкё. Но я очень
устала. Это была очень загруженная (busy) неделя. ...................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
Mother: I know, dear. You made such impractical (невыполнимый) plans for
the week, didn’t you?
(2)
Sally:
Да, ты права, но всё это надо было сделать. В понедельник у
меня был назначен визит к врачу. (have an appointment with)
...............................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................
Mother: That’s the first thing I wanted to ask you about. What did the doctor say?
(3)
Sally:
Всё хорошо, мама. Врач разрешил мне ходить в фитнес-центр два раза в неделю.
.............................................................................................................................
Mother: I’m so glad, dear. Keeping fit is so important for you, you work so much. And did you
watch that new film with Kevin Costner on Tuesday evening?
(4)
Sally:
Конечно, я получила огромное удовольствие. .....................................................
..............................................................................................................................
Mother: What did you do on Wednesday evening? Did you have your colleagues over for dinner?
(5)
Sally:
Да, конечно. Это был очень приятный вечер ........................................................
.............................................................................................................................
Mother: I’m so sorry I couldn’t help with the
AFTER WORK
dinner. When did you do the
shopping?
come/get home from work at
(6)
Sally:
Я купила всё к обеду после
be tired/hungry
cook/have dinner
визита к врачу. ...........................
go out for dinner
..................................................
go shopping/do the shopping
.................................................
watch TV/a film/a movie
Mother: Sally, and when are you going to
listen to the radio
the Fitness Centre? What would
go to the theatre/the cinema
you like to do there?
read a book/a magazine
(7)
Sally:
Первое занятие было в четверг.
go to a fitness centre/a swimming pool
Я занимаюсь аэробикой (do
take a bicycle ride
aerobics). .............................
play tennis
meet friends
.................................................
have an appointment with
.................................................
have a date
Mother: That’s great! Did you meet Tom on
go to bed early/have an early night
Friday evening as usual?
102

Sally:

(8)

Конечно, мама. Мы ходили в театр, я же тебе говорила об этом на прошлой
неделе. ...................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
Mother: Sorry, dear. Sometimes I forget things, you know.
(9)
Sally:
Прости, мама. Я должна бежать. Сегодня суббота. У меня теннис в 11.00. Пока!
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
Mother: Bye, dear. Have a nice day!

Ex 11. Here is a list of things that some people do when they come home from work/shopping.
Unfortunately, the verbs have got mixed up. Put them in the right places. Draw lines to make the
connections.



collapse
switch
unpack
go
have
look

in the fridge
their bags
on the TV
to the bathroom
in an armchair
a drink

4.4 On the Go
2

Presenter: This is Robert Macmillan at Radio BBC. Good evening and welcome to this week’s
edition of “Look at Life”. Our topic today is “A Working Mum’s Day”. With me in the studio
today is Janet Ashby. She lives in Liverpool with her two children, Maggie and Tim. She works
full-time, and every day she feels that everything falls squarely on her shoulders as a single
parent.
Hello, Janet. Welcome to our studio. Do you feel that
your basic daily routine is just the same, day in and
day out, as though your life were one big “treadmill”?
Janet: You are quite right, I get up, take care of the
children, head off to work, come home and do the
chores, make dinner, help the kids with their
homework and collaps in exhaustion only to get up
the next day and do it again.
Presenter: Tell us about your day.
103

Ex 12. Read what Janet told the radio listeners, complete the text with the words from
the list below. Listen to the text and check your answers.
make dinner  leave the house  have breakfast  drop the children off
get dressed  do the ironing  get up  make the beds  wake up the children
do the shopping  have a shower  make some sandwiches
have a break for lunch  do the housework  go to bed  leave the house
get breakfast ready  loads the dishwasher

On weekdays, I (1)......................... at half past six, (2).........................and wash my hair.
I

......................... and (4)......................... at seven. Then I (5)......................... and we all
(6).......................... After breakfast I (7)......................... my son Tim (8)......................... . Then
I (9)......................... for lunch. We
(10)......................... at half past eight. I
KEEPING HOUSE –
drive to work after I (11).........................
вести
домашнее хозяйство
at school.
do the housework – делать работу по
I work nine to five, but I always (12).............
дому
.................. at twelve. If the weather is
do the chores – выполнять домашние
fine, I go for a walk after work but usually
обязанности
I have to (13).......................... I never get
load the dishwasher – складывать посуhome before the children. They do their
ду в посудомоечную машину,
homework while I (14)......................... and
do the washing up/wash up – мыть посуду
(15)......................... . We rarely eat before
make/cook dinner/lunch – готовить обед
get breakfast ready – готовить завтрак
seven, so when we’ve finished dinner it is
do the shopping – делать покупки
almost bedtime. I make some phone calls,
do the ironing – гладить
(16)
or
......................... and watch TV. I am
do the washing – стирать
always very tired in the evening, normally
tidy up – убирать
I (17)......................... before ten and read for
put smth straight – приводить в порядок
half an hour before falling asleep.
help about the house – помогать по
хозяйству

MEMORY BOX

(3)

HOUSEHOLD APPLIANCES:
washing machine – стиральная машина
dishwasher – посудомоечная машина
vacuum cleaner – пылесос

Be on the go – be busy doing an endless
number of various things without any rest –
вертеться как белка в колесе.
104

Ex 13. Now you’ll watch the film shot by the programme
team for the compaign “Help the Working Mum.” Watch
the film and write the subtitles.
1

Grammar

THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS
TENSE
to be + -ing (Participle I)
POSITIVE FORM

Janet is getting up. .......................................................
4

I
he/she/it
we/you/they

am
is
are

reading
reading
reading

I’m reading, he’s reading,
we’re reading
NEGATIVE FORM

..................................................................................
7

I
he/she/it
we/you/they

am not
is
not
are not

reading
reading
reading

I’m not reading, he isn’t reading,
we aren’t reading
QUESTION
Am
Is
Are

I
he/she/it
we/you/they

reading?
reading?
reading?

..................................................................................
12

The Present Cotinuous denotes an
action going on at the present
moment.
It is used with the following time
words: now, at the moment, at
present, still (всё ещё), etc. These
time words usually go at the end of
a sentence.

..................................................................................

 I can’t join you, I’m doing my
homework at the moment.

14
Still goes after the auxiliary verb.
 He is still sleeping.

....................................................
105

PHRASAL VERBS THAT “GIVE A LIFT”

Ex 14. A. Match these two phrasal verbs to their definitions.
drop off

pick up

1. Let somebody into a car in order to take him somewhere ..................
2. To take someone somewhere in a car, leave him there and go on somewhere else ..................
B. Fill in the spaces with the right phrasal verb.
1. I .......................... him .......................... at the airport and drove him home.
2. I’ll .......................... you .......................... at your house. I’ll be going past it on my way
home.

Ex 15. As you know, there are many word partners in English. Put the following words/phrases
into the correct column.
GO

HAVE

GET

to bed  lunch  home from work

.................................................................................

dressed  shopping  a shower

.................................................................................

up late  jogging  an appointment

.................................................................................

a date  oneself a cup of coffee

.................................................................................

a rest  out for dinner  dinner at 7 pm

.................................................................................

Grammar
THE PRESENT SIMPLE and THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
The Present Simple
(I do)

The Present Continuous
(I am doing)

Actions in general or those which
happеn repeatedly (usually, always,
often, sometimes, etc)

Some action which is happening at or around
the time of speaking (now, at present,
at the moment)

 Father usually takes a car to go to work. We don’t talk to him when he is driving.
He always drives too fast.

106

Ex 16. Look at Mark’s timetable. Complete the sentences with the affermative or negative form
of the verb in brackets.
Monday
9.00 – 10.00

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Maths

French

English

Maths

Physics

10.15 – 11.15

History

Maths

Chemistry

French

Chemistry

11.30 – 12.30

Biology

Physics

Russian

Geography

English

14.00 – 15.00

English

Geography

Sociology

Russian

Maths

15.15 – 16.15

Games

Economics

Games

English

Games

Mark (go) ...goes... to school five days a week.
He (not/go) ............................. to school at the weekend.
The classes (start) ............................. at 9.00 every day.
On Friday Mark (not/finish) ............................. school earlier than on other days.
On Monday and Friday the pupils (play) ............................. games from 15.15 to 16.15.
They (not/do) ............................. sport at this school.
Mark (study) ............................. two foreign languages: English and French, he (not/study)
............................. German at school.
8. Mark (not/have) ............................. an Art class.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Ex 17. What is Mark doing now? Look at the information and use the prompts to write sentences.

7.00 – get up
7.05 – have a shower
t
7.30 – have breakfas
7.45 – go to school
ol
8.30 – arrive to scho
es
9.00 – start class
12.30 – have lunch
ll training
16.00 – go to footba
and
19.00 – arrive home
r
have dinne
rk
19.30 – start homewo
h TV
tc
wa
21.00 – relax and
22.00 – go to bed

6.55 – Mark / wake up .................................................
7.10 – Mark / shower ...................................................
7.35 – Mark / breakfast ................................................
8.00 – he / go to school / on the bus
..................................................................................
9.10 – Mark / have his Maths lesson
..................................................................................
12.40 – he / have lunch at the school canteen
..................................................................................
16.15 – he / have a football training
..................................................................................
19.20 – Mark / have dinner with his family
..................................................................................
20.00 – Mark / finish his homework
..................................................................................
21.30 – he / watch a new film
..................................................................................
23.30 – Mark / sleep ......................................................

107

Ex 18. Use the information to complete the sentences
about Slim Liz and Fat Fanny.

8.00
9.00
11.00
13.00
17.00
19.00
19.30
22.00

Slim Liz

Fat Fanny

do/exercises
walk/school
play volleyball
prepare salad/lunch
have a bicycle ride
do homework
play computer games
go to bed

lie/bed
go to school/car
eat crisps
buy/hamburger/ lunch
have a rest
chat with friends
play computer games
sleep/sofa/in front of TV

Grammar
THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE
POSITIVE FORM
I/he/she/it was reading
we/you/they were reading
NEGATIVE FORM
I/he/she/it
was not reading
we/you/they were not reading
I wasn’t reading, we weren’t reading
QUESTION
Was I/he/she/it
reading?
Are we/you/they reading?

The Past Continuous denotes a
temporary action taking place at a
given moment or period in the past.
The Past Continuous is used with
the following time words: at five
(o’clock) yesterday, when Mum
came…, from five to/till six
yesterday, all day long, all year
round, etc.

Yesterday at …
8.00 Liz was doing her morning exercises and
Fanny was lying in bed.
9.00 – ....................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................

108

 The Mother was cooking
dinner when the children came
home from school.
 He wasn’t at home at four
yesterday, he was working at
that time.

Ex 19. Translate the interview given by Amy Mathews to the correspondent of the “Gala”
magazine.

Gala
m a g a z i n e

A DAY IN A LIFE

Correspondent: I visited Amy at the theatre and
talked to her. I wanted to know how a musical star
spends her day. That’s what Amy told me.
Обычно я встаю примерно в 7 часов,
выпиваю стакан апельсинового сока и иду на
пробежку. Это занимает у меня один час.
Когда я возвращаюсь с пробежки, я завтракаю: овсяная
каша и стакан чая. В 9.30 я
иду в танцевальную студию.
Когда я заканчиваю тренировку в час дня, я ем лёгкий
ланч и иду домой.
Так как я ложусь спать
довольно поздно, я всегда
ложусь отдохнуть (have a siesta) перед уходом
в театр. Я выхожу из дома в 6.30, шоу
начинается в восемь вечера. После шоу я иду
в кафе со своими друзьями из театра и ем
лёгкий ужин. Я ложусь спать примерно в час
ночи. Это длинный день, но я получаю
удовольствие от того, что я делаю. Я бы не
хотела жить иначе (делать ничего другого).

...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
............................................................
.............................................................
............................................................
.............................................................
............................................................
.............................................................
............................................................
.............................................................
..............................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................

4.5 A Working Life Ends
Presenter: Hi, everybody. This is Robert Macmillan at Radio
BBC. Welcome to our Radio talk. Today’s edition of the
programme “Look at Life” is called “Life Changes.”
In the studio with me this evening there is a retired worker
Jerry Johnson. He has just retired after 45 years. Jerry,
that is a big change for you, isn’t it?
109

USED TO
раньше, бывало, когда-то
Refers to regular events in the past which are now finished or
different. It can refer to past repeated actions, habits or states.
 When I was young I used to work much.
Negative form: I didn’t use to lie in when I worked.
Question: Did you use to go to parties on weekdays?

Ex 20. What did Jerry used to do and what he didn’t use to do when he was still working? Fill in
the chart below with the phrases in the box. Put the phrases in the correct order and write a story
about the changes in Jerry’s life. Some variants are possible.
take a cup of tea to bed  be away all day  get up at 6 am
have a hurried breakfast  listen to the morning news in bed  go to bed early
read the newspaper at breakfast  watch TV in the evening  lie in till 8 o’clock
help his wife about the house  discuss with his wife the plans for the day
come home at about 5.30 pm  do a bit of cooking  help his wife with the shopping
take a language course  meet his friends at the club in the evening
used to do

didn’t use to do

get up at 6 am

lie in till 8 o’clock

now

listens to the morning news in bed

Jerry used to get up at 6 am because his working day began at half past seven. He didn’t
use to lie in till 8 o’clock .....................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

110

Ex 21. Put the words from the list in the following word webs.
one’s morning exercises  dinner  a sandwich
the housework  the washing up  the shopping
the beds  the homework  a phone call

the homework

MAKE

4.6 At the Weekend
Ex 22.

Make up your own story. Here you have parts of four small texts, but some parts of the
texts are missing. Using the words and phrases in the Memory Boxes fill in these parts with your
own ideas.
1. On Sunday my wife and I went to Chester with our two boys.
Family business, you know – my father’s birthday.
(What did they do on Saturday?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
2. It was cold and rainy on Friday but on Saturday the sun came
out and Richard and Tom played golf in the country club. It
was fun.
(What did their wives do?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................

111

3. On Saturday evening Brain and Aidan went to O’Reilly’s, the
new Irish pub in town. They had a corporate party. They
played darts and had a good time.
(What did their girlfriends Amelia and Sandy do?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
4. Sunday was always a quiet day for the Millers. Allan and Emily had a nice
big breakfast and listened to the news on the radio. Then they went to
church, after church they went for a walk.
(What did their son, daughter-in-law and two granddaughters do?)
...................................................................................
...................................................................................
...................................................................................

Listening

Now you will listen to an article “A Day in the Life of the Queen Elizabeth II” telling how the Queen
of England spends her day.
I. Listen to the story twice and tick the statements that are true.








1. The Queen only travels around the UK and abroad and doesn’t do anything else.
2. The Queen frequently goes out on public engagements.
3. The Queen reads and answers all her correspondence herself.
4. In the evening the Queen usually reads a report of the day’s
parliamentary proceedings.
5. The Queen can retire any time she wishes.
6. “Red boxes” are the boxes where the Queen keeps her private
papers.

II. Listen to the story again and complete the sentences. You’ll need to write a word or a short
phrase.
The Queen’s day begins at (1) ............................. . In the morning she usually (2) .............................
and (3) ............................. the daily British (4) .............................. Then the (5) .............................
are discussed before the Queen starts reading and (6) ............................. policy papers.
112

On some evenings the Queen (7) ............................. a
film premiere or (8) ............................. in aid of charitable
causes.
From the list of her Majesty’s engagements we can see
that being a Royal is (9) ............................. job. It is a job
“with a life sentence.”

Ex 23. Complete the dialogues. Fill in DO or MAKE.
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–

1
What does your son do?
He is a student. He .................... medicine. He
.................... a decision to be a doctor when he was
still at school.
Great. As far as I know, one should ....................
quite an effort to enter a medical university.
That’s true. He is a hardworking boy, and he is
.................... good progress.
2
It’s a shame but my daughter is slovenly. She
.................... such a mess and disorder in her room.
And who .................... her room?
I .................... her bed in the morning because
disorder .................... me ill, and the cleaner
.................... her room once a week when she is at
school.
And does she .................... her homework?
Oh, yes, she is a very good student.
It .................... a good excuse then.
3
How is your father keeping?
He hasn’t been too well recently. He has got high
blood pressure.
You know, I heard that there are some exercises one
can .................... for high blood pressure. My
husband goes jogging in the morning and it
.................... him a lot of good. And I can tell you
how to .................... special herbal tea.
Thank you, my father can’t .................... sport at his
age, but I hope tea won’t .................... any harm.

Grammar
DO often means “be engaged in an
activity”.
MAKE has the sense of “create”.
 What are you doing? – I’m
making a cake.
We often use do and make in fixed
phrases. Do and make go with
particular nouns.
Some fixed phrases
with DO and MAKE:
DO
– one’s best/worst
– the cooking/
shopping/washing/
ironing/housework/
laundry
– the room
– the teeth
– smb a favour
– some gardening
– one’s hair
– (no) harm
– homework/lessons
– an exercise
– science/medicine
– a translation
– wonders
– the flowers
– smb good
– sport

MAKE
– an attempt
– arrangements
– the bed(s)
– a room
– a phone call
– a decision
– a difference
– an effort
– an excuse
– a fortune
– friends (with)
– smb happy
– smb ill
– a living
– a mess
– a translation
– up one’s mind
– a mistake
– smb a present
– progress
– tea/coffee

 He did his best to help us.
 It will do no harm.
 He makes his living by giving
piano lessons.
 He soon made a fortune on the
Stock Exchange.

THE WORLD OF WORK

5.1 What Is Your Job? What Do You Do?
What Do You Do for a Living?
Ex 1. Match these job categories to their definition. Here are some professional people (A),
people who do skilled manual work (B), self-employed people (C), teleworkers (D), people
working freelance (E) and those working in consumer service (F).
1.
2.




3.
4.




5.
6.




People who supply needs of other people.
People who work from home and communicate with their employers or customers using
a computer or a phone.
People whose jobs require considerable training and qualifications.
People who work independently for different companies rather than being employed for
one particular company.
People whose jobs require on-the-job and other training.
People working for themselves and not employed for a company.

114

Ex 2.

Group the job titles below under the
headings. You will use some words twice. Listen
and check your answers.

MEMORY BOX

journalist  doctor  carpenter  gardener  teacher
electrician  lorry driver  hairdresser  writer
plumber  shop assistant  engineer
brick-layer  mechanic  lawyer
stockroom worker  accountant  cleaner
computer programmer  nurse  refuse collector
photographer  clerk  architect  translator

Usage note:
With the nouns denoting a
profession or characteristic the
indefinite article a/an is used after
the verb to be or another link verb
(seem, look, become)
 He became a doctor as his
father.
 She works as a chemist’s
assistant.
 He is a talented man.

Professional work ....................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Skilled manual work ................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Unskilled manual work ............................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Consumer service ....................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
Teleworking ..............................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Read the list of job titles in ex 2 again and find out who does these jobs.

Looks after people who are sick ......................................................................................
Repairs cars ..................................................................................................................
Delivers heavy goods ....................................................................................................
Fits and repairs electrical things ......................................................................................
Cuts peoples hair ..........................................................................................................
Builds walls ..................................................................................................................
Fits and repairs water pipes ............................................................................................
Designs buildings ..........................................................................................................
Represents people with legal problems ..........................................................................
Plans the building of machines ........................................................................................
Writes articles ................................................................................................................
Takes and develops pictures ..........................................................................................
Make up stories ............................................................................................................

115

MEMORY BOX

5.2 Where Do They Work?

WORK

at/in a school
at/in a hospital
at/in a bank
at/in a hotel
at/in an office
at/in a factory
in a shop
in a restaurant
on a farm
for a large firm
at an airport
at/from home
in marketing
at two jobs
on a new book
with nice colleagues

See also “Use of Articles with the Nouns:
School/College, Hospital, Work” on p. 118.

116

Ex 4. Fill in the gaps with prepositions.
MEMORY BOX

1. I’m a pilot. I work .......... Delta
WORKING HOURS
2
Airlines. I love flying.
a full-time job – работать
2. I’m a sales manager. I work ..........
полный рабочий день
an office. I work 38 hours a week.
HAVE
a part-time job – работать неполIt’s a full-time job.
ный рабочий день
flexitime – иметь гибкий график
3. I’m a shop assistant. I work ..........
a supermarket. I work only two days
 It’s a full-time/part-time job.
a week. It’s a part-time job.
shifts – работать по сменам
4. I’m a nurse. I work .......... the Central
а night/day shift – работать в
Clinic. Every other day I work at night.
ночную/дневную смену
I work shifts.
at night – работать ночью
5. I’m a TV reporter. I work .......... RTV.
overtime – работать сверхурочно
I have flexitime. I can plan my day. But
WORK nine-to-five – иметь стандартный
it’s a full-time job.
рабочий день
6. I’m a website designer. I don’t need an
forty hours a week – работать
40 часов в неделю
office for my work. I work with my clients
far into the night – работать за
.......... home. I’m my own boss.
полночь
7. I’m a farmer. I work .......... my own farm.
 It’s shift work.
I work 60–70 hours a week, I always
work overtime with no salary, no
do shift-work – работать посменно
vocation, but I love my work.
do odd jobs – случайный заработок/выполнять случайную работу
8. My son works .......... a big hotel. He
meets a lot of people every day. But of
course, he sometimes works ..........
night.
9. I’m a doctor. I work .......... a small country hospital. I work .......... wonderful colleagues.
10. What do you do for a living? I work .......... Bosch, I work .......... accounting.

Ex 5. Give a word or a phrase for the definition.
1. Many people in Britain work from 9.00 am to 5.00 pm. They often say they
........................................................ .
2. Some people have to work at different time: days one week and nights the next week. They
are said to ........................................................ .
3. Sometimes you have to work extra hours, so you ........................................................ .
4. If you work 38–40 hours a week, you have ........................................................ .
5. In Europe mothers with small chidren work 2–3 hours a day or two days a week. They have
........................................................ .
6. To have ........................................................ means that you can start an hour or so earlier
or finish later.

117

Grammar
USE OF ARTICLES WITH THE NOUNS:
SCHOOL/COLLEGE, HOSPITAL, WORK

The Nouns

school/college/
university

When the nouns lose the concrete
meaning and express the purpose
for which they serve: NO ARTICLE

When the nouns denote concrete
objects, the articles are used in
accordance with the general rules

to be at school/college/university
to go to school/college/university
to leave school/college (to finish school)

to go to the school (the building is
meant)
to leave the school (to leave the building)

 After I left school I went to
university. (as a student)

 She teaches History in a girls’
school.
 Excuse me, where is the
university, please?

But! With a modifier an article must be
included:
 They attend a good school.
 They go to the school of their
choice.
hospital

to go to hospital
to be in hospital
 Jack had an accident and he had to
go to hospital. (as a patient)
 He is still in hospital now.

work

to go to work
to be at work
to start work
 Why isn’t Ann at work today?

 When Ann was ill, we went to the
hospital to visit her. (as visitors,
we mean a particular hospital)
 My sister works in a hospital in
Moscow.
 I like the work I’m doing now.
 A new work of modern art
 The works of Shakespeare
(products of the intellect
or imagination)

NOTE “Job” is a countable noun, we use the articles in accordance with the general rules.
 He was offered a new job. He liked the job, it was very interesting.

Ex 6. Insert articles where necessary.
1. Machines now do much of ........... work formerly done by man. 2. It was ........... hard work
getting to the top of the mountain. 3. What time do you finish ........... work? 4. ........... work of
building the new bridge took 6 months. 5. ........... school I go to is pretty strict – it is ...........
boarding school. 6. Jenny goes to ........... same school as Tom. They go to ........... school by
bus. 7. ........... Oxford and Cambridge colleges are world famous. 8. What are you going to study
at ........... college? 9. Does she likes it at ........... university? 10. ........... school is almost falling
down. 11. Poor James! He hates being at ........... hospital. 12. ........... hospital where Amy worked
was in the East End. 13. His sister is a nurse, he works in ........... hospital. 14. He is still in ...........
hospital, I’m going to ........... hospital to visit him.
118

5.3 What Do You Do at Work? What Does Your
Work Involve? What are Your Main Duties and
Responsibilities?

1. Production manager
I’m in charge of the
production process.

3. Office clerk
My work involves doing
a lot of paper work.
2. Restaurant manager
I’m responsible for the work
of the service team.

4. Logistics manager
I deal with transportation
of goods.

6. Mechanic
I repair cars. In fact, I run
this workshop.
5. Hotelier
I keep a small hotel. This
is a family business.

7. Accountant
I’m in control of the
financial situation of the
company.

8. Shop assistant
My duty is to help
customers in the shop.
119

words and phrases from the Memory
Boxes. The basic meaning must stay the
same.

MEMORY BOX

Ex 7. Rewrite the sentences using the

JOB DESCRIPTION
be

in charge of – отвечать за
responsible for – отвечать за
in control of – следить за

deal with – иметь дело с, ведать, справ1. I’m responsible for the work of the
ляться
department.
manage – руководить, управлять
I’m in ............................................. .
run/keep (a business) – вести дело, руко2. In my job I have to look after and maintain
водить
the devices.
involve – заключаться в
My job ................................................. .
one’s duty – обязанность
3. What do you do?
What .................................................. .
4. I own a coffee shop.
..................................................
5. I’m a computer programmer. I write computer programmes for SSB.
My work .................................................. .
6. I cook and serve breakfast. My .................................................. .
7. I’m a teacher. I .................................................. .
8. I’m the head manager of a department store. I take all the necessary action if there is a
complaint. I .................................................. .
9. I manage our family business. I .................................................. .
10. I’m a lawyer. I give my clients help and my opinion when they have legal problems.
I .................................................. my clients .................................................. .

Ex 8. Match the verbs in the Memory Box with the words in the list. Listen and check
your answers.

the schedule
papers  the meeting
letters  the work
old people
clients  customers
devices  computers
the products  people
accounts  the affair

MEMORY BOX

DAILY DUTIES AND ROUTINES
Attend ..................................................................
Organise ................................................................
Deal with ..............................................................
Meet ......................................................................
Handle ..................................................................
Plan ......................................................................
Advise ..................................................................
Know ....................................................................
Maintain ................................................................
Look after ..............................................................
Fix and repair ........................................................
File ........................................................................
Write ....................................................................

120

Ex 9. Match a job title to each of the duties list.
A. Sales representative
B. Personnel officer

1. Write job ads.
Recruit employees.
Prepare contracts.
File reports.

C. Secretary

2. Travel.
Take orders.
Do expense accounts.
1

3. Do audio typing.
Schedule appointments.
Make travel arrangements.

Ex 10. Fill the gaps with the prepositional phrases from the box.
1. He is an engineer. He .................... Siemens.
2. My sister is a vet. She .................... animals that are sick.
3. Jack is the head of our department. Poor chap,
he has to .................... meetings almost every day.
4. My uncle Robert guards buildings.
He is .................... their security.
5. Mrs Brown is a personnel officer.
She is in .................... recruiting staff.
6. Clare is a social worker. Twice a week she helps
immigrants to .................... different forms.

charge
look

in
for (x2)

work

go
fill

after
to

responsible

A JOB CAN BE:
difficult  delicate  dirty
interesting  easy  physical
field  paper  boring
skilled  odd  office

MEMORY BOX

Ex 11. What is it like? Find pairs of opposites in the list and put them in the Memory Box.
......... field ......................... office .........
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................

121

Ex 12. Find adjectives in the Memory Box which can describe:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

A person who looks for minerals (oil or coal) is doing ..................... work.
Repairing clocks and watches is ..................... work.
Writing letters, filling in forms is ..................... work.
Sweeping chimneys is ..................... work.
Attending meetings is ..................... .
Science research is ..................... and ..................... work.
Maintaining electronic devices is a ..................... job.
Loading and unloading trucks is ..................... work.
Not regular, occasional jobs – ..................... jobs.
Working indoors doing paper work – ..................... work.

5.4 A Light Purse is a Heavy Curse
Хуже всех бед, когда денег нет. (Proverb)

KEY TERMS
A SALARY and WAGE(S) – the money paid periodically to an
employee. A SALARY – the money received by white-collar
workers or executives. WAGE(S) – the earnings of blue-collars,
skilled and unskilled workers. PAY – informal term for wages and
salary. A FEE – is usually charged by professional people
(doctors, lawyers).

WARNING!
You should never ask
these questions!
What is your salary / wages?
How much do you earn /
make?
How much do they
pay you?

122

Ex 13. Complete the dialogue with the words from the box.

– What are your (1) ................ , Bill?
– It depends, you know. I’m on (2) ................ .
– And how much did you (3) ................ last
month?
– Well, $150, let alone the (4) ................ .

MEMORY BOX

bonus  earn  piecework  wages

(well-)paid
paid more than enough
be
underpaid
paid by piecework – работать
сдельно
have a high/low salary
earn 100 pounds a week
make quite enough
bonus – премия

Ex 14. Translate the dialogue.
– Сколько зарабатывает твой отец ?
.................................................................. .
– Довольно хорошо.
.................................................................. .
– А мать?
.................................................................. .
– Она получает не так много.
.................................................................. .
– А ты?
.................................................................. .
– Об оплате говорить не принято, ты знаешь.
.................................................................. .

Ex 15. The verbs in the list of payments have got mixed up. Put them in the right places. Draw
lines to make connections. Some variants are possible.
be
have
make



$65,000 a year
$200 a week
a high salary

earn

quite enough

get

underpaid

123

Ex 16. Complete the sentences with the words from the Memory Boxes.

MEMORY BOX

Most workers are (1)..................... every month and this goes directly to their (2)..................... . It is
called (3) a ..................... . I (4)..................... $60,000 a year. I also receive (5)..................... :
(6)..................... before I go on
vacation and (7).....................
FRINGE BENEFITS – дополнительные льготы
when I’m ill. Though my
5
(8)..................... is not very high,
business related expenses
cover
transportation expenses
I pay high (9)..................... .
one’s medical insurance
Oh, I forgot to say that when I go
provide medical insurance for the whole family
on business, the company also
holiday pay – оплаченный отпуск
covers my (10)..................... and
sick pay – оплата во время болезни
(11)..................... expenses. And
be on sick leave – быть на больничном
income – доход
the most important thing: the
(12)
income tax – налог на доходы
company provides .....................
bank account – банковский счёт
for the whole family.

Official status

5.5 Looking for a Job
Ex 17. You came to an employment agency and have to answer their
questionaire.

Be employed
Be unemployed
Be looking for a job
Be a housewife

“P E R S O N N E L C O R P S ”
Professional Recruitment & Selection
Tel. 275-35-02

Fax 275-36-96

QUESTIONNAIRE
1. Are you seeking
a) full-time employment?
b) part-time employment?
2. Which of these is most
important for you?
(Please number 1–5 in order
of importance)
money  people  security 
job satisfaction 
an interesting job 




3. Do you like
a) meeting people
b) working alone
c) working with other pеоplе
d) working with your hands
e) travelling

yes



no







4. What do you like doing in your free time?
.............................................

124



Grammar

Step ONE –
Examine Your
Skills and Abilities

SIMPLE

Ex 18. Match the skills in the list on the left with the
responsibilities the person should handle. Draw lines to
make connections.
SKILLS
(be good at)
analysing
assembling
designing
decorating
communicating
organising
cooking
singing

RESPONSIBILITIES
(be responsible for)



USE OF THE GERUND

repairing machines
renovating houses
dealing with people
taking care of the old
entertaining people
making decisions
managing people

Ex 19. Open the brackets using the gerund.
1. I’m sure that the company can keep (go) ...going... .
2. Your duties will include (put) ........................... the
children to bed. 3. I’m sorry, I kept you (wait)
........................... . 4. This is exhausting work but I
managed to keep (go) .......................... . 5. They
stopped (work) ........................... because of the rain.
6. On the farm they usually start (work) ...........................
very early. 7. How long will you continue (discuss)
........................... the plan? 8. Does this device require
(fix) ........................... ? 9. The house is old and
wants (paint) ........................... badly. 10. I know my
hair needs (cut) ........................... , but I never have the
time.

125

ACTIVE

PASSIVE

writing

being written

Some common verbs, verbs and word
combinations with prepositions,
used to talk about work, are followed
by the Gerund.
1. Some common verbs: love,
(dis)like, enjoy, hate, involve,
include, keep, practise, begin,
start, continue, finish, stop, want,
need, require, etc.
 To be a good pianist you should
practise playing every day.
2. Some verbs with prepositions:
inform of, insist on, depend on,
thank for, succeed in, persist in,
result in, etc.
 The data require checking.
I don’t like writing letters.
3. Some
nouns
followed
by
prepositions: art of, difficulty in,
experience in, interest in,
opportunity of, plan for, talent for,
preparation for, process of, skill
in, way of, etc.
 I have no experience in building
houses.
 There are various ways of
solving this problem.
4. Word combinations with preposition: be good/clever at, be fond
of, be interested in, be responsible
for, be in charge of, etc.
 She was responsible for
organising the reunion party.

See also “Use of the Gerund”
on p. 216.

Ex 20. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words given in CAPITALS at the end
of each line.
1. He has some ...experience in building... houses.
I hope he ...is capable of renovating... houses as
well.
2. He ............................................... data. That’s why
I think he may ............................................... .
3. I ............................................... . I have great
............................................... a concert.
4. He ............................................... parts. I think
he ............................................... machines.
5. Are you ............................................... the job?
I hope you’ll have ...............................................
your abilities.
6. She is a very good cook. She can ...................
............................ the party. She can also
............................................... .
7. John has ............................................... .
He can ............................................... .

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

BUILD

BE CAPABLE OF

RENOVATE

BE GOOD AT

ANALYSE

BE CLEVER AT

MAKE DECISIONS

BE FOND OF

SING

PLANS FOR

ORGANISE

BE SKILLED IN

ASSEMBLE

BE CAPABLE OF

REPAIR

BE INTERESTED IN

GET

AN OPPORTUNITY OF

SHOW UP

BE RESPONSIBLE FOR

ORGANISE

SPECIALISE IN

CATER

TALENT FOR

PAINT

SUCCEED IN

ADVERTISE

Ex 21. Most employment agencies work by appointment only. Listen to the dialogue and
complete the Memory Box with the corresponding words in italics.
Manpower. Good morning.
WORK BY APPOINTMENT
May I speak to Mr Cartright, please?
........................... an appointment for two o’clock
Who is calling?
........................... the appointment
This is Ben Collins.
........................... the appointment
I’m sorry, Mr Cartright can’t take
........................... the appointment
your call, he is having a meeting at
........................... an appointment for next week
the moment. What can I do for you?
I have an appointment with Mr Cartright
for two o’clock, but I can’t keep the
appointment. I’m not feeling well today.
Would you like to cancel your appointment?
Just change it. Could I make an appointment for next
week?
All right. How about next Friday at three?
Friday at three? That’s fine. Thank you very much.
You’re welcome. See you then.

MEMORY BOX

EXPERIENCE IN



Step TWO –
Making an
Appointment

126

Some Useful Phrases
Make up dialogues, using the following variations.

1. –

Good morning, Employment agency,
The Personnel Corps

–

2. –

What information do you need?

–

3. –
–

–

Hello, my name is... .
I would like to have some information
about your agency.
ask some questions

I am looking for a non-profit agency taking no fee.
a private agency specialising in
high salaried positions.

Can you help me?
I would like to know what field your agency specialises in.
what kind of job you deal with.

Yes, of course. Our agency specialises in technical jobs.
in secretarial jobs.

127

4. –

–

5. –

Will

–
–

I would like

Fine.

to make an appointment to see the counsellor.
to get practical advice on interview technique.

Can you come on Wednesday at 10.20 am?
Will Friday 11 am suit you?

the career officer be able to see me some time next Tuesday?
the counsellor
at noon tomorrow?

Hold the line,

I’ll consult my notebook.
I’ll ring you back later and let you know.
Sorry, he is fully booked for tomorrow.
won’t be available to see you till Friday.

6. – What time would

–

128

be convenient for you?
suit you (better)?

Well, Monday

will be quite convenient.
will be just fine.

7. –

–

You are welcome.

OK, then, I’II see you on Wednesday, 10.20 am Thanks.
It’s perfect, I’ll be there. Thank you.

Goodbye.
Not at all. Goodbye.

Ex 22. Translate the dialogues from Russian into English.
А: Здравствуйте, агентство «Континенталь». Слушаю Вас. (Чем могу помочь?)
В: Здравствуйте, я ищу работу секретаря. Занимается ли ваше агентство подбором
работы в этой области?
А: Мы работаем только с иностранными компаниями. Вы хотите работать в российской
или иностранной компании?
В: Я не знаю, подойдёт ли моя квалификация для работы в иностранной компании.
А: Тогда вам надо поговорить с нашим консультантом. Вы не хотели бы записаться на
приём к нашему консультанту?
В: Спасибо, конечно. Когда я могу с ним поговорить?
А: В пятницу, в 3 часа. Удобно ли для вас это время?
В: Минутку, я загляну в свой деловой блокнот. Да, спасибо. Я буду у вас в пятницу в 3. До
свидания.
А: До свидания. Всего доброго.

Ex 23. What should you do to find a job? Find the logical sequence of the steps you should take.









–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

get an invitation for an interview
make an appointment with an employment agency counsellor
read the classified ads
think what kind of job you want
analyse your skills, personality traits and accomplishments/achievements
get ready for the interview
find out what employment agency you can use
find out as much as you can about the company

129

Listening

I. Walter Neef is calling to an employment agency. Listen to the dialogue twice and choose the
answer (a–c) which you think best according to the text.
1. Why is Mr Neef calling an employment agency?
a) to make an appointment
b) to get some information about the agency.
c) to confirm the appointment
2. What information does Mr Neef want to get?
a) about private employment agences
b) about the councellor he is to meet
c) what kind of agency it is
3. What kind of agency is Mr Neef looking for?
a) non-profit
b) private
c) Manpower
4. What job would he like to get?
a) high salaried job
b) some technical job
c) non-skilled position

1
2
3
4

II. Listen to the dialogue again and complete the text. You’ll have to write a word or a short phrase.
Mr Neef calls (1)................................ agency. He wants to (2)................................ about the
agency. He’d like to contact (3)................................ employment agency where you shouldn’t
pay the fee. He finds out that Personnel Corps is (4)................................ agency dealing with
(5)................................ . He asks the secretary to give him (6)................................ of agencies
specialising in (7)................................ . The secretary advises him to take their
(8)................................ which includes all the information he needs.




Step THREE –
Applying for
a Job
130

WRITING A LETTER
Ex 24. How we end a letter depends on how we begin it. Match the beginnings and the endings.
Draw lines to make connections.
1. Dear

2. Dear

(christian name),

Mr/Mrs (surname),

3. Dear

Sir or Madam,
Dear Sir/Madam,

B.
C.

Take care,
(Lots of) Love,
Best wishes,
Regards,
Yours truly,
Yours faithfully,
Yours sincerely,
Sincerely yours,

(to friends)

(to strangers)
(to acquaintances)

Ex 25. You saw this ad in the newspaper. Write a letter asking for more details and saying who
you are and why you are interested. Use the letter format on the right and our prompts:
tickets  medical insurance  salary  accommodations  training

Your address
...................................
Date
...................................

W&L
corporation

Work abroad and
learn a language at the same time.
 No experience necessary.
 You’ll get all the training
you need.
Write for details to:
Enquiries Unit
PO BOX 847
NS / EM35
Dublin, Ireland

The name and address of the
company you are writing to
..........................................
..........................................

Dear Sir or Madam (Dear Sir/Madam),
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
.....................................................................................
...................................................................................

I look forward to receiving your reply.
Yours faithfully,
Sign and print your full name

131

A LETTER OF APPLICATION
A letter of application, also known as a cover letter, is a document sent with your resume to
provide additional information on your skills and experience.

Ex 26. Read the letter of application. Underline the strong points the applicant mentions which
may help him get the job.

9 Fast Lane
Hatfield, CA 08076
(909) 555-5555
george.gillhooley@email.com
October 2010
XYZ Company
87 Delaware Road
Hatfield, CA 08065
Dear Mr Gilbery,
I am writing to apply for the programmer position advertised in the Times
Union. As requested, I am enclosing a completed job application, my
certification, my resume and three references.
I believe that my strong technical experience and education will make me a
very competitive candidate for this position.
With a BS degree in Computer Programming, I have a full understanding of
software development. I also have experience in learning new technologies as
needed. Please see my resume for additional information on my experience.
I can be reached anytime via email or my mobile phone.
Thank you for your time and consideration. I look forward to speaking to you
about this employment opportunity.
Sincerely yours,

Thomas Hindsdale

132

Ex 27. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
take (a day/a week) off  apply for  take on  help out
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.

Ask for a job formally
..........................
Agree to do work, be responsible for smth
..........................
Not work during a period of time
..........................
Help a person, usually for a short period
of time, because the person is in some difficulty ..........................

...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................

Ex 28. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. Mr Brunnel, may I .......................... tomorrow morning .......................... , I have an
appointment with the doctor.
2. I don’t mind .......................... in the shop when mother needs some assistance.
3. If you want the job, you have to .......................... it to the manager in writing.
4. He .......................... the work, though he wasn’t quite sure he could do it.

Grammar

THE MODAL VERB “CAN”: FORMS AND MEANINGS

Forms:
MODAL VERB

PRESENT

PAST

FUTURE

Equivalent
can
be able to
Meanings:
Ability:

can
am
is
are

могу, умею, возможно 

Permission: можно

Prohibition: сan’t нельзя


able to

could
was
were

able to

—
will be able to

He can solve the problem.
You can find this information in our leaflet.
If you are not well, you can stay at home tomorrow.
You can’t smoke in the office.

NOTE
Could expresses general ability in the past.
 Allan could sing well when he was young.
Was/were able to expresses that someone managed to do smth in a particular situation in the past.
 Marian was able to answer all the questions (though it was difficult).
Couldn’t may be used either generally or in a particular situation in the past.

133

Ex 29. The head of the department gave a talk on the performance of the department. Here
are some of the points he mentioned. Use the corresponding tense forms of the verb CAN and
its equivalents to complete the sentences. Sometimes two variants are possible.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Last year the department (can) ........................... provide a constant information flow.
At the end of the year we (can) ........................... up-date all the data bases.
Now with the data bases updated we (can) ........................... work on the new project.
Using the new computer program the department (can) ........................... process
information much quicker.
Next month we (can) ........................... widen our marketing field.
Why (can’t) ........................... you cut down the losses using the old data base?
When we were working on the project, we (can) ........................... detect some errors in the
system.
Now we see that we (can) ........................... increase our efficiency.

Ex 30. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences
from Russian into English using the corresponding tense
forms of the verb CAN and its equivalents.

An Interview
Sue wants to work for a few weeks during the summer
holidays. She sees an advert in the local paper for a
temporary job at a rest home, and decides to apply for it.
Mrs Beale, who is in charge of the home, invites her to come
for an interview.
Mrs Beale: Sit down; Sue. Right. (1) Прежде, чем я смогу пообещать вам эту работу ..............
................................................................................, I’d like to ask you some
questions. – Why did you apply for this kind of work?
Sue:
Well, firstly, I like the idea of helping people. (2) And я уверена, что смогу выполнять
эту работу ...................................................................................................... .
Mrs Beale: Have you ever worked with elderly people?
Sue:
No, I haven’t. But I think (3)я смогу помогать им .......................................
........................ .
Mrs Beale: Where do you live? (4)Вы сможете начинать работу в 7 утра? ............................
........................................................ That’s when the night nurse goes off duty.
(5)Я легко смогу быть на работе к этому времени. ..............................................
Sue:
................................................... I live quite near.
Mrs Beale: Fine. (6)Вы умеете готовить .........................................................................?
Sue:
Er… well! I often helped to get meals ready at home. (7)Мама говорила, что я умею
хорошо готовить овощной суп .........................................................................
........................................................................ .
134

Mrs Beale: Don’t worry. You won’t have to cook the whole meals without help.
(8)Вы можете делать уборку, стирать, накрывать на столы .................................
....................................................................................................................... ?
Sue:
Certainly. (9)Когда вы сможете сказать мне, получу ли я эту работу ....................
......................................................................................................., Mrs Beale?
Mrs Beale: Well, a young man is coming to see me in the afternoon, so naturally (10)я не смогу
принять решение ...................................................................................... until
I have talked to him, too. Ring me up tomorrow morning and I’ll let you know then.

GOING FOR AN INTERVIEW
When you go for an interview you have a right to find out some information about your possible
work place. It is not just the Personal Manager who asks all the questions.
But be careful how you say what you want to say.

Ex 31. Which of these are the best ways of asking the questions? Tick the questions which are
good to ask.
1.  A. How much are you going to pay me? 4.  A. Do you have a pension scheme?
 B. What is the rate of pay?
 B. Will I get a pension when I retire?
2.  A. How long do I have to work?
 B. What are the working hours?

5.  A. How long are the holidays?
 B. What are the holiday arrangements?

3.  A. Do I get dinner free?
6.  A. Do you make redundancy payments?
 B. What are the canteen arrangements?
 B. Will I get any money in case you make
me redundant?

5.6 Job Opportunities
Bill Burk had never thought about making a career for himself. But
there is always favourable time or chance one can use to advance
professionally and financially. Read a passage from a novel in
which Bill Burk starts thinking about the new opportunities.
That evening, there was a talk at the bank on job opportunities.
The speaker said that there would be opportunities to work abroad
in a year’s time. The world was open to young people who could
135

MEMORY BOX

speak other languages and who
had special skills. If they were
interested, they should start to
prepare themselves now. Bill
started thinking.
If he was chosen to work in a
European capital, he would earn
good money…
(from “Evening Class”
by Maeve Binchy)

JOB OPPORTUNITIES –
возможности профессионального роста

advance professionally – расти профессионально
for oneself – сделать карьеру
make a career in politics – сделать карьеру
в политике
as a diplomat – сделать дипломатическую карьеру
be promoted the director – получить должность
директора
promotion – повышение по службе
qualify for – соответствовать должности/быть готовым к какой-либо деятельности

Grammar
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
CONDITION
Real
(Type I)

SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
If he enters university,
If I have finished by that
time,
If he is working on Monday,

Unreal
Present/Future
(Type II)

PRINCIPAL CLAUSE

TRANSLATION

he will be able to make a
career.
I will meet you.

бы

he will not go with us.

Present Simple/Perfect/
Continuous

will + Inf.

If he knew him better,
If he knew a foreign
language,

he wouldn’t think so.
he might get the job.

бы

would
could + Inf.
might

Past Simple/Cont.

Ex 32. Choose the correct form of the verb.
1. If I take/will take the course, I will be able/am able to work as a computer programmer.
2. If we take/will take this approach, we minimise/will minimise the costs.
3. If the company establishes/will establish good working contacts with its partners, it
increases/will increase the profits.
136

4. If you maintained/would maintain the computers better, there were/would be no errors.
5. If the team would raise/raised the efficiency of the process, the production risks would
decrease/decreased.
6. If the management would improve/improved conditions, it insured/would insure the success
of the company.

Ex 33. Translate the sentences. That is what Bill Burk thought about the new prospects and
what he could do.
1. Если я начну изучать иностранный язык сейчас, то через год я буду хорошо владеть им
(master the language).
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Если Лиззи захочет, она тоже сможет изучать итальянский со мной вместе.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Если я буду жить в Париже, Лиззи приедет ко мне.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Если бы я получил повышение, я бы мог жениться на Лиззи.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Если бы Лиззи умела что-либо делать (have some skills), она бы работала.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Если бы Лиззи работала, мы смогли бы также изучать компьютерные программы.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. Если бы Билл получил эту работу, он мог бы больше помогать своей семье.
.........................................................................................................................................

5.7 Leaving the Service
Ex 34. Read the two texts. Tick the points Tracey Chapman and George Morley have in
common.

Out of Work
A
In Britain a lot of people are out of work. Tracey Chapman is 18, and she left school a year ago.
She lives in the North East, an area of high youth unemployment… She hasn’t been able to find a
job yet. She gets her unemployment benefit but that isn’t much and she is tired of queuing for it
every Thursday. She has almost given up looking for a job. Every day she buys the local paper but
she is really fed up with looking through the “Situations Vacant” column. There are 50 applicants
for every job.

137

MEMORY BOX

B
George Morley is 54. Until last year he was a production manager in the
textile industry. He had worked for the same company since he left
school. He had a good job, a four-bedroom house and a company car.
When his company had to close because of economic difficulties, he was
made redundant. “I don’t feel old, but it isn’t easy to start looking for a
job at my age. I’ve had so many refusals. You see, I’m interested in
learning a new skill but nobody wants
to train me. I can see their point. I’ll
OUT OF WORK
have to retire in ten years. When I was
9
dismiss – уволить с работы
still with Lancastrian Textiles I was
quit – оставить работу, уволиться
bored with doing the same thing day
be given notice to quit – получить уведомлеafter day, but now I’d really enjoy doing
ние/предупреждение об увольнении
it again. I’d take any job really. It’s not
sack/fire smb (colloq) – уволить кого-либо
the money. I just need to feel useful,
get/be given the sack – быть уволенным
that’s all.”
resign one’s position – уйти в отставку
be made redundant/be laid off – попасть под
сокращение штатов
 a. Live with the parents
shirk work – увиливать от работы
 b. Be out of work
loafer/idler – лентяй
 c. Have worked for 30 years
neglect of duty – невыполнение своих обязанностей
 d. Be looking for a job
unemployment
benefit – пособие по без e. Be made redundant
работице
 f. Can’t find work after leaving school
 g. Get unemployment benefit
 h. Get refusals
 i. Get redundancy pay

Ex 35. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
catch up with  aim at  fall behind  catch up on  stay behind  fill in
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remain in a place after others have left
Be slower than others
Intend to achieve smth
Reach the same level as smb/smth else
Do another person’s job temporarily
Spend time doing smth that you have
not been able to do until now

138

............................
............................
............................
............................
............................

............................ ............................

Ex 36. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. I have Monday off, I’ll be able to .......................... my work. 2. He .......................... the top of
his profession. 3. I .......................... for Mr Green’s secretary while she is in hospital. 4. Hurry up!
You .......................... the others. 5. They all left the office at 5, but he .......................... to finish
some work. 6. I’ll try to .......................... the rest of the class. 7. I have to meet Mark at the airport.
Will you .......................... for me for the rest of the day?

Listening

You will hear two friends discuss their colleagues Nick and Richard. Listen to the dialogues twice
and match each colleague to the statement given in the list.
Nick

Richard









a) He can be dismissed.
b) He put on such a show last
month too.
c) He is out of practice.
d) He is aiming at getting
a raise.
e) He came to work though
he is on sick leave.
f) He shirks work.
g) He wants the boss to see
what a hard worker he is.
h) He is lazy and never works hard.
i) At school he used to stay away from classes.

FOOD AND MEALS

Ex 1. Read the text and complete the Memory

Box with the basic foods people eat. Choose
among the words in italics. There are three odd words
which you don’t need to use. Listen to the words in the
Memory Box and check your answers.

Healthy Food
A healthy balanced diet contains a variety of foods
including plenty of fruit and vegetables, plenty of cereals
such as wholegrain bread, pasta and rice, grains, some
protein-rich foods such as meat, fish, eggs and beans and
some dairy products. It should also be low in fat, salt and
sugar.

140

MEMORY BOX

6.1 Food
BASIC FOODS
..................... – ....................
..................... – овощи
cereals – хлебные злаки
..................... – зерновые
..................... – .....................
..................... – .....................
eggs – .....................
..................... – бобы
dairy products – .....................
fat – .....................
..................... – соль
sugar – .....................

Ex 2. Decide where the sentences (A–D) on the right go into the text. There are four
extra numbers you don’t need to fill in. Listen to the text and check your answers.

American Eating Habits
If you think popcorn is awful, if peanut butter with jelly sounds
impossible, if you think corn is for pigs and ice water is
unhealthy – be careful when you talk to an American.(1) 
Criticise hamburgers and cokes and an American will probably
take it personally. (2) 
Typical American food includes things that were first found in
the New World and brought to the Old: (3) 
Americans are among the biggest meat-eaters in the world –
mostly beef. (4)  Ice-cream is standard everyday food, not
just for special days or in the summertime. (5) 

JUNK FOOD
Нездоровая пища, с
большим
количеством добавок,
наполнителей,
жиров и сахара

MEMORY BOX

On the one hand, Americans eat a lot of so-called “junk
food”: chips, cookies, cakes, soft drinks. (6)  Salt and sugar
consumption is down. (7)  Even hamburger restaurants
have salad bars nowadays. (8) 

A. potatoes, tomatoes,
peanuts, corn, pumpkin,
turkey, pineapple.
B. Many Americans think
they must eat vegetables
and a big salad for
dinner every day.
C. Americans can get
emotional when talking
about food.
D. But at the same time
more and more people
are interested in healthy
food.

nutrition – питание, пища
diet – диета, рацион питания
put on a (strict) diet – посадить на (строгую) диету
keep to a diet – придерживаться диеты
be on a diet – быть на диете
put on weight – поправиться
gain 5 kg – набрать 5 кг
get fat – очень поправиться
lose weight – похудеть
eat like a wolf – много есть
be a hearty eater – иметь хороший аппетит
eat like a bird/be a poor eater – мало есть

Ex 3. Sally is unhappy. To understand her problem match the phrases in column A with those in
column B.
1
A
В
2
1. My husband eats like a wolf,
a) like potatoes, pasta, cakes.
2. I eat like a bird but
b) make you too fat.
3
3. I can’t eat anything
c) to lose weight.
4
4. My aim is
d) without looking it up in the Calorie Chart.
5
5. Some national cuisines
e) but he doesn’t have to keep to a diet.
6
6. I live on
f) I’m constantly putting on weight.
7
7. I have to avoid things
g) I eat to live.
8
8. I don’t live to eat,
h) vegetable and fruit.
141

ANIMALS



MEAT
pig  pork

cow  beef

sheep  mutton

calf  veal

lamb  lamb

POULTRY

cock

hen

chicken

duck

turkey

goose

FISH and SEA FOOD

squid – кальмар

octopus – осьминог
carp – карп
salmon – лосось/
сёмга
herring – сельдь
crab – краб

cod – треска

pike – щука
shrimp – мелкая
креветка
mussel – мидия

lobster – омар
142

prawn – крупная
креветка

MEMORY BOX

Ex 4. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.

sausage – колбаса
(thin) sausages – сосиски
frankfurter – тонкая копчёная сосиска в хот-доге
salami – копчёная колбаса
bacon – бекон
ham – ветчина

1. Моя любимая рыба – карп и лосось, но я покупаю
только треску, она не такая жирная.
............................................................................
...........................................................................
2. Я сейчас на диете, и поэтому буду есть только
куриное мясо и овощи.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Рождественский ужин в США состоит из индейки, ветчины, яблочного пирога, орехов
и фруктов.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Моя подруга – вегетарианка, и поэтому она ест только овощи, фрукты, иногда рыбу.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Моя бабушка прекрасно готовит утку с яблоками.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Когда я ем ланч в этом кафе, я всегда заказываю
овощной салат с креветками.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
7. Мой младший сын любит сосиски, но он не ест
копчёную колбасу. Он предпочитает сосиски мясу.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................

Ex 5. Write the countable and uncountable nouns into
two columns:
grain  poultry  duck  cake  nut  bread  water
bun  beef  banana  breakfast  ham  pork
chop  cream  cucumber  salami  egg  shrimp
milk  cheese  turnip  lettuce  pear  beer
Countable

Uncountable

143

Grammar
COUNTABLE and
UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
Countable nouns
1. Can be used with numbers
an apple – five apples
2. Have two forms, singular and
plural.
an orange – oranges
3. Singular countable nouns can
take a determiner:
 A cup of tea and that piece of
cake, please.
Uncountable nouns
1. Denote things we cannot count:
– many types of food: meat, butter,
cheese, jam, bread, honey, etc.
– liquids: water, oil, coffee, petrol,
etc.
– materials: glass, wood, iron,
silver, etc.
2. They have no plural. They are used
in the plural to denote different
sorts of a given substance:
wine – wines, fruit – fruits


Ex 6. Singular or plural? Fill in the nouns from the list
into the spaces.
chicken  food  carrot  potato  onion
1. She doesn’t eat red meat, she eats only ................. .
In summer mother usually bought us five small yellow
................. to take care of. 2. Eating ................. is good
for the eyes. You should eat at least a ................. a day.
3. I cut out sweets and fatty ................. . Most
Europeans use twelve basic ................. , such as meat,
fish, cereals, vegetables, etc. 4. I always “cry” when I
chop ................. . Did you remember to put an
................. into the soup? 5. We’ve run out of
................. , I found only one ................. in the basket.

Ex 7. Fill in the articles A/AN, THE or pronouns SOME
or ANY where necessary.
1. When we visited Grandmother in summer she taught
me how to milk a cow. I don’t like ....... new milk, but I
helped her, of course. 2. Can I have ....... milk, Gran?
....... milk is sour. Will you have ....... sour milk? 3. The
doctor said I should eat ....... butter every day, it’s good
for the skin. 4. I don’t eat ....... butter, I’m on a slimming
diet. 5. Where did you buy ....... butter, it is ....... very
good butter, I’d like to buy this brand too. 6. Do you take
....... cream with your coffee? I’d rather have ....... low fat
milk. Less ....... fat, you know. 7. We eat vegetable soup
with crackers and ....... cheese. 8. Will you buy .......
cheese for lunch? 9. I’ve brought ....... cottage cheese.
I want you to try ....... cottage cheese. It was made on
our local farm.

3. Some uncountable nouns that
refer to food and drinks can be
countable nouns when they refer
to quantities of the food or drink.
 Do you like coffee?
(uncountable)
 We asked for two coffees.
(countable)
4. Some nouns are uncountable when
they refer to something in general
and countable when they refer to a
particular instance of something.
 He is allergic to strawberry.
 She decorated the cake with ten
strawberries.
5. In general sense, the nouns
potatoes (картофель), onions (лук),
carrots (морковь), oats (овес) are
used in the plural.
 Potatoes are very cheap in
autumn.
 Spanish onions are sweet.
They can also be used in the
singular: a potato (одна штука
картофеля), a carrot (один
корешок моркови), an onion
(луковица).

BASIC USES OF “SOME” and “ANY”
SOME

ANY

1. Affirmatives: I want some milk.
2. Questions expecting a positive answer, for
example, offers and requests:
Would you like some coffee?
May I have some tea?

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

144

Negatives: I don’t want any milk.
Uncertain questions: Is there any ... ?
With “hardly”, etc.: There is hardly any
sugar left.
With “at all”: We haven’t any bread at all.
After “if”: Buy some pears if you see any.

Ex 8. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.

MEMORY BOX

1. Принеси мне сливки для кофе, пожалуйста.
.............................................................................
2. Утром я пью кофе. Кофе горячий.
.............................................................................
3. Простокваша вкусная, я люблю простоквашу.
.............................................................................
4. Я принесла тебе творог, ты ешь творог?
.............................................................................
5. Это домашний творог, творог сделала моя мама.
.............................................................................
6. Он попросил меня купить хлеба и сыра, но сыр
ему не понравился. Это был мягкий сыр.
.............................................................................
7. Мне нужно немного масла для бутербродов.
Масло на столе.
.............................................................................
8. Ты выпьешь чаю? Марк купил вчера очень
хороший чай.
.............................................................................
DAIRY PRODUCTS –
молочные продукты

milk – молоко
sour milk – простокваша
milkshake – молочный коктейль
cream – сливки
sour cream – сметана
butter – масло
margarine – маргарин
cheese – сыр
curd (cheese)/cottage cheese – творог
yoghurt – йогурт

USE OF ARTICLE
WITH NOUNS OF MATERIAL
Nouns of material (butter, tea, iron,
water, honey, wine, snow, etc.)
– In a general sense – NO ARTICLE
 Man can’t live without water.
 He is a vegetarian. He doesn’t
eat meat.
 I prefer tea to coffee.
– When
modified
by
a
particularizing attribute or the
situation makes it definite – THE
 Rosa tasted the wine. It was
good.
 The coffee she made was better
than he had hoped and very hot.
 She looked with hungry eyes at
the bread and meat the
landlady brought her.

NOTE
1. When an indefinite part of the
substance is meant, some/any are
used:
 I bought some bread and
cheese.
2. We use a/an when:
a) sorts of food are meant
 They give a good coffee
here.
b) a portion of something is meant
 He drank a brandy and went
out.
 I’ll buy you an ice.
c) the noun indicates an object
made of a certain material
 There is a tin of sardines on
the table.

Ex 9. Correct the mistakes. Write in A/AN or SOME where necessary. Sometimes both variants
are possible.
1.
2.
3.
4.

...an apple...
...no change...
.................................
.................................

Joanna eats apple every morning.
Peter doesn’t like milk in his tea.
Kate rarely has biscuit with her coffee.
George normally has meat for dinner.
145

5. Brain usually has omelette for lunch.
6. Margaret never drinks beer.
7. Robin occasionally puts butter on his potatoes.

.................................
.................................
.................................

Ex 10. Jane is trying to lose weight, so every day she writes down what she has eaten. Look at
the picture of what she ate today and complete her notes, using A/AN or SOME where necessary.

breakfast

lunch

dinner

Today was quite good, at least to start with. I only had (1)................................. for
breakfast. At lunch time I ate (2)................................. . For dinner I had
(3)
................................. and (4)................................. , followed by (5)................................. .
I drank (6)................................. afterwards and I'm afraid I did put
(7)
................................. in it!

Listening

Mr Brown and Sarah have to do the shopping today. They
talk about what to buy. Listen to the dialogue twice and put
down the food they discuss into two columns:
THEY’VE RUN OUT OF

THEY DON’T NEED TO BUY

146

Ex 11. Jamie doesn’t like supermarkets so he always goes to Mrs Martin’s shop. But Mrs Martin
doesn’t always have everything he needs. Expand the situation. Use the information given in the
chart and the prompts in brackets. Remember to use SOME and ANY where necessary.

Yes, I’ve got…

No, I haven’t got…

cornflakes, coffee, strawberry jam
bread

tomatoes, French cheese
peanut butter

Jamie:
Mrs Martin:
Jamie:
Mrs Martin:
Jamie:
Mrs Martin:
Jamie:
Mrs Martin:
Jamie:
Mrs Martin:
Jamie:

Hi, Mrs Martin.
Hello Jamie. What can I do for you?
We need (1) ........................... cornflakes. Have you got (2) ............................... ?
Yes, I’ve got (3) ........................... . Here they are.
(French cheese) OK! Have you got (4) .......................................... ?
I’m sorry. (5) .......................................... .
(coffee, peanut butter) Have (6) ...................................................................... ?
(7)
................................................................................................................. .
(strawberry jam, bread) (8) .............................................................................. ?
(9)
................................................................................................................. .
I forgot my money! I haven’t got (10) ........................... money at all! I’ll run home
and get (11) .......................... ! Sorry, Mrs Martin.

Ex 12. Match the phrasal verbs to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
cut out  live on  mix up (together)  run out (of)
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1. Have as food or diet
2. Blend different things together
3. Stop eating or drinking
4. Not have any more left

...................................
...................................
...................................
...................................

Ex 13. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the Memory Box
above.
1. Can I use your lighter? I’ve ................. matches. 2. She ................. oil, vinegar and a bit of sugar
together to dress the salad. 3. They have a summer house on an island. All summer long they
................. fish and vegetables from their kitchen garden. 4. My doctor tells me I must .................
coffee and tobacco. 5. You shouldn’t ................. fruit only, you’d better ................. sweets and
fatty foods. 6. Put the eggs and sugar in the bowl and ................. them ................. together.
147

Study these networks for the words
BREAD and CEREALS

wholemeal

wholegrain

white
brown

rye

BREAD

stal

a lo
fresh

CEREALS

semolina – манная крупа

oats – овёс

Ex 14. Read the text and answer the questions.
Bread, Cereals, Rice, and Pasta
Grain products like bread, cereals, rice, and pasta are
good for you. They are important sources of vitamins and
minerals.
Many people think that breads, rice and pasta are
fattening. They are not. But when you add fats like
margarine, oil, mayonnaise, cheese sauce to them, you
add many extra calories.

MEMORY BOX

corn – кукуруза

e of

a slic

buckwheat – гречневая крупа

wheat – пшеница

rice – рис

af o

BAKED GOODS
7

flour – мука
dough – тесто
doughnut – пончик
croissant – круасан, французский рогалик
muffin – сдобная горячая булочка
bun/roll – сдобная булочка
cake – торт, пирожное
pancakes – блины
thick pancakes – оладьи
curd pancakes – творожники
pie – пирог

Try a wholegrain bread instead of white bread, use brown rice instead of white rice or mix them
together the next time you have rice. They are much healthier.
Some breads and cereals have lots of fat and sugar added when they are manufactured. Croissants,
doughnuts, cakes and some muffins have a lot of fat and calories. When you shop, read the food
labels and look for breads, cereals, rice and pasta mixes that have less fat and sugar in them.
148

1. Why are grain products good for you? ................................................................................
2. What breads and cereals are fattening? Why? ......................................................................
3. Which breads and cereals are healthier? ............................................................................

Ex 15. Translate the dialogue.
–
–
–

–

–
–

Оладьи вкусные, правда?
.......................................................................................................................................
Если честно (to tell the truth), я не очень люблю оладьи.
.......................................................................................................................................
Неужели? Я думала, это твое любимое блюдо. Попробуй оладьи с клубничным вареньем. Это очень вкусно.
.......................................................................................................................................
Мам, я видела в холодильнике кусочек вчерашнего пирога с капустой. Можно мне его
взять?
.......................................................................................................................................
Конечно, но боюсь, он чёрствый.
.......................................................................................................................................
Не волнуйся, твой пирог всегда вкусный.
.......................................................................................................................................

Grammar
QUANTIFIERS: MUCH/MANY, LITTLE/FEW, A LOT OF/PLENTY OF
Some quantifiers combine with countable nouns, some with uncountable, and some with both kinds.
COUNTABLE NOUNS
MANY
How many oranges will you take?
Don’t eat too many sweets, Bob.

UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
MUCH
Is there much water in the kettle?
I don’t eat much meat. I prefer fish.

МАЛО

FEW
We have few eggs left in the fridge.

LITTLE
You’ve eaten little soup, Jack. Will you
have some more?

НЕМНОГО,
НЕСКОЛЬКО

A FEW
We have a few pears and bananas left.

A LITTLE
I’m not hungry. I’ll have only a little salad.

МНОГО

NOTE A lot of, plenty of, enough, hardly any are used with countable and uncountable nouns.
 There are a lot of apples in the basket.
 We have also got enough pears and juice but hardly any jam.
 I don’t have to cook dinner today. Plenty of food is left after the party.
Many and much are mostly used in negative statements and questions, a lot of/plenty of –
in positive sentences.
 How many cups of coffee do you drink a day?
 I don’t take much sugar with my coffee.

149

Ex 16. Make questions using words from each column.

many
How
much

milk
bottles of milk
soup
pieces of cake
butter
pots of yoghurt
eggs

is
there in the fridge?
are

Ex 17. Sue was over for dinner at Meg’s. She liked her fruit salad very much. Meg promised to
send her the recipe. Sue received the e-mail, she calls Meg to ask some questions. Make the
questions, read the answers first.
apple
grapes



recipe – Message (HTML)

File Edit View Insert Format Tools Actions Help

From
Subject

pineapрle


cherry

meggy@mail.com

pear

plum

Fruit Salad

FRUIT SALAD

kiwi fruit

This fruit salad combines chopped
peaches, strawberries, apples,
and some melon, dressed with a
simple fresh lime and pineapple
juice dressing.

peach
watermelon

orange

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Hi, Meg. I hate to be a nuisance, but you forgot
banana
to write the quantity of ingredients. Can I ask you some questions?
Sure.
(1)
How many/much ........................................................................... ?
Six peaches and three apples.
lemon
(2)
...........................................................................
400 g of strawberries.
(3)
melon
...........................................................................
About 200 g of melon.
(4)
...........................................................................
Half a cup of sugar, a cup of pine-apple juice and the juice of one fresh lime.
Thanks a lot. Sorry to bother you at work.
150

Ex 18. Masha is celebrating her birthday with her colleagues. They are at a restaurant with a
buffet, where you pay a set price and can eat as much as you like. They are discussing the food.
Complete the sentences with the words from the box.
much  many  enough  a lot of  a little bit of  plenty
It looks so good, but I really can’t eat that (1) ....................... .
I know what you mean, how (2) ....................... helpings of meat and vegetables can you eat?
Besides, there are (3) ....................... desserts we have
to try!
Have they got (4) ....................... drinks to go with all this
food?
Don’t worry about drinks, they’ve got (5) ....................... .
I wish I could try (6) ....................... everything.

–
–
–
–
–
–

BERRIES

currant
strawberry

cranberry
gooseberry

cloudberry

raspberry
cowberry
blueberry

Ex 19. Write three shopping lists.

Breakfast
milk

.......
.................................
.......
.................................
.......
.................................

Lunch
tomatoes

....................
....................
....................
....................
....................
....................

151

Dinner
meat

.......
.................................
.......
.................................
.......
.................................

6.2 Ways of Cooking
Ex 20. Study а vegetable soup recipe and complete the Memory Box with the names of
vegetables from the recipe. Translate the words into Russian. Listen and check your
answers.

MEMORY BOX

My Mother’s Easy Vegetable Soup
As a kid, I used to love my mother's homemade
vegetable soup. With simple, inexpensive ingredients
my mother's homemade vegetable soup was very
easy to put together.
Below you'll find her homemade vegetable soup recipe
that may also suit your tastes.
The Ingredients:

VEGETABLES
tomato – ..........................
cucumber – ..........................
lettuce – салат-латук
radish – редиска
....................... – .......................
garlic – чеснок
....................... – .......................
beet – ..........................
....................... – .......................
....................... – .......................
green peas – зелёный горошек
.......................... – репа
sweet green pepper – ..............
................
.......................... – сельдерей
cauliflower – цветная капуста
marrow – кабачок
aubergine/eggplant – баклажан
mushrooms – грибы
pumpkin – тыква

MEMORY BOX

Nothing exotic here, you'll find all of the ingredients at the
local grocery store. The recipe will easily feed a family of
4 to 6.
 4 medium sized potatoes (peeled/chunked)
 3 carrots (sliced)
 1 sweet green pepper (chunked)
 1 medium sized yellow onion (chopped)
 1/4 head of green cabbage (shredded)
 1–2 sticks of celery (sliced)
 1 red delicious apple (peeled/chunked)
COOKING
 1 turnip (chunked)
 1 can of green peas (drained)
cook – готовить(еду)
 64 oz vegetable juice
boil – варить
peel – чистить (овощи)
 1 can of beef broth
chop – мелко нарубить
 1 tsp dried basil
chunk – нарезать более крупно
 1 tsp oregano
slice – нарезать ломтиками
Salt to taste.
shred – измельчить

grate – натереть (на терке)
mince – сделать фарш
stuff – начинять
add – добавить
pour – налить
drain – слить
whisk/whip – взбивать
taste – пробовать
make a scratch dinner – приготовить
обед на скорую руку

152

My Mother’s Homemade Vegetable Soup Recipe
The meat can be prepared however you prefer, but my mother used a pressure cooker for her
homemade vegetable soup and indeed, it produces very tender meat.

Place 500 gr of roast in the
pressure cooker with one cup
of water. Cook for 30 minutes.



Pour in the vegetable juice
and one cup of the beef broth
and bring to the full boil.

Meanwhile, peel and
chunk the vegetables
and the apple.



Stir in seasonings and
reduce heat to medium.

As kids we had a bowl of
this soup with crackers
and a slice or two of
cheddar cheese.

153

Slice the celery, and
shred the cabbage.
Add into the pot.

MEMORY BOX



Cook for one and a
half hours. Add the
meat.

sprinkle – взбрызнуть
squeeze – выжимать
stir – помешивать
mix (up) – смешать/перемешать
spread – намазать
sift – просеивать
serve (hot/cold) – подавать (горячим/ холодным)
bring to the boil – довести до
кипения
turn over – перевернуть
melt – растопить

Ex 21. Give a word or a phrase for the definition.
Electric/gas cooker
1. Rub into small pieces (cheese, carrots)
saucepan
............. grate .............
2. Cut or chop (meat) into small pieces
stew
....................................
3. Take the skin of
....................................
4. Cook in hot oven
fry
....................................
5. Cook in hot water at 100°C
frying pan
....................................
6. Cook in boiling fat
oven
....................................
7. Cook in water or juice slowly
roast,
in a closed saucepan
bake
....................................
spit
baking tray
8. Beat cream or eggs up
....................................

cooking pot
boil

grill

Ex 22. Translate the recipe.
Фаршированный перец – Stuffed

Pepper

1. Снять верх и аккуратно очистить сладкий зелёный перец.

Cut off the top and scoop out insides of sweet green peppers carefully.
2. Промолоть на мясорубке 200 г говядины и 200 г свинины.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Натереть на тёрке 1 морковь.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Мелко нарезать 1 луковицу.
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Сварить полстакана риса.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Всё тщательно перемешать, посолить и добавить зелень.
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Начинить перец приготовленной начинкой.
.......................................................................................................................................
8. Нарезать ломтиками 1 луковицу и 1 морковь, положить в сотейник. Сверху положить
начинённый перец.
.......................................................................................................................................
154

9. Добавить 1 стакан овощного бульона и 1 стакан томатного сока.
.......................................................................................................................................
10. Тушить 45 минут.
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 23.

Find pairs of opposites in the list and put them in the Memory Box. Listen and
check your answers.

MEMORY BOX

sour  tough  spicy/hot  stale  sweet  crisp  salty  tender  tasteless
lean  fresh  soft  flavourless  unsalted  fatty  delicious

Ex 24. Translate the dialogue.

–

spicy/hot – flavourless
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................
..............................................

Эта телятина очень нежная, но довольно
безвкусная.
........................................................................
.......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
Я думаю, это легко исправить. На столе соль и
специи. Мой бифштекс немного жёсткий, а вот
жареная картошка хрустящая и очень вкусная.
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
Пожалуйста, две чашки чая, крепкого и горячего.
Принесите чай позднее, пожалуйста, мы не любим
SPICES – специи
пить холодный чай.
11
seasoning
–
приправа
................................................................................
herbs – «зелень»
................................................................................
parsley – петрушка
................................................................................
dill – укроп
................................................................................
horse radish – хрен

MEMORY BOX

–

WHAT IS IT LIKE?

mustard – горчица
mayonnaise – майонез
ketchup – кетчуп
pepper – перец
salt – соль
vinegar – уксус
oil – растительное масло
sauce – соус

155

Sweets and Desserts
12

Ex 25. Read the text and complete the Memory Box with the names of traditional English
desserts. Listen and check your answers.
Answer the questions: What is pudding? What is custard?

English Desserts
There’s no getting around it, the English have a sweet tooth. No, make that a very sweet tooth.

MEMORY BOX

And judging by the number and variety of English desserts, it's not a newly acquired taste either.
There are pudding recipes for any number of occasions. Some traditional pudding and custard
recipes have roots that reach back into the
middle ages.
SWEETS AND DESSERTS
In the United Kingdom pudding refers to rich,
chocolate
fairly homogeneous starchy1 – or dairy-based
chocolates – шоколадные конфеты
desserts.
ice-cream
The word pudding is also used for savoury2
jam – варенье
dishes such as Yorkshire pudding, black
marmalade – повидло из цитрусовых
honey – мед
pudding, steak and kidney pudding and blood
biscuit/cookies – печенье
pudding.
..........................................................
Initially, custards were used only as fillings for pies,
..........................................................
pastries and tarts. After the 16th century, custards
..........................................................
began to be used in individual dishes rather than as
..........................................................
a filling in crusts3.
..........................................................
Custard was a favourite at the court of Elizabeth I,
whose teeth bore witness to her love of sweets.

1
2
3

starchy – содержащий крахмал
savoury – пикантный (не сладкий)
crust – корж

6.3 Meals

156

6.3 Meals
Ex 26. In the text below underline all the meals an Englishman has. Complete the Memory Box
with these phrases.

An Englishman’s Diary
An Englishman’s day begins when he sits down to breakfast with his morning newspaper.
As he looks through the headlines there is nothing he likes better than his favourite breakfast of
cornflakes with milk and sugar (porridge if he lives in the North), fried bacon and eggs,
marmalades on toast and tea (with milk, of course) or coffee.
After breakfast, except on Saturdays and Sundays he goes to work. He leaves home at about 7:30.
At offices or factories there is a tea or coffee break at eleven. Then at mid-day everything stops
for lunch. Most offices and shops close for an hour from one to two.
Englishmen are fond of good plain food, and they usually want to know what they eat. They like
beefsteaks, chops, roast beef and Yorkshire1 pudding, fried fish and chipped potatoes.
There are usually two courses in the mid-day meal – a meat course with a lot of vegetables, a
sweet dish, perhaps fruit pudding and custards with tea or coffee to finish.

MEMORY BOX

Then back to work again with another break
in the middle of the afternoon, once again
for tea or coffee, sometimes with a cake or
a biscuit.
The working day finishes at any time
between four and six. When an Englishman
gets home he likes to inspect his garden
before the evening meal: tea, high tea,
dinner or supper.
When his evening meal is over, the Englishman
may do a little gardening and then have a walk
to the “local” (the nearest beerhouse) for a
“quick one” (a drink, alcoholic, of course!).
Then at any time between 10 and 12 he has his
“night-cap” – a drink with a snack – and then off
to bed ready for tomorrow.
(by Stephanie Andrews)

1
2

Yorkshire xDàiâpèz=
brunch – a meal eaten in late morning (brunch –
a combination of breakfast and lunch)
157

MEALS
a meal
..................................
brunch – перекусывать между
завтраком и ланчем
have ..................................
..................................
..................................
supper
a snack/bite – перекусить
for breakfast – на завтрак
at breakfast – за завтраком
in time for dinner – вовремя к обеду
go out for a meal – есть вне дома
dine out – обедать где-либо (не дома)
be hungry – быть голодным
be thirsty – хотеть пить
high tea – ранний ужин с чаем
light supper – лёгкий ужин
heavy / substantial breakfast – плотный
завтрак
do justice to the meal – отдать должное
еде

Ex 27.

Insert articles A/AN, THE or ZERO where
necessary.
1. Did they give you ........ good breakfast at the hotel?
2. What do you do after ........ breakfast? 3. Shall we give
her ........ traditional English dinner? 4. There is a proverb:
“After ........ dinner sleep awhile, after ........ supper walk
a mile.” 5. Actors usually have ........ supper after the play,
though actresses have ........ very light supper. 6. Our son
Harry doesn’t eat ........ lunch they give at school, he has
........ sandwiches I make him. 7. It’s time for ........ dinner.
8. My duty was to provide ........ lunch for five people. 9.
They were at ........ dinner when I called on them. 10. We
had ........ nice lunch of ........ cold meat and ........ salad.
11. ........ dinner she gave us was rather heavy. 12. When
are you goingto eat ........ lunch? 13. Have you had ........
dinner yet? 14. There is usually ........ tea break at 11 am.

Ex 28. Insert prepositions and adverbs where necessary.

Grammar
USE OF ARTICLES
WITH THE NAMES OF MEALS:
LUNCH, DINNER, TEA
– As a rule, usually NO ARTICLE
 Did you have dinner?
 Lunch is ready.
– When modified by a particularising
attribute, situation: THE
 The dinner we had today was
very good.
 The lunch was a success.
– When modified by a descriptive
attribute: A
 After a heavy breakfast we
started for...
– In Set Expressions:
to have breakfast (lunch, dinner,
tea, coffee)
BUT: a meal
to have a meal

Tea Time

MEMORY BOX

It will surprise you to learn that when the mistress (1) ........
the house (2) ........ England offers (3) ........ her visitors a
cup (4) ........ tea, she sometimes asks: “Russian or
English tea?” (5) ........ “Russian tea” the English
(6)
mean
tea
with
........
slice
BEVERAGES – напитки
(7)
(8)
........ lemon ........ it. “English tea” means
hot drinks – горячие напитки
very strong tea (9) ........ some milk (10) ........ it.
tea
Tea drinking is quite a tradition with the English.
coffee
Tea is served (11) ........ almost every house
hot chocolate
(12)
........ the same time (13) ........ 5 o’clock
soft drinks – безалкогольные напитки
(14)
juice
........ the afternoon. The teacups and
(15)
mineral water
saucers with teaspoons are laid
........ the table.
lemonade
The milk pot and the sugar basin are also (16) ........
strong drinks – крепкие напитки
the table. The are small plates (17) ........ bread and
wine (dry, sweet, red)
butter or bread and jam also (18) ........ the table. Tea
brandy/cognac – коньяк
is ready in the teapot. The hostess pours the tea (19)
beer
........ the cups.

158

Ex 29. In the text above find the names for all the things you see on the table. Put them down
accordingly.

fork

decanter
dinner plate

(table) spoon
knife

dish

soup plate

tray

corkscrew
wine glasses
(1)

...................

(2)

...................

salad bowl

(3)

(7)

...................

(6)

...................

(5)

...................

napkin

...................

MEMORY BOX

(4)

...................

lay/set the table – накрыть на стол
spread the table cloth – расстелить
скатерть
sit down to table – сесть за стол
invite smb (over) to dinner – пригласить на обед
treat smb to – угощать

Some Useful Phrases
– Do you take milk
with your tea?
– Yes, please.

– How many lumps
of sugar?

– No sugar,
thank you.

159

– Help yourself to
some bread and jam.

– Thank you, I’d
rather have some toast
and honey.

– Would you
like another cup?

– No more,
thank you.

Ex 30. Match the phrasal verbs to their meanings and translate the verbs into Russian.
serve up  call off  pick at  dine out  serve out
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1. Cancel
2. Give a portion of food to each person
3. Eat very little because you are not hungry
or don’t like the food
4. Start serving a meal
5. Eat dinner in a restaurant or in smb’s house

Ex 31. Translate the sentences.
1. Уже время подавать обед?
........................................................................................................................................
2. Он принял приглашение на ланч, а потом отказался в последнюю минуту.
........................................................................................................................................
3. Майк, скорее, мама раскладывает пудинг.
........................................................................................................................................
4. Она была не голодна и просто ковыряла еду в своей тарелке.
........................................................................................................................................
5. Дэн, не включай телевизор, Мэри уже начала подавать обед.
........................................................................................................................................
160

6. Моя дочь очень худая, она плохо ест, сидит и часами ковыряет в своей тарелке.
........................................................................................................................................
7. Очень жаль, что Эрик не пришёл на обед. Он отказался от нашего приглашения сегодня
утром.
........................................................................................................................................
8. Дети сидели и ждали, когда каждому дадут его порцию мороженого.
........................................................................................................................................
9. Скажите Марии, чтобы она не готовила обед, сегодня мы не обедаем дома.
........................................................................................................................................

Listening

Listen to the dialogues twice and say what Ann gave John for dinner and what Kate served.

KATE

......................................

MEMORY BOX

First course
Main course
Dessert

ANN

“Only cheese for lunch?”
“Yes, the cutlets caught fire and
it spread to the apple tart so I
had to take soup to put it out.”

SOME DISHES – некоторые блюда

soup – суп
broth – бульон
chop – отбивная котлета
beef steak – бифштекс
fried chicken – жареный цыплёнок
fried fish fillet – жареное рыбное филе
steamed fish – рыба, приготовленная на пару
pasta – макароны
noodles – лапша
salad – салат
stewed vegetables – тушёные овощи
mashed potatoes – картофельное пюре
baked potatoes – запечёный картофель
stewed fruit – компот
meat balls – фрикадельки
kebab/shashlik – шашлык
stewed mutton – тушёная баранина
roasted veal – жареная в духовке телятина
lamb casserole – баранина, запечёная в духовке
mixed grill – ассорти из жареного мяса
rough-and-ready meal – еда, приготовленная на
скорую руку

161

Some Useful Phrases
Having people over to dinner

– I’ll treat you to
a new dish today.

– I bet it’s delicious
as usual.

– Help yourself
to some more
meat.
– Thank you, I can’t
refuse. The meat is welldone. Just to my liking.

– Thank you, Mary.
It was an excellent
dinner.

– I’m glad it
suited your tastes.

Ex 32. Make word partnerships. Draw a line to connect words or phrases. Some variants are
possible.
chop
be
slice
look through
come in time
heavy
make
substantial



for lunch
supper
breakfast
the cheese
the papers at breakfst
the onions
thirsty
a scratch dinner

Ex 33. Translate the sentences from Russian intо English.
1. Мы сняли летний домик. В саду прекрасная беседка (pergola/pavilion), где мы можем
есть.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Я люблю приглашать Джона на обед. Он ест с таким аппетитом. Он отдаёт должное
каждому блюду.
.........................................................................................................................................
162

3. Марк пригласил меня к себе на ланч и угостил прекрасным омаром. Я попробовала
омара впервые.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Что вам давали на завтрак в Уэльсе? Я слышала, что у них очень плотный завтрак.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Я терпеть не могу, когда мой муж читает газеты во время завтрака.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Ты такая стройная. Ты придерживаешься какой-то особой диеты? – Конечно нет. Я ем
легкий обед в 7 вечера, это моя последняя еда перед сном.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. В воскресенье я никогда не готовлю обед. Мы не едим дома по воскресеньям.
.........................................................................................................................................
8. Ты пришёл как раз к обеду. Я уже накрыла на стол.
.........................................................................................................................................

6.4 Going out for a Meal
Ex 34. You want to invite somebody for a meal. Read the dialogues A–D and scan the
advertisements 1–5. Which advertisement is the right one for you? Why?
1.

T HE W A L D O RF H I L TO N
Inn The Park

Traditional afternoon tea
at the Waldorf Hilton
is served daily between 2.30 pm and
5.30 pm.

Set in the middle of beautiful
St James's Park, Inn The Park is a great
place for family dining or romantic
evening meals.

EXPECT A SELECTION
of finger sandwiches,
freshly baked scones1, homemade
tartlets and other specialties.

On the menu, you'll find both traditional
and modern British dishes, served up
with chef’s own unique twist.
From 5 pm daily
Breakfast and Lunch Weekends

For something more substantial, opt
for2 our High Tea, which is served until
8 pm and is the perfect
pre-theatre meal.
1
2

Rte. 28, So, Chatham, 420-9060

a scone – a small round cake, sometimes containing dried fruit, which is usually eaten with butter
opt for (smth) – choose one thing instead of another
163

The new
4.
KE NS IN GT ON RO OF
GA RD EN S
High up above Kensing
ton High Street,
Kensington Roof Gard
ens is a stunning
oasis in the centre of Lo
ndon.
You can dine on the ter
race at Babylon
restaurant, and explore the
Spanish garden,
and English woodland.
There's even a
stream stocked with fish,
and a pond.

CIAO Ristorante
and Bar
Home made Italian
cooking just like momís
or maybe better!!!
ìChiaoî is one of the best
places in London to enjoy
Italian food.
LUNCH 11.30AM ñ 2.00PM
DINNER 5.00PM ñ 10.00PM

Lunch
Dinner

312ñ266 CIAO (2459)

Restaurant opening hours
:
12.00 – 2.00 pm
6.00 – 10.00 pm (Mon–F
r)
6.30 – 10.30 pm (Sat–Sun
)

THE MICHELIN RIVER CAFE
is one of the best places in Oxford Street
where you can find a mix of bars, restaurants and
coffee shops.
The area boasts one of London's largest
concentrations of pavement dining. Whether you're
looking for SPANISH, FRENCH or JAPANESE cuisine, or
even a pub lunch, St Christopher's Place has it all.

1
2
3
4
5

A. – I have a good idea! Let’s go out to eat.
– It’s such a beautiful day. I don’t want to sit in a restaurant.
– Well, let’s go out to this place. We can eat in a garden restaurant if you like.
B. – I don’t feel like cooking today. How about eating out?
– Well, you lead then. You should know better.
– OK. Let’s go to this restaurant. I love Italian food.
C. – Do you care for a dinner with me tonight?
– With pleasure. Where would you like to go?

164

D. – We’re meeting the Robertsons at 7 pm
tonight, aren’t we?
– We are, I’m thinking of inviting them to that
nice place for a nice cup of tea before the
theatre.
– Great idea. I love their finger sandwiches or
we can have something more substantial.
– I’ll call them right away then.

Ex 35. Read the text. Compose a dialogue
between Declan, Fiona and Mrs Brennan, the
chef’s wife.
At lunch time Declan asked Fiona out.
“That would be great”, she said and sounded as if
she meant it.

MEMORY BOX

– Oh, how about something exclusive,
a romantic dinner?
– I am intrigued. What place do you have in
mind?

IS THERE A GOOD
15
RESTAURANT/CAFE NEARBY?
bar – бар
restaurant – ресторан
self-service restaurant – ресторан
самообслуживания
fast food restaurant – закусочная,
ресторан быстрого обслуживания
cafe/coffee house – кафе
pavement/sidewalk cafe – уличное
кафе
coffee shop/coffee bar – кофейня
tea room/tea shop – чайная
snack bar – закусочная
canteen –столовая (в учреждении)
refreshment room – буфет (в театре,
на вокзале)
buffet – а-ля фуршет, буфет
buffet/smorgasbord – «шведский
стол»
grill room – гриль-бар
kebab house – шашлычная
takeaway – ресторан, продающий
еду на вынос

“Where would you like to go?”
“Take me somewhere you like”, Fiona said.
Declan’s mind went blank. He didn’t know anywhere. He remembered
he had seen an article in one of the papers about a place called
Quentins. It was over elegant, they said.
“Quentins?” he suggested, amazed that his voice sounded normal.
“Gosh”, Fiona said, impressed.
Declan wondered if he was quite mad to have suggested the place.
After work he called the restaurant hoping they might be full. But no,
it turned out that they could easily find a table for two. So, he booked
it.
(Declan, Fiona, Mrs Brennan) .................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

165

Complete the dialogue with the
words and phrases from the Memory Box.

MEMORY BOX

Ex 36.

ENTERING THE RESTAURANT
ask somebody out – пригласить коголибо на обед/ужин в ресторан
book/reserve a table – заказать столик
have a reservation – столик заказан
table for two – столик на двоих
have a drink at the bar – выпить в баре
аперитив
show to the table – проводить к столу

A: Good evening! We would like to have
(1).......................... , please.
B: Good evening! Do you (2)...............
............. ?
A: No, we don’t. Are there any tables free?
B: Unfortunately not, we are all packed tonight.
But if you would like to wait for 10–15
minutes, we would be able to offer you that table by the window.
A: Thank you, it sounds good. We’ll (3).......................... and wait.
B: You are very welcome.

Ex 37. Find the logical order of the following dialogue parts.



1




Mr Smith:
What a good idea. What would you say, John?
John:
I’ll have the same.
Head waiter: Good evening, sir. Sure. Would you like to have a drink in the bar first and I’ll
bring you the menu.
Mr Smith:
Scotch for me, I think. What about you, John?
Mr Smith:
Hello. Do you have a table for two, please?
John:
I don’t mind.
Head waiter: This way, gentlemen. Now, what would you like?
Head waiter: So, two whiskies. Very good. Here is the menu.

Ex 38. Use the words from the
Memory Box to complete the text.
Fiona said she would meet him
at the restaurant. She looked
stunning.
Mrs Brennan, who was in charge,
welcomed them in as warmly as if they
had been the captains of industry or
ambassadors. She offered them a glass
of Champagne (1)...................... and
wished them a pleasant evening. The
waiter wondered what they would like to
(2).......................

MEMORY BOX





THE SERVICE
waiter/waitress – официант(ка)
wine steward – сомелье
order – заказывать (еду)
supervise the meal – следить как протекает обед
refill the glasses – заново наполнить бокалы
bill – счёт
heavy bill – большой счёт
settle/pay the bill – оплатить счёт
have the bill straight away – получить счёт сразу
The dinner is on me. Я плачу./Я угощаю.
It’s my treat.
It’s my round. – Я оплачиваю напитки за всех.
on the house – за счёт заведения
tip – чаевые

166

Brenda Brennan (3)...................... from afar. She never interrupted their conversation, but she
was always nearby to (4)...................... the water glasses, the coffee cups, the bread basket.
The meal was over before they realised it.

Ex 39. Complete the dialogue, translate the sentences from Russian into English.
In the Bar
Head waiter:Very good, sir. (1) Ваш столик будет готов через несколько минут. .....................
.......................................................... .
Mr Smith:
OK. We’ll be along, (2) и пришлите, пожалуйста, сомелье. ..........................
.......................................................... .
(3)
Waiter:
Вам подать кофе? ..................................................... ?
Mr Smith:
No, thanks, actually. We are in a bit of a hurry. (4) Не могли бы мы сразу получить
счёт? ....................................................................................... ?
Waiter:
Sure. I’ll bring it immediately.
John:
Look, Mr Smith. Let me do this.
(5)
Mr Smith:
Нет, нет. За этот обед плачу я. А вы в следующий раз. Вот, пожалуйста,
официант. ........................................................................................... .
John:
Well, that’s very kind...

Ex 40. Who says what?

Match the sentences to the people and put them in the right order.
Head waiter (H) Waiter (W) Guest (G)

1. 
H


How many in your party?

 

Separate bills or together?

 

Thank you.

 

Is this table all right?

 

Here you are!

 

It looks fine, thanks.

 

Thank you very much!

 

Yes, please.

 

Yes, everything is fine, thank you.

 

Is everything all right?

 

Smoking, please.

 

Enjoy your meal!

 

Together, please.

 

Are you ready to order?

 

What would you like?

 

Smoking or non-smoking?

 

A green salad and spaghetti Bolognese,
please.

 

167

Good evening, my name is Thelma, I’ll
be your waitress tonight. Here is the
menu card.
We are two.

Listening

Listen to the dialogue twice and fill in the chart below.

Starter
For a first course
For a main dish
Drinks
For dessert

A
B
...............................................................
—
tomato soup
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................

A LA CARTE MENU
Starters
Spring Green Salad
Pickles
Smoked Salmon
Pancakes with Caviar

Desserts
Chilled Coconut
Chocolate Tart
Ice Cream

Snacks always available.

The Dish of the House
Crispy Duck
Side Dishes
Mashed Potatoes
Buttered New Potatoes
Roasted Mediterranean Vegetables

Beverages

MEMORY BOX

Main Courses
Fillet Steak
Lamb Rump
Calf Liver
Market Fish of the Day

A LA CARTE MENU
17

wine list – карта вин
extensive – обширное (меню)
traditional – традиционное
table d’hote – общий стол
a la carte – порционно, на заказ
appetiser/starter – холодные
закуски
for a first course/a main dish –
на первое/на второе

168

Ex 41. Complete the dialogue, translate the sentences from Russian into English.
Head waiter: So, two whiskies. Here is the menu.
Mr Smith:
Now, let’s see. (1) С чего мы начнём? Салат с креветками или зелёный салат?
.......................................................................................................................
(2)
John:
Я думаю, я возьму салат с креветками. .........................................................
Mr Smith:
OK. And what shall we have to follow?
John:
You know what I’d like? (3) Что-нибудь типично американское. ........................
...........................................................................
Mr Smith:
OK, then. (4) Как насчёт настоящего американского бифштекса? ...............................................
.............................................................................
John:
All right. I’ll try that.
Mr Smith:
That’s settled, then. (5) Мы оба возьмём салат с
креветками на закуску, а затем бифштекс.
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
Head waiter: Very good. (6) Какие овощи вы бы хотели?............
..........................................................................
Mr Smith:
Oh, French fries and asparagus, I think. What about you, John?
(7)
John:
Я бы хотел тушёные овощи. ......................................................... Got to think
about my waistline, you know.
Head waiter: Very good, sir. Your table’s ready when you are.
Mr Smith:
OK. We’ll be along in a couple of minutes, and would you send the wine steward
over?

Ex 42. Find word partners that go together. Draw a line to connect them.
book
show the guests
refill
settle
the dish
supervise



169

the meal
the bill
a table
the glasses
to the table
of the House

Ex 43.

Translate the sentences from Russian into

English.

Apart from predicting the future,
will and shall are used in some other
ways:
– shall in offers:
 Shall I get you something to
drink?
– shall in suggestions:
 Shall we go out for dinner?
– will in requests/invitations:
 Will you pass me the salt
please?
 Will you join us for lunch?

Ex 44. Jo-Clark Heslin, food and nutrition
columnist, helps his readers translate
nutrition science into practical, easy to
understand, reliable advice what and
where to eat. You’re going to read a
passage from his column. Fill in the gaps
with the words from the box.

MEMORY BOX

1. Мисс Кейси, закажите мне, пожалуйста, столик в
«Метрополе» на сегодняшний вечер.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
2. Завтра пятница, может быть, пообедаем в городе?
.............................................................................
3. Принести вам лёд, сэр?
.............................................................................
4. Я так устала, проведём вечер дома? ................................................................................
5. Подать кофе сейчас или позже? ....................................................................................
6. Принесите, пожалуйста, карту вин. .................................................................................
7. Вам показать ваш столик? Надеюсь, он вам понравится.
......................................................................................................................................
8. Налейте мне ещё вина, пожалуйста. ................................................................................

was spoilt  excellent  extensive
underdone  the speciality of the day
satisfactory  well-done  traditional
delicious  French-bottled table
fresh  acceptable  overcooked

WHAT DOES IT TASTE LIKE?
18
smell good – хорошо пахнуть
taste good – быть вкусным
first-rate – первоклассный
perfect – совершенный
excellent – отличный
delicious – очень вкусный
tasty – вкусный
acceptable – приемлемый
satisfactory – удовлетворительный
spoilt – испорченный
tasteless – безвкусный
uneatable – несъедобный
disgusting – отвратительный
well cooked – хорошо приготовленный
just to one’s liking – как кто-либо любит
suit one’s taste – по чему-либо вкусу
at a reasonable price – по разумной цене

This week we decided to look at a small family-run restaurant in a village of Wardleton, “The Old Mill.”
We had heard several favourable comments about it. Although the choice of items on the menu was very
(1)................................, it was rather (2)................................ . We started with fish, but to our great
disappointment this very good fish (3)................................ by a number of herbs. For my main course I
chose the pepper steak, which was (4)................................. I thought it almost perfect, the chef had chosen
(5)................................ meat and it was (6)................................ .

170

My wife ordered roast lamb, and although the quality of the meat was good, it was (7)................................,
not completely cooked through. Though the vegetables were (8)................................ , they were rather
(9)................................ for our taste.
The fresh fruit salad was not only a delight to see but it was as (10)................................ as it looked, I had
a second helping. I chose house wine. It was a (11)................................ wine which was quite
(12)................................ and reasonably priced. The bill came to 37 pounds, which was
(13)................................ for the class of the restaurant.

Ex 45. Give English equivalents to the words in brackets.
1. “The Old Mill” (недавно открылся) ............................... but it has already received
(благоприятные отзывы) ................................ .
2. (Выбор блюд) ............................... on the menu was very extensive.
3. The fish (мы заказали) ............................... was spoilt and the roast lamb (был немного
недожарен) ............................... .
4. The bread was fresh because (он был испечён здесь же) ............................... .
5. I was surprised because they (подали салат из свежих фруктов) ............................... .
6. It (занимает очень много времени) ............................... to prepare, but it looks
(восхитительно) ............................... .
7. The bill (был вполне приемлемым) ............................... , but it didn’t include
(обслуживание) ............................... .

Young husband: “This meat is not cooked,
not in the pie.”
Young wife: “I did it like the cookery book
said but as the recipe was for four people
and we are two, I took half of everything
and cooked it for half the time it said.”

171

Ex 46. You are taking your friend to your favourite Steak House. She has no idea how to order
steak to her liking. Teach her the words she should use. Match the words in the box to the
definitions below.

1. Cooked too much
........................
2. Cooked very quickly and still red
........................
3. Not completely cooked throughout
........................
4. Not pink at all but soft and tender
........................
5. Partly cooked but still slightly pink inside
........................

MEMORY BOX

rare  medium  well-done  underdone  overdone

A STEAK CAN BE:
rare – с кровью
medium – слегка недожаренный
underdone – недожаренный
overdone – пережаренный
well-done – хорошо приготовленный

Ex 47. Fill in prepositions or adverbs.
1. I told the waiter that I was leaving the choice ........... him. 2. The table d’hote is considerably
cheaper and more popular ........... the public. 3. The salad consisted ........... sliced meat, sliced
tomatoes and lettuce. 4. ........... dessert they took strawberry ice-cream. 5. ........... dinner
........... Saturday evening he had asparagus and French beans. 6. In a cafe my boyfriend treated
me ........... an ice-cream. 7.There was no fish ........... the menu.

SHOPPING

Not only are the British, in the words of Napoleon, “a nation of shopkeepers”, it is also a country
of compulsive shoppers. The British love to shop! It is their number one leisure activity and
accounts for around 37% of all money spent in England.
The main shopping street in many towns is called the High Street, where you should head for if
you want to go shopping.
Buying or browsing London shops are attractions in themselves. Oxford Street, Regent Street and
Knightsbridge are all known for their famous stores.

The Supply Chain

Manufacturer
produces
goods/merchandise



Wholesaler



buys/sells
goods in large
quantities

Retailer
sells in
small quantities
to the purchaser

173



Consumer
buys the
goods

Ex 1. In the box below choose the right word for the given definition. Think of Russian equivalents
for these words.

MEMORY BOX

consumer  retail  supply  merchandise  wholesale
1. Provide something which people need
– ....... supply .......
2. Selling of goods especially in large quantities
to shopkeepers for resale to the public
– ..........................
3. Sale of goods usually in small quantities
to the general public
– ..........................
4. Goods bought and sold
– ..........................
5. Person who uses goods
– ..........................

...... снабжать ......
..........................
..........................
..........................
..........................

Ex 2. In column B find the synonyms for the words in column A. Draw a line to connect them.
A
produce
sell
buy
merchandise
supply
consumer



B
purchase
end user
provide
manufacture
trade
goods

7.1 Shopping for Food

The food market in Britain is represented by
different types of shops. Most are owned by
national “chains” of stores, such as Sainsbury’s
or Tesco. Sainsbury’s supermarkets are the
leaders in food and drink selling in Britain, while
Tesco has the “cut of price” image. A few small
shops are owned by local people. Some towns
also have street markets where fresh food and
cheap goods can be bought. Away from the town
centre, small “corner” shops provide groceries to
local customers.
174

MEMORY BOX

Ex 3. Read the text and underline the words denoting types of shops.
DOING THE SHOPPING

go shopping/do the shopping –
делать покупки
browse shops – бродить по магазинам
shop window – витрина
booth – ларёк
shopping queue – очередь
salesman/woman (shop assistant) –
продавец /продавщица
customer/shopper – покупатель

Ex 4. How do the British call the food shops described below? Find in the box the words and
phrases for the following definitions.
a supermarket  a market  a “corner” shop/local store
a general store  a street market  a grocery store
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

A big store stocking different kinds of foods .........................................
A store which sells most goods needed, typically in a rural area .........................................
A small shop that provides groceries to local customers .........................................
An open place where fresh food and cheap goods are sold .........................................
A very large self-service grocery store offering a wide variety of food and household
merchandise .........................................
6. It is mostly a city square where on certain days traders set up stalls and buyers browse for
different kinds of foods .........................................

AT A SUPERMARKET
shelves
ready-packed/
packaged goods

aisle

tinned/canned food

shopping cart /trolley

175

quick-frozen food

cheese counter
fresh produce

fresh meat counter
nonfood items

checkout

cash desk

Ex 5. Complete the text. Translate the words/phrases in brackets.
A supermarket is a form of (1) (продуктовый магазин самообслуживания) .................................
offering a wide variety of (2) (продовольственных) ................................. and household
(3)
(товаров) ................................. , organised intо (4) (отделы) ................................. . It is larger
in size and has a wider selection than a traditional (5) (гастроном) ................................. .
The supermarket typically comprises (6) (мясной, молочный, выпечных изделий)
................................. departments and fresh produce department along with shelf space
reserved for (7) (консервированные и упакованные товары) ................................. as
176

The traditional suburban supermarket occupies a
large amount of floor space, usually on a single
level, and is situated near (9) (жилой район)
................................. in order to be (10) (удобный
для покупателей) ................................. . Other
advantages include (11) (места для парковки)
.................................
and,
frequently,
the
(12)
convenience of
(время работы) ...................
.............. – far into the evening or even 24 hours a day.
A supermarket is often a part of (13) (торговой сети)
................................. .

MEMORY BOX

well as for various (8) (не продуктовые товары)
................................. such as household
products and cleaners, pharmacy products and
pet supplies.

SUPERMARKET
3

self-service – самообслуживание
grocery (store) – продуктовый магазин/ гастроном
stock (goods) – иметь в продаже
wide range/selection/choice (of) –
широкий выбор
display goods – выставлять товары
impulse purchase – незапланированная покупка
special offer/specials – специальное предложение
receipt – чек
change – сдача

Ex 6. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Супермаркеты – это большие продуктовые магазины самообслуживания.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Товары расположены на длинных полках. Mежду полками проходы, по которым ходят
покупатели, выбирая товары.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Полки заполнены продуктовыми и не продуктовыми товарами.
......................................................................................................................................
4. В супермаркете всегда широкий выбор доступных (affordable) товаров.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Большинство товаров в упаковке, много консервированных и свежезамороженных
продуктов.
......................................................................................................................................
6. Товары выставлены так привлекательно, что многие покупатели испытывают соблазн
(are tempt into) делать больше покупок, чем они планировали.
......................................................................................................................................
7. Продукты в супермаркете дешевле, чем в небольших магазинах «за углом».
......................................................................................................................................
8. B конце дня продукты часто продаются по сниженным ценам.
......................................................................................................................................
9. Покупатели складывают товары в тележку, затем они подходят к месту расчёта, где
оплачивают товары в кассе.
......................................................................................................................................
10. У касс иногда бывает небольшие очереди, но электронные сканеры (кассы) работают
очень быстро.
......................................................................................................................................
177

Listen to the dialogue. You may need the phrases when shopping abroad.
4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Can I help you?
Yes, please. I’m looking for some diet jam.
It’s over there, the third aisle, please.
Thank you. And I’m sure I won’t be able to find detergent either.
It’s at the other side of the shop.
Where exactly?
Aisle 7. Follow me, please, and I’ll show you.
Thank you.

SMALL SHOPS
In

some places the retail
market is still dominated by
small family-run shops, but
this market is increasingly
being taken over by large
retail chains.

Ex 7. In which shop can you buy these things? Divide the foods into five groups.
shrimps  loose milk  a bun  poultry  cabbage  rye bread  pork
cod  carrots  a pie  cream  onions  cheese  mutton  eggs
potatoes  herbs  doughnuts  liver  herring  butter  lettuce
lobster  a loaf of white bread  carp  half of a duck

baker’s/bakery

butcher’s

dairy

greengrocer’s

fishmonger’s

......................
......................
......................
......................
......................
......................

178

Ex 8. Find the logical order of the following parts of the dialogues.




1






MEMORY BOX






1




1. At the Baker’s
White or brown rolls?
No, thanks.
Certainly. That’s 5 pounds, please.
Thank you. And, yes, four rolls, please.
Can I help you?
White, please.
Here you are. Anything else?
I’d like a loaf of rye bread, please.

SMALL SHOPS

2. At the Butcher’s
Here you are.
OK. We’ve got lovely beef sausages today if you’re interested.
What can I get for you?
Certainly. That’s 7 pounds, please.
I’d also like half a turkey, please.
That’s a good idea, I’ll have a pound, please.
A kilo of mince and four lamb chops, please.
Will that be all?

Listening

You’ll listen to a short information about a convenience
store. Before listening to the text twice, read the questions
I and II to be ready for the given task.
I. Mark the statements that are mentioned in the article.









1. It is a small store.
2. Convenience stores are often located at petrol
stations.
3. A convenience store is often run by a private owner.
4. It sells some groceries, newspapers, cigarettes.
5. Such stores don’t sell spare car parts.
6. But they can sell motor oil or washer fluid.
7. It may be open 24 hours.

179

confectioner’s/confectionery –
кондитерский магазин
sweet-shop – магазин сладостей/
кондитерская
fruiterer’s – фруктовый магазин
florist’s – цветочный магазин
off-licenсe (wine and spirit
merchant’s) – винный магазин
tobacconist’s – табачный магазин

II. For questions 1–3 choose the best answer (a–c) according to the text.
1. What is a convenience store?
a) It is a store that sells items for home comfort.
b) It is a low price store.
c) It is a small store often with extended hours, stocking everyday or roadside items.
2. Where are convenience stores usually located?
a) In a busy city centre.
b) In busy neighbourhoods or alongside busy roads.
c) In rural regions.

3. What does a convenience store usually sell?
a) Sweets, drinks, cigarettes, newspapers, etc.
b) Canned goods only.
c) Everything for car repair.

Grammar

THE COMPLEX SUBJECT INFINITIVE CONSTRUCTION

is used with some verb groups in the Passive:
1.
think, consider, believe, suppose, expect, know to render an opinion,
2.
say, report to convey some information.

The new supermarket

is thought
is considered
is supposed
is expected
is known
is reported

Считается, что…
to be…

Предполагают, что…
Известно, что …
Сообщают, что…

 The biggest supermarket in the country is reported to be opened in our city.
Сообщается, что в нашем городе открывается самый большой супермаркет в стране.

Ex 9. Study the information about a new superstore. Mark
the key words or phrases rendering the most important
information. The first key phrase is marked for you. Translate
the sentences from English into Russian.

A New Hypermarket
A new hypermarket Bluewater is considered to be the largest out of town shopping development
in Europe.
..............................................................................................................................................
It is reported to be located in a disused chalk pit at Dartford in Kent.
..............................................................................................................................................
180

It is known to have more than 300 shops and parking space for 13,000 cars.
..............................................................................................................................................
It is supposed to attract 30 million visitors each year.
..............................................................................................................................................

Ex 10. Complete the sentences according to the model. Do you write
shopping lists? Why? Tick your reasons.

A Shopping List



Consumers often compile a shopping list of groceries to
purchase on the next visit to the grocery store. It consider/
be the first step in smart food shopping.
It is considered to be the first step in smart food shopping.
Written shopping lists think/reduce significantly average expenditure and shopping time.
...............................................................................................................................
The shopping list suppose/be compiled as shopping needs arise throughout the week.
...............................................................................................................................
Some shopping carts report/have a small clipboard to fit shopping lists on.
...............................................................................................................................
Home computers know/have a special program for printing customer’s own list so that
items are simply checked off instead of written down.
...............................................................................................................................
Approximately 40% of grocery shoppers believe/use shopping lists.
.........................................................
.........................................................
80% of the items listed know/be
SMART SHOPPING
7
purchased.
shopping list – список покупок
.........................................................
overbuying – излишние покупки
.........................................................
perishables – скоропортящиеся
продукты
Using of shopping lists believe/impact
price (at a price) – цена (по цене)
shopping behaviour.
price difference (between) – отли...............................................................
чия в цене
...............................................................
charge high prices – назначать высокие цены
low prices – низкие цены
So, with a shopping list we can
average price – средняя цена
make certain we get everything
advertise – рекламировать
we need, avoid overbuying and
advertisement/advert/ad – реклама
impulse purchase.

MEMORY BOX

MODEL:

181

Ex 11.

Translate the sentences from Russian into English.

Typical Opening Times
1. Предполагается, что в воскресенье все магазины в Европе закрыты. Но сегодня это нe
так: воскресная торговля становится очень популярной.
........................................................................................................................................
2. Сегодня, как известно, большинство магазинов в Англии открыты 6–7 дней в неделю.
........................................................................................................................................
3. Сообщают, что большие супермаркеты работают 24 часа.
........................................................................................................................................
4. Предполагается, что в праздничные дни магазины закрыты. Но некоторые ларьки и
киоски получают разрешение торговать в это время.
........................................................................................................................................
5. Известно, что большинство покупок делается в выходные дни.
........................................................................................................................................
6. Считается, что лучше всего делать покупки в период перед Рождественскими или
Пасхальными праздниками. Многие товары выставляются на распродажу.
........................................................................................................................................
7. Говорят, что некоторые магазины в сельских районах Англии всё ещё следуют старой
традиции: по средам они закрываются в полдень.
........................................................................................................................................

Listening

Dora and her Mum are going shopping. They are
discussing what they need to buy.
I. Listen to their conversation twice and tick the shops
they are going to visit.
II. Listen to the dialogue again and fill in the second
column of the chart with the items they are going to
buy in these shops.









SHOPS
butcher’s
fruiterer’s
tobacconist’s
greengrocer’s
off-licence
florist’s
fishmonger’s

THINGS TO BUY
.........................................
.........................................
.........................................
.........................................
.........................................
.........................................
.........................................
182






SHOPS
supermarket
baker’s
dairy
sweet-shop

THINGS TO BUY
.........................................
.........................................
.........................................
.........................................

Ex 12. Mr Smiles – the shopkeeper – is talking to his

Grammar

shop assistant, Ms Young. Use the suggested words to
make sentences according to the model.
MODEL:

Weigh/ the carrots/ for Mrs Swallow ? She is
waiting.
Ms Young, have you weighed the carrots for
Mrs Swallow?

1. I wonder, / the Nordfolk farm / deliver/ the fresh
produce, Ms Young.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
2. They / deliver / the tomatoes and cucumbers/already
/ not deliver / the lettuce/ yet.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
3. Everything looks perfect. You / display the goods /
wonderfully, Ms Young.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
4. Many people are inquiring for new potatoes. Sell out
/ we / the entire stock?
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
5. I / pack / already / Mrs Marshall’s order, Mr Smiles.
It can be delivered right away.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................
6. Thank you, Mrs Marshall. Your husband / pay / for
the order / already.
.............................................................................
.............................................................................

183

THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
have + Participle II
It denotes a completed action whose
result is visible in the present.
The only thing that matters here is
the result: the time the action took
place is of no importance.
 – What is there in the box?
– They have delivered the wine
on your order.
The Present Perfect Tense is
frequently used with the adverbs:
just, already, yet, lately, recently,
ever, never.
 We can start making dinner,
I’ve already done the shopping.
 I haven’t finished the cooking
yet, the dinner will be ready in
half an hour.
 Have you packed the goods yet,
Mr Simpson?

NOTE We never use The Present
Perfect in “when”-questions.
 When did you buy it?
The Past Simple The Present Perfect
happened
has result now
in the past
is used with the time words:
last Monday
already/yet
yesterday
just
five days ago
lately/recently
in 2007
ever/never
when he called…

 Look! I’ve bought a new car
recently.
 I bought the car last month.

Ex 13. The Parkers are having a party for some friends
from work on Saturday evening. Barbara has made a
check-list of things to do before the party. Now they are
checking the arrangements. Use the suggested verbs
in the corresponding tense form to complete the
sentences.
1. you / send the invitations?

Have you sent the invitations?
send / all of them / a fortnight ago.

I sent all of them a fortnight ago.
2. you / buy / the chilli sauce? ............................................................................................
you / forget / we / buy it / last week. ................................................................................
3. get / the black olives? ....................................................................................................
I / find a can / in the pantry / before / going shopping. ......................................................
4. the wine merchant / deliver / the wines? ..........................................................................
I / not tell you / he / send the wines / two days ago. ..........................................................
5. Mary / polish the silver? ................................................................................................
I / see / / she / polish it / the other day ............................................................................
6. order fresh flowers?
sorry, Barbara / forget / do / yesterday / no need to worry / call the florist straight away.
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 14. Match the phrasal verbs below to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.
run up  buy in  sell out  fill in  inquire for  stock up
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1. Purchase a supply of food for some period of time
2. Accumulate goods available for sale
3. Retail all one’s stock of something
4. Make the bill increase
5. Add what is necessary
6. Ask for goods in a shop

........................
........................
........................
........................
........................
........................

Ex 15. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box.
1. ........................ you enough bread for the weekend?
2. We had a stock of these plates, but we ........................ .
3. Make sure to ........................ coal for the winter.
184

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

A shopping list can help us avoid impulse purchases that ........................ our grocery bill.
We ........................ the entire stock of flour, I must order some more immediately.
He is such a spendthrift, he ........................ an enormous bill at the hotel.
Several people ........................ the new catalogue. Have we got any?
Sometimes she does some shopping during the week to ........................ a few items needed
that day.
9. There is likely to be a shortage of sugar this year, we’d better ........................ our supplies.

MEMORY BOX

Ex 16. Make up questions to which the
following sentences might be the answers.
Read the answers first.
Do I have to
buy the whole box of pears? ...

1. the whole box of pears ...

IN A SHOP
9

be in stock – иметься в наличии/
быть в продаже
be out of stock – не иметься в продаже
cost – стоить
discount (at a discount) – скидка (со
скидкой)
stand in a queue – стоять в очереди
bargain – выгодная покупка
brand – торговая марка
sell loose – продавать в развес
sell by weight/by head – продавать
на вес/поштучно
weigh (food) – взвешивать
pack (goods) – упаковывать

Of course, not! We sell the pears loose.
2. new brand of coffee .....................................
................................................................. ?
Yes, it’s just come in. You might have seen it
advertised on television. It’s a very good
coffee.
3. all the tomatoes / the same price ..................
................................................................. ?
These are a bit cheaper. They are sold at
discount at the moment.
4. do the shopping ............................................................................ ?
I do my stock-up shopping at the supermarket in town.
5. shop for food / the supermarket / not at the local store ........................................................?
I can buy a lot of goods more cheaply there than at my local store.
6. what/buy .................................................................................... ?
Everything from fresh produce and quick-frozen foods to washing powder.
7. why / go / market .................................................................................... ?
I go to the market in search of bargains. The prices there are considerably lower than at the
local grocer’s.

Ex 17. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Моника любит ходить в свой маленький магазин по соседству.
........................................................................................................................................
2. Она запасает продукты на неделю в большом супермаркете в городе, но в течение
недели она иногда ходит в небольшой магазин неподалёку, чтобы пополнить запасы.
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
185

3. Пока она стоит в очереди, она может поговорить с соседями.
........................................................................................................................................
4. Хотя некоторые товары в магазине на углу стоят немного дороже, любые продукты
продаются в развес или поштучно, а не упакованными в пластик.
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
5. Правда, это маленький магазин, и иногда чего-то нет (не всё есть) в продаже.
........................................................................................................................................
6. Мистер Смайлз всегда дружелюбно приветствует своих покупателей, взвешивает и
упаковывает товар.
........................................................................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases
– Anything else?
– And what next, please?
– Will that be all?
– Thank you, that will do.
– How much will it come to?
– How much is it?

– Have you got
any canned pineapples?

– Sorry, but we’ve sold out.
– We are out of stock
at the moment.

186

– I’d like to have
ready-bottled olive oil. Do
you sell any?
– Yes, we do, but
I’m afraid we’ve sold out
at the moment.

Ex 18. Match the phrases having the same meaning. Draw a line to connect the phrases.
I’m looking for…
I’m afraid…
We ran out of…
That’s a pity/What a shame.…
Why don’t you try…?



We sold the last one…
You could try…
I’m trying to find…
I’m sorry but…
Oh, dear!

7.2 Quantities and Package

a bunch

a loaf of bread

of flowers
of grapes/bananas
of parsley

a can of Coca-Cola

MEMORY BOX

a bar/a cake of soap

a joint of beef

a bar of chocolate

187

a dozen of eggs – дюжина яиц
half a dozen of rolls – полдюжины
булочек
a ball of wool – клубок шерсти
a spool/a reel of thread – катушка
ниток

a lump of sugar
a piece of cake
a bottle of milk
a box of сhocolates

a packet
of cigarettes

a pot of yoghurt
a jar of jam
a tin of fish

a carton of milk

a tube of toothpaste
a roll of paper
a slice of cheese
a bowl of soup

Ex 19. Find word partnerships. Put the words in the box in the correct column. Sometimes some
variants are possible.
rye bread  yoghurt  sweets  cheese  bananas  olive oil  cigarettes  jam  wine
dill  cake  sardines  fresh juice  matches  daisies  hand cream  toothpaste
biscuits  pickles  lemon  lamb  tuna fish  soap  toilet paper  beer  chocolate
crisps  drops  peanuts  olives  roasted beef  honey  mushroom soup  wallpaper
a bunch of
a bottle of
a tube of
a packet of
a jаr of
a piece of
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
a slice of
a joint of
a loaf of
a carton of
a can of
a tin of
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
a bar of
a roll of
a box of
a bowl of
a kilo of
a pot of
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

188

Ex 20. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences parts from Russian into English.
– Can I have (1) (две бутылки молока и баночку джема) .................................................... ,
please?
– Here you are. Anything else?
– Yes, (2) (пачку печенья и маленькую коробку конфет) .................................................... ,
please.
– And what next, please?
– (3) (Килограмм сахара) .................................................... , please.
– Is there anything else?
– (4) (Две банки консервированных персиков) .................................................... , please,
and yes, I’d like (5) (два клубничных йогурта и дюжину яиц) .................................................
......................................... , please.
– Will that be all?
– (6) (Пакет стирального порошка (detergent) .................................................... , a small
size, please. How much will it come to?
– That is 20 dollars and 25 cents.

7.3 Shopping Goes “Green”
Ex 21. For questions 1–6 read the text below and decide which answer (a–c) best fits each
space.
Millions of tons of glass, paper, plastic and metal containers are produced,
and these are difficult to dispose of. Most of the packaging is never
recycled and it contributes to the pollution problems of our cities.

The consumers often look at the packaging on
every product and ask if the packaging is
biodegradable, or if the container can be
recycled.
The concern for a safer and cleaner
environment is making companies rethink how
they do business. They have to be sure that the
products they sell are “green”, which means
friendly to the environment.

189

MEMORY BOX

However, today more and more consumers are choosing “green”. They
prefer to buy products that are made of recycled materials safe for the
environment.
THINK GREEN

pollution – загрязнение окружающей среды
environment – окружающая среда
recycle – перерабатывать
biodegradable – разрушающийся в
природе
be safe (for) – быть безопасным (для)

1. How does the packaging contribute to the pollution problems?
a) Packaging isn’t properly thrown out.
b) The dustbins are not emptied regularly.
c) Glass, metal and plastic containers are difficult to dispose of, they pollute our cities.
2. Why do the consumers often look at packaging?
a) Nowadays consumers buy only beautifully packaged goods.
b) They prefer to buy products in recyclable containers.
c) Plastic containers are healthier.
3. Why do more and more people want to buy products in recyclable containers?
a) Recyclable containers are biodegradable.
b) People want to recycle the containers and get some money back.
c) These products are cheaper.
4. Why are corporations producing more and more “green” products?
a) These products are less expensive to produce.
b) They have to pay higher taxes.
c) More and more consumers want to buy them.
5. What makes companies change the way they make and sell their products?
a) Consumers consider the environmental safety of a product before buying it.
b) Natural materials are cheaper.
c) Plastic containers are banned.
6. What does the title of the text “Shopping Goes Green” mean?
a) Customers prefer green colours.
b) The products should be healthy and friendly to the environment.
c) The production process should be clean.

FOOD LABELLING

Food

label is the most useful and
important source of information for the
shopper. Understanding this information
is very important.

190

1
2
3
4
5
6

Ex 22. Match the beginnings and endings of the following instructions on the lables.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

the true name and
a complete list
a date mark and
instructions
the name and address
storage
information about
the amount of

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)

“use by” date
how to prepare the food
the accurate description
any particular ingredient
of ingredients
food additives
instructions
of the food company

9 78594 96233

It is obligatory for labels on food to include:

MEMORY BOX

The products called “low calory” must have less than 40 cal per 100 g.

LABEL – этикетка
11

“use by” date – срок годности
storage – хранение
ingredient – ингредиент (составная
часть)
additives – добавки
preservatives – консерванты

Ex 23. Read the text about genetically modified food.
12

A.
B.
C.
D.

I. Complete the text. Choose the best phrase from A–G to fill the gaps 1–6. There is one
extra phrase that you do not need to use. Listen and check your answers.
The big supermarkets
is not labelled
have banned about 50 products,
the so-called “Frankenstein food”

E. the consumer should know
F. The “Friends of the Earth”
G. the source of anxiety to many people.

The government wants to introduce a new law for (1) . In future, shops will pay heavy fines
(штрафы) if GM (genetically modified) food (2) . (3)  welcome the new law. They think that (4) 
whether food contains genetically modified ingredients. (5)  in Britain, like Sainsbury’s and Marks
and Spencer, (6)  including biscuits and tomato puree from their shops.

191

II. Find out what “Frankenstein food” is.
“Frankenstein food” is .............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................

Ex 24. This time food and nutrition columnist Jo-Clark Heslin helps his readers change their
shopping habits. He has been looking into the ‘green scene’ in London and has found some great
shops to recommend. You’re going to read a passage from his column. Make up questions to
which the sentences or phrases in bold type might be the answers.

Think “Green”
Ethical... fair trade... organic... green... eco... We hear these
phrases regularly.
Only a few years ago, it was impossible to find “green”
products in supermarkets, but now there are hundreds.
Some supermarket products carry labels to show that
the product is organic. Manufacturing of clean products
is the main selling point of some companies. It seems
shoppers are much more aware of where their goods
come from and how they are made these days.
Alara wholefoods shop on Marchmont Street has been
around since the late 1970s. Alara sells organic,
vegetarian foods, plus organic beauty cosmetics and
household products. There is a popular salad bar and hot
food takeaway area with a few tables outside. Drop in and
make certain!

192

7.4 Shopping for Goods
Ex 25. Read the article about the best places to go and things to buy. Match the headings
A–F to the extracts 1–5. There is one extra heading which you do not need to use.
A. The Longest Shopping Street in London.
B. The Shopping Centre of the World.
C. Incredible Places to Go Shopping in London.

D. The Symbol of British Standards.
E. The Big Sales Time Has Come.
F. Welcome to Shopper’s Heaven.

Shop Till You Drop




London has a lot to offer the shopper from large department stores to exclusive
boutiques. There are many areas to go on shopping trips, such as Oxford Street, Covent
Garden, Soho and Knightsbridge. And, of course, London has many street markets to
browse around.
Harrods in Knightsbridge is the world’s most celebrated store. Its name means the best
of British quality. When you visit Harrods with its 300 departments spread over seven
floors you enter a different world. Today 35,000 people visit Harrods every day.
Oxford Street, running West to East, is said to be
the busiest shopping street in Europe with over
300 shops, from leading department stores to
cheap high street fashion shops. It is the place
where most shopping occurs. Here you will find all
the famous British trademarks and chains: John
Lewis, Marks and Spencer, Boots, Littlewoods,
Wallis, Selfridges and many others.
Even with all the attractions and events in New
York, nothing beats a day of shopping at the fine
shops in New York City.
New York is believed to be the consumer capital of
the world. Everything is available here from high
fashion, state-of-the-art electronics to exotic
foods. Whether you have $50,000 or $5, New York
is the place to spend them. “You can shop till you
drop”, as the Americans say.
Don’t miss the chance to go shopping in Paris – a shopper’s paradise with plenty of
large department stores, as well as thousands of delightful small shops, the trendiest
boutiques and fantastic antique shops. Book collectors can find rare books on the
bookstalls, lining the banks of the River Seine. There is always something to suit
everyone’s taste and pocket.
193

MEMORY BOX

Ex 26. Match the kinds of places where you can buy things with their definitions.
1. department store  a small shop selling articles of the latest fashion
2. shopping arcade  a table or a small open-fronted shop, especially outdoors, where goods
are sold
3. boutique
 a large shop where many kinds of goods are sold in different departments
4. kiosk
 a very big shopping area under one roof
5. mobile shop
 a covered passage between two streets with shops on each side, or
a large building with many shops
6. stall
 a small open-fronted hut, where newspapers, sweets, etc. are sold
7. shopping mall
 a shop in a vehicle, driven from place to place

Ex 27. Study the names of some specialised shops and say in which shop you can buy these
things. Divide the goods into eight groups.

MEMORY BOX

a thread spool/reel  a spade  a wedding ring  a cap  writing paper  a brooch
sportswear  needles  crockery  a hammer  drawing pins  a bracelet
an armchair  gardening tools  glassware  a ballpoint pen  buttons  wine glasses
a bedroom suite  a hat  sport equipment  paper clips  a kitchen table  a screwdriver

haberdasher’s
jeweller’s
furniture shop
milliner’s
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................

stationer’s
ironmonger’s
sports shop
china shop
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................

194

MEMORY BOX

Cecil Court is a small pedestrianised street
in central London that feels like a step
back in time to 100 years ago when the
specialist book trade moved into the area.
Today, Cecil Court is still synonymous with
books but also has maps, prints, art,
antiques and collector's items.

SPECIALISED SHOPS

antique shop – антикварный магазин
art shop – магазин «Искусство»
bookshop – книжный магазин
newsagent’s – магазин периодических
изданий
record shop – музыкальный магазин
draper’s – магазин тканей
haberdasher’s – галантерейный магазин,
фурнитура
ironmonger’s/hardware shop – магазин
скобяных изделий
ladieswear shop – магазин женской одежды
menswear shop – магазин мужской одежды
chemist’s (AmE: drugstore) – аптека

Listening

You’ll hear four mini dialogues in a department store.
I. Listen to the dialogues twice and write what the people are going to buy.
II. Study the layout of a big department store. Listen to the dialogues again and say in which
departments the customers can find the goods they are looking for.

At a Department Store
A DEPARTMENT STORE LAYOUT
5





Cafe



Bar

Restaurant

Roof Garden

Sports

Books

Hairs & Beauty Salon

Children’s Wear
& Shoes

Lady’s Outer Wear

Mother-To-Be

Bridal Wear

Ladieswear

Evening Gowns

Lady’s Shoes

Menswear

Men’s Suits

Men’s Shoes

Jewellery & Watches

Photographic
& Stationary Hall

House & Garden






Luggage

China
& Glass

PARKING FACILITIES

parking facilities

i

£

information desk
cash point machine



195

Cosmetics
& Perfumery

i 
£

Sound&
Vision


i 
£

Customer
Services

Lady’s Accessories
Lighting

PARKING FACILITIES
men’s toilets
women’s toilets






Cafeteria

Lifts

E s ca la t o rs
L if t s
E sc a la t o rs

Toys

L if t s

cafe
bar






restaurant

Some Useful Phrases
– Hello, could I help you with anything?
– Would you like some assistance?
– Are you being served/attended to?

MEMORY BOX

– Yes, please. I’d like to look
at those dresses.
– Yes, please. I’m looking for a
woollen skirt.
– No, I’m after a size 38 T-short in
black.
– No, I’m trying to find a pair of
blue trousers, size 42.

shop-window – витрина
window-shopping – разглядывать витрины
show-case – витрина-прилавок
counter – прилавок
bargain – выгодная покупка
bargain-hunter – любитель выгодных покупок
spendthrift – мот, транжир(-ка)
go on spending/shopping spree – транжирить
деньги

– Could you help me, please?
– Would you assist me, please?
– Can you advise me, please?

– What can I do for you?
– Yes, how can I help you?
– Yes, what would you like?

196

– How much is the bag?
– How much does it cost?
– What’s the price of this coat?
– Does the price include the tax?

– Let me see.
That’ll be £34.60.
– It costs £5.
– It is £7.25.
–Yes, it’s £53 including
tax.

– May I pay by credit
card?

– I’m sorry but we
take cash only.

Ex 28. Make these sentences more polite.
I want to try it on. ................................................................................................................
Where is the shampoo? ......................................................................................................
I want to pay by credit card. ..................................................................................................
How much is this? ..............................................................................................................
Give me a smaller one to try on. ..........................................................................................
Where are the fitting rooms? ................................................................................................

197

Ex 29. Read the dialogues. Add the missing words or phrases from the Memory Box.
1

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2
Excuse me, how much does a CD player
(4)
........................ ?
The (5) ........................ was £35.
Are you selling it (6) ........................ then?
Yes, the (7) ........................ is only £25.
That’s fine. I’ll take it. Where do I pay?
Right over there, at the cash desk, please.
Thank you.

MEMORY BOX

–

This shirt is nice.
It’s 100% cotton and it’s a (1)........................ .
How much is it?
(2)
........................ £13.50.
Wow, that’s (3) ........................ !

3
How would you like to pay, sir?
By (8) ........................ , if that’s okay.
Yes, that’s fine. We (9) ........................ cards.
If you could just sign here, please. Okay. This
is your copy and here is your receipt. Keep the
receipt, sir, because it’s also your guarantee.
Oh, okay…hm, how long is it guaranteed for?
Two years, parts and labour.
Right. Thanks then.
4
Could you advise me, please?
Yes, how can I help you?
I’d like a scarf to match my jacket.
We have a lovely choice of fine silk scarves on
the ground floor.
Are they (10) ........................ as advertised?
Silk scarves are (11) ........................ 50%
today.
Thank you. I think I can (12) ........................
one of the scarves.

198

£ = pound(s)

–
–
–
–
–

£25.63 = twenty – five (pounds)
sixty three

THE COST OF A PURCHASE

cost – стоить
pay – платить
pay by credit card – платить по банковской карточке
accept (all major) credit cards – принимать кредитные карточки
take cash only – оплата только наличными
сhange – (v) менять, (n) сдача
(small) change – мелочь
cheap – дешёвый
expensive – дорогой
price (at a price) – цена (по цене)
the price per item – цена за один предмет
the original price – исходная цена
lower the price by 10% – снизить цену
на 10%
sell goods 30% below the original
price – продавать товар на 30% ниже
первоначальной цены
have a big sale of/at – большая распродажа … в ...
be on sale – выставить на распродажу
the discounted price – цена со скидкой
discount (at a discount) – скидка (со
скидкой)
discount the goods by 25% – снизить
цену товара на 25%
bargain – выгодная покупка
afford smth/to buy smth – позволить
себе что-либо/купить что-либо

Ex 30. Guess the meaning. What do you think the correct explanation for the following words?
Draw a line to connect the parts.
1. markdown
2. bargain
3. sales tax



a. smth that is cheaper or at a lower price than usual
b. some % of the price added to the cost of a purchase
c. a reduction in price of smth

Ex 31. Leaf through the Fashion

Magazine and complete the
Memory Box with the corresponding
words in italics. Listen and check your
answers.

MEMORY BOX

7.5 Dress Your Best

FASHION
Browse our ASK Fashion
EXPERT SHARON HAVER!
1.What We Wear to Work?
Most corporations and firms
have strict dress code: even
now many firms expect
women to dress in skirts rather
than trousers, wear strict white
and tailored blouses, and
matching shoes.
For men it is somewhat easier:
• See that you own at least two •
blazers and one business suit in
blue or grey.

ready-made clothes
ready-to-wear
– готовая одежда
off-the-peg
chic/smart clothes – элегантная/шикарная
одежда
designer clothes – брендовая одежда от дизайнеров
garment/piece/item/
article of clothing – предмет одежды
.......................... – платье
.......................... – вечерний туалет/платье
dressing gown – халат
skirt – ..........................
.......................... – блузка
trousers (slacks,
AmE: ..........................) – брюки
(lounge) suit – пиджачный костюм
.......................... – пиджак, куртка
.......................... – деловой костюм
blazer – ..........................
.......................... – рубашка

This winter introduces a v-neck
pullover in your wardrobe. Go for
something that suits most of your shirts.

199

MEMORY BOX

2. Want to look stylish but casual at the
same time?
Well, here are some tips that will make it
happen:
1. wear short flowing mini
dresses with leggings and
ballerina slippers or flat
boots.
2. The quickest way to go
from boring to brilliant
after 40 is to add a wide
belt to your casual weekend outfit.

dinner jacket – смокинг
coat – пальто, пиджак
tailcoat – фрак
waist coat – мужская жилетка
fur coat – шуба
raincoat – плащ
sweatshirt – толстовка
tracksuit – тренировочный костюм
anorak/parka – куртка с капюшоном
cagoule – ветровка, штормовка
.......................... – свитер
pullover – ..........................
.......................... – шляпа
beret – ..........................
belt – ..........................

3. Own a cashmere sweater or jacket that add
chic and style to a very casual look.
4. Top it off with a hat or a French beret that adds
a touch of class, too.
Evening gown/dress, cocktail dress, prom dress.

Ex 32. Put the missing words where necessary.
1. How much did you pay for ......................... jeans? – Oh, ......................... were very expensive!
2. The shorts ......................... not fit me at all! 3. ......................... tights ......................... quite
new. Why don’t you want to put ......................... on? 4. When she visits the Underwear
department, she can’t find a thing: the briefs and bras ......................... old-fashioned, and the
tights ......................... awful. 5. It’s very cold there, I’ve packed your long johns, you’ll be happy
to have ......................... there, in the mountains. 6. I’m looking for ......................... warm
pyjamas and ......................... of panties. – I’m awfully sorry, Madam, we had a stock of
......................... pyjamas but we’ve sold out. The goods ......................... to arrive tomorrow

200

MEMORY BOX

morning. 7. Your clothes ......................... all wet. – It’s
raining cats and dogs outside. 8. She looked awful. She
was wearing a green dress, and her leggings
......................... red. 9. There ......................... not
enough money in the bank to pay for the furniture suite,
I’m afraid.

UNDERWEAR – нижнее бельё

lingerie – дамское бельё
slip – комбинация, нижняя юбка
knickers/panties – женские трусы
briefs – мужские или женские трусы
underpants – мужские короткие трусы
shorts – шорты, мужские трусы
boxer shorts – мужские удлинённые трусы
swim/swimming trunks – мужские трусы
для плавания
swimming costume – купальник
vest – майка
pyjamas – пижама
long johns – тёплое нижнее мужское бельё
под брюки
hosiery – чулочно-носочные изделия
tights (Am: pantyhose) – колготки
leggings – леггинсы, лосины
socks – носки
stockings – чулки
knee-high stockings – гольфы (жен.)
knee-length socks – гольфы (муж.)

Grammar
THE CATEGORY OF NUMBER.
SPECIAL CASES
Nouns denoting the things which
consist of two or more parts are used
only in the plural: trousers, slacks,
pants, etc.
We can also say: a pair of pyjamas/
pants.
 The trousers are too long.
Such slacks were in fashion
some years ago.

NOTE socks – a sock, shoes – a
shoe, gloves – a glove, etc.
 She couldn’t go out without her
gloves – one glove was missing.
Remember the words which are used
in the plural in English whereas they
are singular in Russian: goods –
товар, clothes – одежда.
The nouns money and news are
plural in Russia but they are
singular in English.
 These goods have arrived from
France.
 The papers were very dull, the
news was local and stale.
 There is not enough money in
my account to buy this
furniture suite.

WHAT ARE THEY LIKE? WHAT DO THEY LOOK LIKE?
Ex 33. Match the words and expressions to the category.
Category: А. fashionable В. pleasant С. seasonable
1.  stylish 2.  comfortable 3.  elegant 4.  winter wear 5.  all the vogue
6.  summer stock 7.  warm 8.  chic 9.  cosy 10.  trendy
11.  smart 12.  autumn supplies

201

Ex 34. Find pairs of opposites in this list and put them in the Memory Box. Think of their

Russian equivalents. Listen and check your answers.

MEMORY BOX

fashionable  of bad quality  light  evening  old fashioned
drab  warm  ready-to-wear  casual  original
made to measure  of good quality

lovely – dowdy привлекательный – непривлекательный
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................

Ex 35. Make two dialogues with the questions and answers on the left. Listen to the
dialogues and check your answers.

Well, yes, it was.
In Paris. Do you like it?
Were they very expensive?
In London. Do you like them?
Yes, it looks lovely.
Um, was it very expensive?
Yes, they look very comfortable.
No, not really.

A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:

Where did you buy those shoes?
............................................................................
Yes, they look very comfortable.
Mn, they are.
............................................................................
............................................................................

A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:

Where did you get this hat?
............................................................................
............................................................................
Thank you.
............................................................................
............................................................................

202

Ex 36. Look at the illustrations. Match the pictures to the texts below. There are some
words missing in the Memory Box. Add them. Listen and check your answers.


4.


7.



3.
2.



a) This cambric dotted blouse looks lovely.
b) The woollen checked skirt looks warm
and nice.
c) This calico flowered summer dress
looks really nice.
d) The striped T-shirt looks very
comfortable.
e) The pure woollen pinstriped suit looks oldfashioned.
f) The corduroy trousers look very smart.
g) This plain satin evening dress is chic.

MEMORY BOX



– Yes, this is a nice
blouse. Have you got it
in blue?
– I’m sorry, we haven’t, but
we’ve got it in red.
– That’s OK. Have you got
it in size 14?
– Yes, of course.

203

TEXTILES – ткани
satin – атлас
silk – шёлк
cambric – батист
velvet – бархат
corduroy – вельвет
cotton – хлопчатобумажная ткань
print (AmE: calico) – ситец
linen – лен
denim – джинсовая ткань
pure wool cloth – чистошерстяная ткань
tweed – твид
pattern – рисунок (на ткани)
............................ – однотонный
dotted/polka-dot/spotted – в горошек
............................ – в клетку
flowered/flowery/floral – в цветочек
striped – в полоску
............................ – в тонкую полоску
colourful/bright – яркий
background (on a red background) – фон
(на красном фоне)

Ex 37. Read the advertisement. Fill in the missing words from the Memory Box. Some variants
are possible.

THE ClOSING WAREHOUSE
25 KING STREET

25% off all ...waterproof... raincoats!
(1)
.................. woollen jackets!
(2)
.................. nylon shirts!
(3)
.................. trousers!
(4)
.................. curtains!
(5)
.................. boots!
Tops from £1.99
T-shorts $ 3 for 2
Men’s shirts only £6.00
2 for £10.00

MEMORY BOX

Closing down sale!
Great bargains!
Last week!

Great prices on coats, boots, shoes, etc.
EVERYTHING MUST GO!!!

Grammar

THEY WEAR WELL

shrink-proof/unshrinkable – не дающий
усадку, безусадочный
fade-proof – не теряющий цвет
waterproof – водонепроницаемый
drip-dry – (adj) не требующий глаженья;
(v) сушить на вешалке не выжимая
crease-resistant – немнущийся
wear well – хорошо носится
durable – «ноский», прочный

THE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE

We use the tense when we want to emphasise that something has been in progress throughout the period
or has just finished. It is rendered in Russian by the Present.
1. It denotes an action which began in the past and is still going on. It is usually used with conjunctions
since and for.
SINCE + a date, event, etc in the past:  since 1998,  since summer,  since we last met.
FOR + a period of time:  for 5 days,  for a year.
 The English woollen cloth is really durable. My mother has been wearing this coat for 10 years.
2. It can also denote an action which was recently in progress but is no longer going on at the present
moment. We can often see the traces of the action. It is rendered in Russian by the Past.
 I see you’ve been eating blueberries. There are stains all over your new T-shirt and they are so
difficult to remove.
THE PRESENT PERFECT
THE PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
Denotes a completed action,
The action is not completed, it is still going on
a result.
Has just been finished.
 Look, I’ve bought this extra part at last. I’ve been trying to find it for a month.
(= I’ve done it)
( = the action has just been finished).

204

Ex 38. Write what has been going on before the event described. Use the suggested verbs in
the correct form to complete the sentences.
1.

At last I (find) have found the necklace to match my new dress. I (look for / months)
I’ve been looking for it for months.

2. Thanks a lot, mom, you (take in) .................................... the trousers. I (wait / for you to do it
/ Sunday) ........................................................................ .
3. God, I’m tired. I (try to buy ) .................................... a sofa on the Internet and I (buy it)
.................................... . Would you like to have a look?
4. Where were you? I (call you / the whole morning) ..................................... – I (do the
shopping) .................................... for the dinner party on Saturday, and I (buy)
.................................... everything I need.
5. The tent is waterproof. It (rain / all night) .................................... but it isn’t wet at all. I (check)
.................................... .
6. Look, this material doesn’t crease. I (sit on the plane / 10 hours) .................................... and
the trousers won’t crease. I (not press) .................................... them.
7. The material is fade-proof. My swimsuit (not fade) .................................... though I (lie in
the sun) .................................... all week long.

DOES IT FIT ME?

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Ex 39. Listen to the dialogue. Underline all the phrases dealing with the size of the items
discussed.

MEMORY BOX

take size 7 in gloves – носить перчатки 7 разCan I help you?
мера
Yes, I’m looking for a jacket to
take size 40 collar – носить рубашки 40 разmatch these trousers.
мера
We have very good jackets of the
wear 37 size shoes – носить обувь 37 размера
latest fashion. Let me show you.
be dress size 38 – носить платье 38 размера
a size smaller/bigger – на размер меньше/
That one is OK. Have you got it in
больше
size 10?
a size too big – на размер больше (чем надо)
Here you are.
tight – узкий тесный
Thank you. Where are the fitting rooms,
loose – свободный
please?
be narrow/wide at the waist/in the shoulders –
This way, please. On the left of the cash
узкий/ широкий в талии/плечах
desk.
go well with – сочетаться, гармонировать
I’ve tried it on but the jacket is a size too
big. Have you got any smaller ones?
What size is it?
It’s medium.
I’m afraid we’ve sold out all the smaller ones.

205

Ex 40. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Какого размера шляпы ты носишь?
......................................................................................................................................
2. Дайте мне, пожалуйста, другую футболку, на два размера больше. Я люблю свободные
футболки.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Мне нравится этот жакет, но он на размер больше, чем нужно.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Какого размера рубашки ты носишь?
......................................................................................................................................
5. Как жаль, ботинки слишком тесны. У вас есть такие ботинки на два размера больше?
......................................................................................................................................
6. Извините, есть ли такие жилетки больших размеров?
......................................................................................................................................

Some Useful Phrases
– It isn’t flattering.
– It’s not your colour, I’m
afraid.
– It looks baggy on you.

– It looks good on you.
– The cut is perfect!
– You look great in this
suit!

– Have you got these
jeans in black?
– What size are you?
– 28 waist and 30 leg.
– I'm sorry. We have only
30 or 32 waist.

– Can I help you?
– Yes, I'd like this T-shirt
in large.
– Sorry. We've only got
it in small.

206

Ex 41. Match the phrasal verbs to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.
wear out  try on  take in  dress up  let out  take up
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Make clothes narrower
Make clothes shorter
Become or make smth old and unusable
Make a garment looser, larger
Put on fancy, unusual or more formal clothes
Put on clothes to see if they fit

..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................
..............................

............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................

Ex 42. Complete the sentences with correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. I’ve bought a new dress but I .................. it .................. yet. 2. It’s just a small party so you
don’t have to .................. . 3. My shoes are beginning .................. . 4. I lost a lot of weight, I had
to .................. all my clothes .................. . 5. She .................. a new hat. It matched the suit
marvellously. 6. He is getting so fat that his trousers need to be .................. round the waist.
7. We have been travelling so long that we .................. our suitcases. 8. These jeans are too long,
I will .................. them .................. for you. 9. He .................. as a pirate for the party.

MEMORY BOX

Ex 43. Match the verbs in column A with their meaning in column B. Think of the Russian
equivalents for the words in column A.
A
1. fit
2. match
3. suit





B
look well/make you look attractive
.................................
be the right size
.................................
one item goes with another/two things
look attractive together
.................................

Ex 44. Fill in the right word from the Memory Box.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

This coat doesn’t ....................... me, I need a size smaller.
Does this hat ....................... me? – You look just lovely!
You look so nicely in this dress. – But I thought it ....................... me.
She was wearing a brown dress and a hat and gloves to ....................... .
I can’t find here a single pair of shoes that ....................... well.
207

Ex 45. These sentence parts are from some dialogues in a shop. Put he matching halves
together, so that they make sentences.
I’m just

to try it on?
Would you
looking

help you

I’d like to

for size 12
Can I

Have you got

anything in black?
I’m looking

look at some earrings

like to pay?

Would you like

1. Shop assistant: ... Can I help you? ...
Customer: ....................................................................................................................
2. Customer: ....................................................................................................................
Shop assistant: ............................................................................................................
3. Customer: ....................................................................................................................
Shop assistant: ............................................................................................................
Customer: ....................................................................................................................

Ex 46. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Брюки сидят на тебе прекрасно.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Мне нужен галстук к этому костюму. Этот полосатый галстук очень подойдёт.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Эта блузка тебе очень идёт.
......................................................................................................................................
4. В этом вечернем платье ты выглядишь просто красавицей.
......................................................................................................................................
5. Этот оттенок зелёного очень подходит к цвету твоих глаз.
......................................................................................................................................
6. Боюсь, эти туфли не подойдут к этому платью.
......................................................................................................................................
7. Я думаю, этот цвет мне не идёт. Я слишком бледная, чтобы носить кремовый.
......................................................................................................................................

Ex 47. Complete the dialogue. Translate the sentences parts in
brackets and phrases from Russian into English.
–
–

Can I help you?
Yes, what have you got in (1) (кожаные зимние сапоги)
................................................... ?
208

–

–
–

I can suggest you this model. What size shoes do you wear?
Я ношу 37 размер обуви. ................................................... .
(3)
Не хотите ли померить эти
чёрные кожаные ботинки на
FOOTWEAR
шнуровке? ..................................
shoes of every pattern – обувь всех
................................................. ?
фасонов
Thank you. What a pity, they are
pattern – модельные
(4)
(слишком тесные) ...................
pumps – «лодочки»
......................... . Could you show
leather – кожаные
me another pair, please?
suede – замшевые
Yes, certainly. Here you are. (5) Это
leather-soled – на кожаной подошве
также кожаные ботинки на толстой
thick-soled – на толстой подошве
подошве. ..........................................
crepe-soled – на каучуковой подошве
flat-heeled – без каблука
....................................................... .
low-heeled – на низком каблуке
What make are they?
high-heeled – на высоком каблуке
Let me see. It’s ECCO. They are
(6)
boots – ботинки
(очень надёжные и хорошо ноhigh boots – сапоги
сятся) ...............................................
lace/laced – шнурок/на шнурках
....................................................... .
slippers – комнатные туфли
sandals – босоножки
wellingtons – резиновые сапоги
(2)

MEMORY BOX

–
–
–

Ex 48. You are in a department store. Decide what to say and have the conversation.
SHOP ASSISTANT

CUSTOMER

hello / help you?
try / dress on
what size and colour / like
medium / blue
fitting rooms / over there
thank you
look good?
a bit big / smaller
this one / better?
yes, fit prfectly / how much?
£35.99
take it
how / pay?
credit card
yes / here / receipt / shopping bag?
thanks
thank / bye

Ex 49. Fill in the prepositions where necessary.
1. This coat is too long ................... you. 2. These pants are too narrow ................... the waist.
They have to be let ................... a bit. 3. The jacket is too wide ................... the shoulders. It
needs taking ................... . 4. It’s a nice costume. Why don’t you try it ................... ? 5. That’s a
very fine dress. What is it made ................... ? 6. What size ................... hats do you usually take?
209

7. I’m afraid these shoes don’t go well ................... your new dress. 8. Do you have such a blouse
................... size 8? 9. Can I have a look ................... that striped shirt? My husband takes size
41 ................... collar. – Certainly, the shirt is ................... very good quality. 10. Do you have
any sweaters ................... white? – Terribly sorry, this model comes only ................... purple and
grey. 11. If you want to try it ................... , the fitting rooms are ................... there, ...................
the left. 12. How long are you open ................... Saturdays? 13. Black is ................... fashion
this winter. 14. Do you have any other boots ................... these but ................... leather soles?

Ex 50. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. – Это пальто сидит на тебе прекрасно. Это твой стиль.
......................................................................................................................................
2. – Это чистая шерсть? – Да. – Тогда я беру эту юбку.
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
3. – К этому пальто нужны сапоги. Скажите, пожалуйста, где обувной отдел?
– На первом этаже справа.
– Спасибо.
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
4. – Чем могу помочь? – Спасибо, я просто смотрю.
......................................................................................................................................
5. – Мне нужны туфли на высоком каблуке к вечернему платью.
– Какого размера туфли вы носите?
– 37.
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
6. – Примерьте, пожалуйста, вот эти замшевые лодочки.
– Смотрятся великолепно, но боюсь, они мне немного жмут (тесны).
– А вот эти?
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
7. – Я хочу вернуть эту блузку.
– Что-нибудь не так?
– Когда я её примеряла, мне показалось, что она мне к лицу, но дома поняла – цвет не
мой.
– Если вам нравится фасон, Вы можете просто обменять её на блузку того цвета,
который вам по душе.

210

– Тогда я бы взяла голубую вместо этой.
– Отлично, у нас такие есть. Вы сохранили чек?
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................

– Excuse me, I bought this
shirt for my husband yesterday
and it is too big.
– Is it possible to change it?
– I bought this mobile phone two
days ago and it rings too softly.
I can’t hear it ring.
– I bought this mixer a week ago
and it doesn’t close properly.
I’m afraid it doesn’t work.

Some Useful Phrases
Reclamation

– Can I see your receipt?
– Certainly, you can change
it within a month.
– Let me have a look. Oh,
you’re right. I’m sorry, you’ll
get a new one right away.

7.6 The Changing Face of Shopping

Ex 51. Read the three texts and answer the question. Match the headings A–D to the extracts
1–3. There is one extra heading you don’t need to use.
A. Caring Hearts
B. Online Shopping



C. Buy by Mail-Order
D. We Are There for You Wherever You Are

E-store, Internet shop, Webshop – those are the words you hear more and more often.
You don’t have to talk to annoying salespeople, and you don’t even have to leave home.
211

MEMORY BOX

Five years ago Dave Stirling had an
do the shopping on line/buy over
idea to sell CDs over the Internet. He
the Internet – делать покупки по
started the business from his home.
Интернету
Now he sells 500.000 CDs a year
buy by mail-order – заказы почтой
and it has made him into millionaire.
order goods from a catalogue –
“I could see right away that it was the
заказывать по каталогу
future of the shopping. Why should
pay on delivery – оплата при доставке
you pay $15 for a CD – and spend time
second-hand shop – магазин поand money getting to the store, parking
держанных вещей
your car – whereas clicking on your
computer, you can have the same CD
brought to your door for half the cost? And, of course, there is the choice – we promise
to find any CD and deliver it within 72 hours.” According to Stirling, this is only the
beginning. “I believe that one day we’ll do all our shopping over the Net. It’s easier,
quicker and cheaper. Shops and supermarkets will soon be the thing of the past.



International Flowers has flower arrangements to suit everybody at all prices. It has
branches all over Europe.
Your flowers will be there the next day you call us. Whether it’s birthdays, weddings, or
even the sad times, we are there to make it easy.
We also make paying easy, too. We accept all major credit cards. For larger items, our
monthly payment scheme is very flexible.



We raise money for the homeless. We hope you’ll find time to visit us. As well as our
range of second-hand goods, we have new, quality products made by the homeless
people themselves.
We also need your donations, so think about us before you throw something away.
Donate the things you don’t need and put your second-hand goods into circulation.
(from “Reading and Writing” by Malcolm Mann, Steve Taylore)

What do these three types of selling goods have in common? ......................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................

HEALTH and ILLNESS
Health is better than wealth.
Здоровье – лучшее богатство.

Prevention is better than cure.
Лучше предотвратить болезнь, чем лечить.
(Proverbs)

8.1 The Resource for Everyday Life

A.
B.
C.
D.

MEMORY BOX

Ex 1. Read the text. Match the headings A–D
to extracts 1–3. There is one extra heading you
do not need to use.
The Structure of Health Care “Industry”.
People Help People.
The Resource for Everyday Life.
Health Care Objectives (цели).

Health Care


Is there anything more important than
health? It is the resource for everyday
life. The World Health Organisation
defined health as "a state of complete
physical, mental and social well-being
and not merely the absence of disease”.
Human health has been the centre of
scientists’ attention since ancient times.

213

MEDICINE
1

health – здоровье
health care – здравоохранение
prevent (prevention) – предотвращать
(предотвращение)
treat (treatment) – лечить (лечение)
diagnose (diagnosis) – ставить диагноз
(диагноз)
chemist’s/pharmacy – аптека
chemist/pharmacist – аптекарь, фармацевт
nursing – уход за больными
physician – врач (терапевт)
general practitioner/GP – терапевт,
участковый врач
surgeon – хирург
dentist – стоматолог, зубной врач
nurse – медсестра
ruin one’s health – разрушать здоровье



Health care is the prevention, treatment and management of illness. Our health is taken
care of by professionals in medicine, dentistry, nursing, and pharmacy. Combining
medical technology and the human touch, it diagnoses, treats and nurses people
around the clock, responding to the needs of millions – from newborns to the terminally
ill.



Nowadays health care has grown into an “industry”. About 76 percent of health care
establishments are offices of physicians, dentists or other health practitioners. Although
hospitals constitute only 1 percent of all healthcare establishments, they employ 35
percent of all the people working in medicine.

8.2 Human Body

arm

head

neck
chest
waist

back
hip

thigh
shoulder
stomach

elbow

knee

calf

foot

LIMBS

shin
hand

ankle

palm

sole
wrist

heel
fingers
thumb

toes
214

(finger) nail

Ex 2. The text below contains the names of ten parts of the body. Look at the photos. Can you
fill in the spaces with the correct names for the parts of the body?

Always Stretch After a Workout (тренировка)
1. Lie on your (1) ........................ . Bend the knees;
put your (2) ........................ around the knees and
pull them to the chest.

2. Lie on your back. Bend your right knee with the
(3)
........................ on the floor. Put your hands around
the (4) ........................ , pull it to the (5) .........................
Repeat on the other leg.
3. Sit with one (6) ........................ facing away from you and
the (7) ........................ linked. The (8) ........................ is
not bent. Put the other arm up and stretch it above
your (9) ........................ . Try to keep your back and
(10)
........................ straight.

8.3 How Are You Today?
HOW TO BE HEALTHY AND HAPPY

Many people today look for good health and longevity
through books, diets or exercise. Achieving good health is
easier than you think. When should you start?
If you are young, remember “The earlier the better”.
If you are old, remind yourself “Better late than never”.

Ex 3. Here are seven common sensible ways to achieve vibrant health. Match the steps you
should take and real advantages you will gain.
1. More Fresh Air and Sunshine:

a) A regular exercise programme can do wonders
to our physical condition. Exercise will improve
the efficiency of our heart and lungs.

2. Plenty of Nutritious Food and Water: b) Cleanliness is next to godliness. Poor sanitation
and hygiene cause diseases.
215

3. Regular Exercise:

c) Spend more time outdoor to breathe fresh air
and take in sunshine. Your colour and your
energy level will improve.

4. Observe Cleanliness and Dress:

d) The rule for good food is – go natural, select
fresh ingredients. Cook your meals yourself.

5. Adequate Sleep and Rest:

e) Negative thinking produces stress. Stress can
foster all sorts of illnesses.

6. Be Safety Conscious:

7. Have a Positive Mental Attitude:

g) Accidents at home, on the road, on the job are
due to carelessness and disregard for safety
regulations. Most of the accidents could have
been avoided. Being safety conscious prolongs
your life!

MEMORY BOX

Our bodies need time to rest in order to repair
cells and tissues, to restore our energy levels.

healthy – здоровый
be well/fine – хорошо себя чувствовать
be in good health – быть здоровым
be fit/in good shape – быть в хорошей форме
not feel well – плохо себя чувствовать
be/feel ill (with) – болеть
be in poor health – иметь плохое здоровье
be in bad/poor shape – быть в плохой форме

Grammar

USE OF THE GERUND
Verb + -ing

Some common verbs, verbs and word combinations with prepositions,
used to talk about health and illness, are followed by the Gerund
1. some common
verbs:
avoid, resist, risk,
practise, etc.
 You should avoid
lying in the sun.

2. some phrasal verbs:
keep on, give up,
go on, put off, etc.
 He
gave
up
smoking five years
ago.

3. some word
combinations
(most of them with
prepositions):
can’t stand, feel like,
be keen on, get used to,
look forward to,
have difficulty (in),
what about/
how about, etc.
 I’m tired. I’m
looking forward
to having a break.

216

4. some prepositions:
after, by, before,
instead of, in spite of,
without, etc.
 She is very strong,
she can work
without stopping
for hours.

See also “Use
of the Gerund”
on p. 125.

Ex 4. Read the Grammar section above. Use the words given in CAPITALS at the end of each
line to complete the sentences. Fill in the verbs from column A in the appropriate form and the
gerunds after these verbs from column B.

At the Doctor’s
A
1. Twenty cigarettes a day, Mr Miller?!! I think it would be
better if you stopped smoking altogether.
2. And you should also ....................................... too
much meat.
3. But I ....................................... nothing but salad and
vegetables. And I always ....................................... a
drink when I come home from work.
4. Well, well. ....................................... muesli now and
then ....................................... bacon and eggs every
morning?
5. ................................. you ever .................................
some exercise?
6. But I ....................................... round a track or
....................................... in some crowded pool.
7. Well, if you go on like this, you might be in
....................................... a heart attack.
8. Well, perhaps I ....................................... to work in the
car. I might ....................................... my old bike
again. You see, I ....................................... .
9. And ....................................... those red pills. They’ll
also help you to relax. See you again on Monday then,
Mr Miller.

217

STOP
AVOID

SMOKE
EAT

BE KEEN ON
LOOK FORWARD TO

HAVE
HAVE

HOW ABOUT
INSTEAD OF

EAT
HAVE

THINK OF

GET

CAN’T STAND

RUN
SWIM

DANGER OF
GIVE UP
GET USED TO
HAVE DIFFICULTY IN
KEEP ON

HAVE
GO
RIDE
SLEEP
TAKE

8.4 Health Problems
3

Ex 5. Сomplete the text by choosing the best phrase from A–F to fill the gaps 1–5. There
is one extra phrase that you do not need to use. Listen to the text and check your answers.

Illness and Disease
What is disease? It is a disorder of human body or mind. It means that the normal structure or
function of the body is damaged or weakened (1) . A disease may be mild or severe, it may last
a brief time or a long time. It may be a common cold or a fatal disease which requires intensive
medical care.
Some diseases are caused by disease-producing microorganisms. These diseases (2)  They are
called infectious or contagious diseases.
Many diseases such as malaria, small pox, scarlet fever, diphtheria have been almost wiped out.
Nevertheless, Europe still faces problems with infectious diseases, (3) . Influenza is a highly
contagious viral disease, (4) .

A. which typically occurs as an epidemic
during the cold months.
B. Some parts of the body may begin to
function poorly.
C. many of which pose serious health
risks.
D. However, a disease may be present
without a person knowing it.
E. diabetis, obesity, heart problems, etc.
F. can spread from person to person.

MEMORY BOX

Since the late 1980s the AIDS epidemic has been a major problem and a high priority for medical
science. Non-communicable diseases such as (5)  prevail in Europe today.
ILLNESSES AND DISEASES
4

fall ill (with) – заболеть
catch a disease – заразиться
catch a cold – простудиться, схватить
насморк
common cold – обычная простуда
mild case – лёгкий случай
appendicitis – аппендицит
bronchitis – бронхит
chicken pox – ветрянка
small pox – оспа
hepatitis – гепатит
measles – корь
mumps – свинка
whooping-cough – коклюш
scarlet fever – скарлатина
quinsy – ангина
flu (influenza) – грипп
tuberculosis – туберкулёз
pneumonia – воспаление лёгких
obesity – ожирение
have complications – получить осложнения

218

1. The business of doctors is to prevent and cure different
.................. . 2. She was very tired of .................. of her
children. 3. Measles is a catching .................. . 4. Do you
suffer from any chronic .................. ? 5. The children
were often ill, one .................. after another. 6. Common
cold is a mild viral .................. . 7. .................. kept her
in bed for some days. 8. His .................. prevented him
from going to school.

fatal – опасная

(in)curable – (не)излечимая

acute –
острая

ILLNESS

minor – лёгкая

chronic –
хроническая

communicable/
contagious – заразная

Ex 7. Fill in A/AN, THE or ZERO. Translate the phrases
in brackets from Russian into English.

Ex 6. ILLNESS or DISEASES? Complete the sentences.

Words Easily Confused:

ILLNESS /SICKNESS – DISEAS
E
Illness is a state of being ill.
 A serious illness.
Disease refers to a particular kin
d of
illness with special symptoms
and
name.
 Measles, mumps, influenza are
common diseases.
ILLNESS – SICKNESS
The two nouns are used inte
rchangeably, nevertheless sick
ness
has a more usual and gen
eral
meaning, illness is a formal one
.
As sickness can refer specificall
y to
nausea alone, illness is sometim
es
used to avoid this implication.
 She felt sickness shortly afte
r
eating this bad fish.
 This illness can result
in
blindness.
Illness is usually a longer last
ing
episode of poor health, it is also
the
word for all mental disturbance.
 A sickness that kept him in bed
for two days.
 An illness that caused a litt
le
difficulty in her youth.

Grammar

Here’s Health!
Doctor Grey handed Mrs Grant (1) ........ list of
prescriptions. (2) ........ list was very long and she almost
fainted as she tried to read it. (3) (У неё болела голова,
у неё была простуда) .............................................. ,
and she felt as if she (4) (у неё начинался/get грипп)
.............................................. .
On top of this, one of (5) ........ children was in (6) ........ bed
with (7) (со свинкой) .............................................. .
“I’ve prescribed some pills for (8) (повышенное
давление) .............................................. as well”,
Dr Grey said. “How many do I have (9) (принимать – одну
таблетку в день) .............................................. ?”

219

1. A/AN or ZERO with reference to
illness:
a) use a/an with these illnesses:
a cold, a headache, a sore
throat.
b) use or omit a/an with these:
catch (a) cold, have (a/an)
backache/earache/stomachache/toothache.
c) no article at all with these
plurals: measles, mumps,
shingles.
d) no articles with these: (high)
blood pressure, flu (short for
influenza), gout, hepatitis.


“No, one pill with each meal. That is (10) (три таблетки в
день) .............................................. .”
Mrs Grant thanked (11) ........ doctor and went to (12) ........
local chemist’s. She handed (13) (свой длинный список
предписаний) .............................................. to
Mr White – (14) ........ chemist.
Mr
White
greeted
her
cheerfully and glancing at the
list, said: “Here is health!”

2. The definite article THE is used
with some businesses which are
regular in towns/cities such as:
the doctor(’s), the chemist(’s).
 John is not well. He went to the
doctor(’s).
See also “Use of Articles
with the Nouns: School/College,
Hospital, Work” on p. 118.

THE INTERNAL ORGANS

lung

liver
intestine

MEMORY BOX

brain

heart
stomach
kidney

220

DISTURBANCE AND DISORDER
6

internal diseases – внутренние болезни
inborn disturbance – врождённое нарушение
blindness (blind) – слепота (слепой)
dumbness (dumb) – немота (немой)
deafness (deaf) – глухота (глухой)
inherited disease – наследственная
болезнь
disorder – нарушение
liver disorder – расстройство печени
sleep disorder – расстройство сна
attack/bout – приступ
heart attack – сердечный приступ
stroke – инсульт
cancer – рак

Words Easily Confused:

1. I have a steady dull ................. in the right shoulder.
2. I often suffer from kidney ................. . 3. Wet weather
often makes old people feel ................. in their back.
4. After climbing the mountain, he ................. all over.
5. Why are you so pale? – I have a splitting ................. .
6. It makes my heart ................. when I think of the poor
child (fig.). 7. A dull continuous ................. made him
stop and bend. 8. I overslept because I had terrible
................. at night.

Ex 8. ACHE or PAIN? Fill in the right word.

Ex 9. Fill in the word nets with the words from the
box. First translate the adjectives and the verbs
in the box. Listen and check your answers.

1. bear ............... , 2. severe ............... ,
3. steady ............... , 4. inflict – доставлять/наносить,
5. dull – тупая, 6. suffer from ............... ,
7. minor ............... , 8. relieve ............... ,
9. throbbing – пульсирующая, 10. feel ............... ,
11. stabbing – колющая, 12. sharp ............... .

ACHES and PAINS
(боль)
ACHE means a continuous pain
.
PAIN refers to suffering of
the
body. It may be sharp and sudden
or
continuous.
1. We use ACHE for: head, toot
h,
stomach, ear, back, stomach:
 Have a (bad/splitting/pounding)
headache, toothache, earache,
backache, stomachache.
2. PAIN is used for the other par
ts
of the body:
 I have pain in my chest.
3. The verb HURT means “inj
ure”
(повредить, поранить)
 She hurt (injured) her leg whe
n
she fell off the ladder.
4. HURT can also mean “giv
e a
terrible pain”.
 I hit my elbow against the doo
r
and it really hurts.

2.
1.

PAIN

throbbing

inflict

221

Common Injuries





INJURIES



Wounds

a damage to a part of the body

caused by accidents



caused by a weapon
or by getting into a fight

A person can:
twist (his ankle,..) – вывихнуть …
sprain (his wrist,..) – растянуть …
break (his leg,..) – сломать …
burn (his finger,..) – обжечь…
cut his (toe,..) – порезать...
hit his (elbow,..) – ушибить …
bruise (his arm,..) – получить ссадину/
поставить синяк ...

As a result a person can have:
a bullet/knife wound – пулевое/ножевое ранение
a blue eye – синяк под глазом
broken ribs – сломанные рёбра
stitches – швы

Ex 10. Accidents do happen. Can you guess what injury each of these people had?
1. Ann .......................... her finger when peeling potatoes, it was bleeding a bit. 2. Running for a
bus, my sister fell and .......................... her ankle, now the ankle is swollen and she can’t walk.
3. Simon fell off his bike and .......................... his arm. It is in plaster, he can’t use it now. 4. Mother
.......................... her arm when taking a pie out of a hot oven. It is red and it hurts. 5. I
.......................... my thigh, I hit it on the corner of the table. It’s blue and black now. 6. I
.......................... my wrist when trying to start our old grass-mower. I twisted the wrist because it is
so difficult to start. 7. The surgeons are fighting for a policeman’s life. When running after a criminal
he has got a bullet .......................... in the chest. 8. Our son is in hospital, he’s got into a fight and
got beaten. He has got two .......................... ribs and three .......................... for the cuts.

MEMORY BOX

Ex 11. Complete the table with the correct verb forms.
Noun
cut
wound
injury
shot

Verb
..................
..................
..................
..................

Noun
blood
bandage
bruise
treatment

Verb
..................
..................
..................
..................

Ex 12. Translate the dialogue from Russian into English.
–
–

Ой! Осторожно, это моя больная (bad) рука.
.........................................................................................................................................
Что ты имеешь ввиду, больная рука? Что случилось?
.........................................................................................................................................
222

–
–
–

MEMORY BOX

–

У меня на руке волдырь (a blister), и это очень больно. Посмотри.
.........................................................................................................................................
О, ужасно. Как это случилось?
.........................................................................................................................................
Я прикоснулась (catch on) к дверце духовки, когда готовила обед.
.........................................................................................................................................
Вот это глупо. Почему ты не пользовалась варежками для духовки (oven gloves)?
.........................................................................................................................................
СOMPLAINTS/SYMPTOMS –
жалобы/симптомы

fever – жар, лихорадка
sore – воспалённый
be laid up (with) – находиться на постельном
режиме
be running a high temperature – иметь высокую
температуру
a (bad)cold – (сильно)простудиться
a high temperature – высокую температуру
a fever – лихорадить
a runny nose – насморк
a stuffy/blocked nose – заложенный нос
(a bad/severe) cough – (сильный) кашель
nausea – тошноту
have
rash – сыпь
(иметь) spots – прыщи
itch – зуд
a blister – волдырь
high blood pressure – высокое кровяное давление
a sore throat – больное горло
a sore back – испытывать боль в спине
diarrhoea – понос, расстройство желудка
constipation – запор
dizziness – головокружение
sneeze – чихать
cough – кашлять
sweat – потеть
feel/be sick – испытывать тошноту
vomit – рвота
be run down – переутомиться
faint – упасть в обморок
lose consciousness – потерять сознание
be unconscious – быть без сознания

223

Grammar
EXPRESSING CERTAINTY AND
POSSIBILITY
1. If we are certain of the facts, we
use BE or any FULL VERB in the
appropriate form.
 Jane is ill. She is staying in
bed.
2. We use MAY/MIGHT + Infinitive
to indicate that we are not certain
whether something is possible but
we think it is.
There is no important difference
between may and might in this
meaning
(sometimes
might
expresses greater uncertainty
than may).
Может быть, возможно
May/Might
+
DO
BE DOING HAVE DONE
(in general)
(now)
(in the past)

 Jane isn’t at school. Jane may
be ill. She may be sleeping now.
She may have caught a cold.

Ex 13. Develop the situation using the prompts in brackets. Express supposition or uncertainty.
1. I have difficulty walking. My ankle hurts. – You (twist your ankle) might have twisted your
ankle.
2. Don’t open both windows in the car. You (catch a cold) ...........................................
.............................................................. .
3. Jane fell off a ladder, she can’t walk, the leg is swollen and it hurts. She (break her
leg)...................................................................................... .
4. The child has a severe cough, he (have a whooping cough) ...........................................
.............................................................. .
5. The bandage is soaked with blood, your leg (bleed) ...............................................
.............................................................. .
6. The man looks funny. It’s hot and he’s wearing a scarf. – He (have a sore throat)
.................................................................................................................................... .
7. If you don’t follow my advice, you (get complications) ...........................................
.............................................................. .
8. Your face is red and you look ill, you (run a high temperature) .................................
.............................................................. .
9. Look at that red spot on my neck, and it’s a bit swollen. You (get bitten by an insect)
.................................................................................................................................... .
10. He died an instant death. He (have a stroke) ............................................................
.............................................................. .

8.5 Diagnosing and Treatment
10

Ex 14. Read and listen to the dialogue. Underline all the
symptoms the patient has got/hasn’t got.

At the Chemist’s
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Hello, have you got anything for diarrhoea? I haven’t got a
prescription, I’m afraid.
Is it for yourself?
No, for my wife.
Does she have any other symptoms? Stomach ache? Nausea?
She feels a bit sick, but she isn’t vomiting. She thinks it is the fish she ate last night.
OK. She should take these tablets. She must take two immediately, and then she should take
one every four hours.
Do they contain aspirin? She is allergic to aspirin.
No, that won’t be a problem. Here you are. I hope your wife feels better soon.
224

Ex 15. Complete the dialogue. Translate the phrases in brackets.
A Bad Cold
Mother: What’s the matter? (1) (Ты выглядишь больным) .............
.......................................... Your face is flushed, (2) (у тебя,
возможно, температура) ............................................... .
Son:
Don’t worry, mom. I’ll be all right in a few hours.
Mother: I hope, so but (3) (я хочу измерить тебе температуру)
........................................... . Oh, it’s thirty eight point three.
(4)
(Я вызову врача) ........................................... .
Doctor:
Son:
Doctor:

Mother:
Doctor:
Mother:

(5)

(На что жалуетесь, мой мальчик?) ........................................................... ?
(У меня ужасно болит голова и горло, и насморк тоже есть.) ...............................
..................................................... .
Now strip to the waist, please. (7) (Так, сыпи нет.) ........................................... . Now,
I’ll sound your lungs. I see nothing serious, (8) (у него просто сильная простуда)
...................................................................... .
(9)
(Он должен лежать в постели, не так ли?) ......................................................... .
By all means, don’t get up before Wednesday. (10) (Вот рецепт) .................................... .
It will keep the fever down.
Thank you, doctor.
(6)

Ex 16. In column B find synonyms or phrases having the same meaning for the words and
phrases in column A.
A
fall ill
be laid up with
have a fever
symptoms
runny nose
have complications
catching disease



B
be running a high temperature
cold in the head
contagious disease
go down with
have aftereffects
stay in bed
complaints

IPTION and RECIPE
Words Easily Confused: PRESCR
s written direction for making
A PRESCRIPTION is the doctor’
up and use of a medicine.
the doctor will give you a
 If you need some medicine,
pharmacy.
prescription to take to the local
ing some dish.
A RECIPE – directions for prepar
this fruit cake? It’s delicious!
for
pe
reci
 Can you give me the

225

Listening

You’ll listen to а dialogue in the doctor’s surgery. A patient tells the doctor what bothers him.
I. Listen to the dialogue twice and tick the statements that are true.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

The man doesn’t feel well.
The man is sick and he calls an ambulance.
He has got toothache.
The man has a bad headache.
His temperature is 37.8.
The doctor sounds the patient’s lungs.
The doctor says the man has caught a bad cold.
The patient thinks that the fish he ate at dinner last night was bad.

II. Listen to the dialogue again and
make notes how the doctor examined
the patient.
1. asked some questions
2. .................................................
3. .................................................
4. .................................................

What might the doctor ask you?

– Do you have
health insurance?
– Are you taking
any medications?
– Have you had
any operations?
– Are you allergic
to anything?

MEMORY BOX










AT THE DOCTOR’S
go to the doctor – пойти к врачу
consult a doctor – проконсультироваться с
врачом
check/examine – обследовать
feel one’s pulse – измерить пульс
take the temperature – измерить температуру
take one’s blood pressure – измерить кровяное давление
sound one’s heart/lungs – прослушать сердце/
лёгкие
have an X-ray taken – сделать рентген
make tests – сделать анализы
operate on – прооперировать
write out a prescription – выписать рецепт
prescribe a diet – прописать диету
send to hospital – отправить в больницу
be taken to hospital – поступить/лечь в больницу
leave hospital
выписаться
be released from hospital
из больницы
write out sick leave – выписать больничный
лист
be on sick leave – быть на больничном
make out a medical certificate – выписать
справку
stay away from (work/school) – не посещать…

226

Ex 17. Report what the doctor said to the patient. Make

INDIRECT COMMAND
AND REQUEST

use of the suggested reporting verbs.
“Strip to the waist.” (ask)

The doctor asked me to strip to the waist.
“Sit quiet.” (command)
.....................................................................
“Breathe deeply.” (tell)
.....................................................................
“Bare your arm.” (order)
.....................................................................
“Please, lie on your back.” (ask)
.....................................................................
“Don’t forget to take the medicine.” (remind)
.....................................................................
“You should be very careful when counting these drops.”
(warn)
.....................................................................
“You should have total bed rest for a week.” (recommend)
.....................................................................
“You must consult a neurologist.” (tell)
.....................................................................

We report command and request
with a suitable verb + to-infinitive.
The reporting verb should match the
intention of the speaker (asking,
ordering, telling, advising, etc).
The most commonly used verbs are:
to tell, to command, to order, to ask,
tо advise, to remind, to warn, to
offer, to allow, to forbid, etc.
 “Take this medicine three
times a day,” the doctor said.
The doctor told me to take the
medicine three times a day.

MEDICINES

powders
Take on an empty stomach

mixture
Take 3 times a day

drops
Take after meals

tablets/pills
Take every 4 hours
227

ointment
Rub a little on before
going to bed

painkiller
For soothing the pain.

А:

В:
А:

С:

А:

С:
А:
С:

А:

TREATMENT

MEMORY BOX

Ex 18. Translate the dialogues.

take (a) medicine (for) – принимать лекар1
ство от
Есть тут поблизости аптека?
relieve/ease/kill pain – снимать боль
...................................................
reduce the temperature – понизить темпе...................................................
ратуру
Да, за углом. ..............................
apply a mustard plaster – поставить горчичник
...................................................
put a hot-water bottle – приложить грелку
put on a bandage/dressing – наложить поУ вас есть это лекарство? Вот
вязку
рецепт. .............................................
bandage
up a wound – забинтовать рану
.........................................................
put one’s leg in plaster/a (plaster) cast – наЛекарство будет готово в 5 часов.
ложить гипс на ногу
.........................................................
remove the bandage – снять повязку
.........................................................
give an injection/shot – сделать укол
be vaccinated/inoculated/
Спасибо. Я смогу забрать лекарство
immunized against – сделать прививку
в 6 часов. Аптека ещё будет
syringe
– шприц
открыта? ..........................................
gargle – полоскать горло
.........................................................
.........................................................
Да, конечно. Мы работаем до 7. .......................................................................................
Могу я получить моё лекарство? ......................................................................................
Одну минуту. Вот, пожалуйста. Принимать 3 раза в день по одной столовой ложке до
еды. Перед употреблением взбалтывать. .......................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
Спасибо. .......................................................................................................................

2
A: Чем я могу вам помочь? .................................................................................................
B: Не могли бы вы дать мне что-нибудь от зубной боли? ......................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
A: Я могу порекомендовать вам «Кетанов». Это лучшее средство для снятия зубной боли.
У вас есть рецепт? Это сильнодействующий препарат (a potent drug). ...............................
.....................................................................................
B: К сожалению, нет. Я иду на приём к врачу завтра. У вас
есть другие болеутоляющие препараты? .....................
...........................................................................................
A: Конечно, у нас их множество. «Пенталгин» и «Нурофен»
отпускаются без рецепта врача. ..................................
....................................................................................
B: Хорошо. Дайте мне, пожалуйста, «Нурофен экспресс»,
24 таблетки. .................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................

228

Ex 19. In column B find synonyms or phrases having the same meaning for the words and
phrases in column A.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

A
get better
dress a wound
shot
recover from
pain reliever
be run down
check
inoculate
be operated on

B
a) vaccinate
b) feel washed out
c) for soothing the pain
d) examine
e) bandage
f) be on the mend
g) get over an illness
h) undergo a surgery
i) injection

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Ex 20. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Он принимает слишком много лекарств.
......................................................................................................................................
2. Она вышла из больницы с забинтованной рукой.
......................................................................................................................................
3. Врач прописал мне пять уколов глюкозы.
......................................................................................................................................
4. Рука уже не болела, повязку сняли через десять дней.
......................................................................................................................................
5. У мальчика был жар, ему сделали укол, чтобы снизить температуру.
......................................................................................................................................
6. Если у вас болит живот, врачи не рекомендуют класть грелку.
......................................................................................................................................
7. Это хорошее лекарство от кашля.
......................................................................................................................................
8. Перед поездкой в Африку вы должны сделать прививки от многих болезней.
......................................................................................................................................
9. У меня болело горло, и доктор сказал мне полоскать горло каждые два часа.
......................................................................................................................................

a syringe

a hot-water bottle

229

box on the right.
1. Dr White in Switzerland is wonderful, he
............................... me of tuberculosis. 2. He
didn’t know how to ............................... this case
of rheumatism. 3. This disease is fatal, it can’t be
............................... . 4. He was a strong man, his
wounds were ............................... up very quickly.
5. He was slowly ............................... from his
illness. 6. How would you ...............................
somebody ill with influenza? 7. My burn would not
............................... whatever medicine I applied.
8. I doubt whether he will be able to
............................... from his depressions. 9. Which
doctor is ............................... her for her illness.

Words Easily Confused:
СURE – TREAT – HEAL – REC

Ex 21. Fill the spaces with the right word from the

OVER
CURE (smb of) means bring
back to
health.
 I can’t believe it! Dr. Riek has
cured
your old gout, hasn’t he?
TREAT – give medical care to som
ebody.
It refers to the process of curing
.
 Who is treating your wife?
She
seems to be on the mend.
HEAL – make healthy after wou
nds of
any kind.
 The wound was healing very slow
ly.
RECOVER (from) – become well,
get back
to health.
 When I recover from influen
za, I’ll
go to the south to recuperate.

Ex 22. Match the phrasal verbs to their meaning and translate the verbs into Russian.You will
use one phrasal verb twice.
get over  pass off  act on  go down (with)  send for  give up
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Catch a disease
............................
Do something following the advice of someone ............................
Recover from an illness
............................
Stop doing/eating/using something
............................
Go away
............................
Ask somebody to come
............................
Have certain effect on somebody or something ............................

Ex 23. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verb from the box above.
1. By the evening his sickness ............................. and he felt better. 2. What are you taking for your
dizziness? – I ............................. my doctor’s advice. 3. The next day he couldn’t get up, he
............................. with flu. 4. She had to ............................. smoking because of her cough in the
morning. 5. You’ll go to school when you ............................. your cold. 6. She was very ill and her
son ............................. .7.The coach was shocked because half the team .............................
a bad cold. 8.He is taking a dangerous drug which ............................. very fast .............................
the central nervous system. 9.You should get back into bed. I ............................. the doctor.
230

Ex 24. Change direct speech into indirect.
1. “Fresh air, sunshine, a blue sea cured me of my depression”, my friend told me.

My friend told me that fresh air, sunshine, a blue sea had cured him of his
depression.
2. “If you follow my advice, you’ll soon be cured of the
disease”, the doctor said.
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
3. “There is no cure for the disease yet”, the doctor
remarked.
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
4. “I can highly recommend Dr White to you, he cured my
son of scarlet fever two years ago,” Margaret said.
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
5. “I had severe complications after the disease, they
took three months to treat,” my friend explained to me.
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
6. “The wound isn’t healed yet”, I thought. “It is a deep
cut and it is healing slowly”, the doctor explained.
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
7. “The burn will soon heal up”, the doctor promised.
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
8. “I doubt whether he will be able to recover from his
depressions”, his sister said.
...............................................................................
..............................................................................
9. “You don’t look well”, my colleague said.
...............................................................................
..............................................................................
10. “This medicine doesn’t help me at all”, the patient
complained.
...............................................................................
..............................................................................

231

Grammar
INDIRECT SPEECH.
REPORTED STATEMENT
Indirect speech is formed according
to the Rule of the Sequence of Tenses
which says: if the verb in the
principal clause is in one of the past
tenses, a past tense (or future-inthe-past) must be used in the
subordinate clause.
A useful general rule is:
we move the reported clauses “one
tense back”:
present becomes past,
past becomes past perfect,
will becomes would.
When reporting something which
was said a long time ago, other parts
of sentence may have to be changed,
too:
here  there, now  then,
yesterday  the day before,
tomorrow  the next day.
Personal pronouns, possessive
pronouns change according to the
meaning of the sentence.
The verbs most commonly used to
introduce reported statements are:
tell, say, add, notice, remark,
explain, mention, repeat, etc.
 “Your health is falling”, the
doctor said. The doctor said
that my health was falling.
 “You’ve ruined your health by
smoking too much”, my wife
remarked. My wife remarked
that I had ruined my health by
smoking.

Ex 25. Translate the story. Turn direct speech into indirect speech with all necessary tense
changes.
1. «Я просмотрела результаты ваших анализов», – сказала доктор Лестер.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. «Вы очень поправились», – заметила она.
.......................................................................................................................................
3. «Вы набрали (gain) пять с половиной килограммов за шесть месяцев», – объяснила она.
........................................................................................................................................
4. «Если вы будете продолжать в том же духе, вы сильно поправитесь (get fat)», – предупредила она меня.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. «Я вынуждена посадить вас на строгую диету (put on a strict diet)», – добавила она.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. «Хорошо, я буду жить на воде и орехах», – сказал я разозлившись.
......................................................................................................................................
7. «Да, вы можете жить на воде, но без орехов», – согласилась доктор Лестер.
......................................................................................................................................

ACCIDENT & EMERGENCY (A&E)

!
13

MEMO
In Britain, the emergency room is called A&M (Accident &
Emergency) or CASUALTY/CASUALTY DEPARTMENT.
To call an ambulance dial 999 in Britain and 911 in the USA.
A good hotel should have members of the staff trained in first aid.
Before travelling abroad, check that you have adequate medical
insurance for the country you are visiting.

Ex 26. Complete the dialogues. Fill in the spaces with appropriate words and phrases
from the Memory Box. Listen to the dialogues and check your answers.

1. Asking for Help
–
–
–
–
–

Reception. How can I help you?
This is Diana Winter in room 102. Could you, please call a doctor? It’s (1)............................ .
Yes, of course, Mrs Winter. What’s the problem exactly?
It’s my husband. He’s got chest pain, and he’s having difficulty breathing.
Right. I’ll call an (2)............................ , Mrs Winter. And meanwhile I’ll send a
(3)
............................ up to your room right away.
232

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

I’d like you to (1)............................ for
me, please. Does your daughter have
(2)
............................ ?
We’re tourists from Germany, actually,
but we do have travel health insurance.
All right. In that case, I’m going to need
your credit card, Mr Kern.
But what about my daughter?
Don’t worry! We’re going to X-ray her leg.
If it is broken, we’ll put it in a cast.
Will she be able to walk?
She may need (3)............................ for a
few weeks. But let’s wait and see what the
doctor says first.

MEMORY BOX

2. The Casualty Department

take to the hospital – положить в больницу
waiting room – зал ожидания, приёмная
(врача)
ward – палата
reception – регистратура
fill in a form – заполнить форму
medical record/card – история болезни
medical insurance – медицинское страхование
health insurance – страховка
accident – несчастный случай
first aid(er) – первая помощь/человек,
оказывающий первую помощь
urgent call – срочный вызов
ambulance – скорая помощь
stretcher – носилки
crutches – костыли

Ex 27. Do the crossword puzzle. Translate the words across and down.



Across
1. лечение
2. больница
3. кабинет врача
4. укол
5. ангина
2
6. носилки
7. боль
8. несчастный
случай
9. ссадина
10. костыли

11
1
13

14
3

15
4



Down
11. скорая помощь
12. жалоба
13. диагноз
14. шприц
15. вылечить
16. вывихнуть
17. тошнота
18. шов
19. кашель
20. сыпь

17
7

18
8
19
9

233

Ex 28. Fill in the gaps with the words from the box. There are some extra words you do not need.
a cold  health  a specialist  ill  suffer from  fall ill  get well
go to the doctor  operate on  unusual illness  keep fit  cured  minor illnesses
flu  treat  examine  take exercise  local pharmacy
It is very important to (1) ..................................... in order to (2) .....................................but even
the fittest person can sometimes (3) ..................................... no matter how hard they look
after their health. If you do become (4) ..................................... , of course you want to
(5)
..................................... as soon as possible. Most (6) ..................................... such as
(7)
..................................... or (8) ..................................... can often be (9) .....................................
by taking lots of rest and drinking plenty of liquid. However, if you suffer from something more
serious, you will have to (10) ..................................... . He will (11) ..................................... you and,
if possible, (12) ..................................... you with medicine that you can pick up from your
(13)
..................................... . If you have an (14) ..................................... , your doctor may send
you to (15) ..................................... who may decide to (16) .....................................you. Then you
will have to recuperate, and this can take a long time.

Ex 29.

Report the questions using the prompts in

INDIRECT QUESTIONS
Indirect General Question

brackets.
1. Have you fallen ill? (the teacher)
.............................................................................
2. Are you unwell? (my mother)
.............................................................................
3. Is your son able to walk? (the nurse)
.............................................................................
4. Do you feel feverish? (the doctor)
.............................................................................
5. Could you give me something for my stomach? (the
man)
.............................................................................
6. Did your grandson have any complications after
mumps? (Nick’s grandmother)
.............................................................................
7. Does your daughter have medical insurance? (the
receptionist)
.............................................................................
8. Must I consult a surgeon? (the patient)
.............................................................................
9. When did you fall ill? (the doctor)
.............................................................................

234

To report a general question we
should:
1. change the inversion in the direct
question to statement word order.
2. if necessary, change the tense
according to the rule of the
Sequence of Tenses.
3. use if/whether (ли) after the
reporting verbs: ask, inquire,
want to know, wonder, not know,
etc.
 “Do you have any pain in your
chest?” the doctor asked.
The doctor asked me if I had
any pain in my chest.
Indirect Special Question
An Indirect Special Question is
introduced by the same adverb or
pronoun that introduces the direct
question. Word order and tense
changes remain the same as in
indirect general questions.
 “How did you get injured?” the
nurse inquired. The nurse
inquired how I had got injured.

10. What do you complain of? (the doctor)
...................................................................................
11. Where does it hurt? (the surgeon)
...................................................................................
12. How is your brother keeping these days? (our neighbour)
...................................................................................
13. What can I take for my cough? (the old man)
...................................................................................
14. Why are you limping? ( my friend)
...................................................................................

Ex 30. Report the dialogue.
–
–
–

Why are you limping, John? What is the matter?
I was playing football yesterday and sprained my ankle. It
hurts badly. I can hardly walk, as you see.
You mustn’t walk at all. Lie down and put a compress on your ankle. That’s the best remedy.
Call the doctor and he will give you sick leave for a few days.

Ex 31. Translate the joke.
Один шотландский хирург отличался необыкновенной лаконичностью речи. Однажды к нему
обратилась за помощью женщина.
– Ожог? – спросил врач.
– Ушиб, – ответила пациентка.
– Компресс.
На другой день диалог был продолжен:
– Лучше?
– Хуже.
– Еще компресс.
Два дня спустя женщина снова пришла на приём
к врачу.
– Лучше?
– Здорова. Сколько?
– Ничего! – воскликнул доктор. – Такой разумной пациентки я ещё не встречал.
235

Ex 32. Match the headings A–D to the extracts 1–3. There is one extra heading you don’t have
to use.
A. Examining a Patient.
B. A Dangerous Operation.

C. Diagnosing and Treatment.
D. Sufficient Arrangements.



Before travelling abroad, check that you have adequate medical insurance for the
country you are visiting. In the US, doctor’s and hospital fees have to be paid
immediately and can later be reclaimed from your travel health insurance. Ask the doctor
or hospital for detailed records of treatment you have been given.



Don’t talk to me in medical terms. Tell me so I can understand. What kind of operation
do I have to do? – It’s open heart surgery. They cut the heart open. They put a pump in
its place so that you get oxygen while it is being worked on. – Is the heart beating all the
time? – No, they stop it.



“Take a deep breath. Now hold it. Now cough”. After the cough Dan heard something
odd in the right lung. He put the stethoscope down. “I think you have got rales in the
right lung. “What do you think it means?” “May be a cold.”

Ex 33.
–
–

Report what people are saying, using reporting verbs in brackets.

1
Oh, hello, Mum! I’m not bad, but I’ve cut my finger
and it is bleeding.
Well, have you put a plaster on it? (complain,
advise)

The daughter complained of having cut her
finger. The mother advised her to put a
plaster on it.
–
–

–
–

And if it doesn’t stop, you really should go to the
doctor.
Oh, mum, don’t worry. It’ll be okay. Look, I’ll phone
you back later. (reassure, advise, promise)
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
2
Good morning. Doctor Simpson’s surgery. Can I
help you?
Yes, can I see the doctor today? (greet, want to
know)
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
236

REPORTING A DIAOGUE OR
A CONVERSATION
When reporting a dialogue which
abounds with colloquial expressions,
idioms, cliches, conversational
formulae, we don’t render the words
mechanically. We interpret the
meaning of the utterance by using
the matching reporting verb.
Some useful reporting verbs:
complain, agree, advise, demand,
offer, promise, refuse, threaten,
forbid, allow, remind, confirm,
confess, add, explain, thank,
excuse, accuse, grumble, etc.
Jane:
Oh! I’ve got a terrible
headache.
Her aunt: Oh dear! Why don’t you
take a pill?
 Jane complained of a
bad headache and her aunt
advised her to take a pill.

3
Well, it’s nothing serious. But no sport for a few days, and take things easy.
All right, doctor. Thank you. (say, recommend, thank).
.......................................................................................................................................
4
Now, what seems to be the trouble?
Well, I’m just feeling very stressed.
What do you mean?
I just worry all the time and I can’t relax. (ask, wonder, confess, explain)
.......................................................................................................................................

–
–

–
–
–
–

Ex 34. Listen to the dialogue and report the conversation, using the suggested reporting
verbs.
wonder  complain  remind  offer  want to know  promise

Jack:
Ron:
Jack:
Ron:
Jack:
Ron:
Jack:

Hi, it’s Jack. How are you, mate?
........................................................
Not so good, I’m afraid.
........................................................
Why? What’s wrong?
........................................................
It’s my arm. It is broken.
........................................................
Your arm? When did it happen?
........................................................
Last week, playing ice-hockey.
........................................................
Well, I did tell you that ice-hockey wasn’t a good ........................................................
idea at your age! Anyway, let me know if you need ........................................................
any help.
........................................................
Ron: Thanks, Jack. You’re a real friend.
........................................................
Jack: Any time, Ron. But we’ll still see you down at the ........................................................
pub on Friday?
........................................................
Ron: Sure, I’ll be there. See you then.
........................................................
Jack: See you, Ron. Cheers, mate.
........................................................

– How may I help you?
– Have you been
to Dr X before?
– Can I get your name? /
May I have your name?
– Which dentist/doctor did
you see?
– Dr X has time next ... .
– Would you like to suggest
a time?
– We can/could fit you in ...
– Thank you for calling.

Some Useful Phrases
Making an Appointment

– This is ...
– I'd like to make/
I'd like to schedule
a check up appointment
– Does the doctor have
something open ...?

237

Ex 35. Find logical order of the following dialogue parts.
Making an Appointment



MEMORY BOX

Clinic: Have you been here before?
Patient: I'm sorry, I work on Fridays. Do you have any appointments available on Mondays
or Wednesdays?
 Patient: Medical, please. I’d like to make an appointment for a checkup.
1

Clinic: Hello, Cityview Clinic.
 Patient: Hello, I'm calling to make an appointment.
 Patient: Yes, that would be fine.
 Clinic: What is your name?
 Clinic: Our first Monday appointment will be October 22nd at 9 in the morning.
 Clinic: Is that the 206 area code?
 Clinic: We have an opening on Friday, October 12th at 3 o'clock.
 Patient: No, I haven't.
 Patient: 764-2110.
DENTAL DISORDERS
 Clinic: What is your phone number?
15
dental
–
зубной
16 Patient: Yes, that’s right.

dentist – зубной врач
 Patient: Luci Garcia.
orthodontist – ортодонт
 Clinic: Medical or dental?
dental care – стоматологическое
лечение
cavity (in teeth) – дупло
caries – кариес
gum – десна
decay – гниение, разложение
tooth decay – разрушение зубов
tartar – камень
floss – специальная нить для чистки
Ex 36. Read the short article below and find the
зубов
fluoride – фтор
answers to the following questions:

8.6 At the Dentist’s

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What part of medicine does stomatology relate to? .............................................................
What kind of medical care do the dentists provide? ............................................................
What is the most common cause of toothache? .................................................................
What are the most common dental disorders? ......................................................................
What can we do to prevent dental problems? ......................................................................

Dental Care
Stomatology is the part of medicine that relates to the mouth and its diseases. It is the province
of dentists. Dentists look after our teeth, keep them clean in order to prevent cavities (dental
caries), gum diseases and other dental disorders. Orthodontists help teeth to grow straight when
they have not been growing correctly.
238

A toothache is any pain within or around a tooth. The most common cause of toothache is dental
cavities which are formed by bacteria in the mouth. Dental (tooth) infection, decay, injury or loss
of a tooth are the most usual dental disorders.

Ex 37. Use the Memory Boxes to translate
the words and phrases in brackets. Listen
to the dialogue and check your answers.

At the Dentist

MEMORY BOX

You can prevent the majority of dental problems through flossing, brushing with fluoride
toothpaste and having your teeth professionally cleaned twice a year.
treat a tooth – лечить зуб
fill a tooth – пломбировать зуб
filling – пломба
extract/pull out/remove a tooth –
удалять зуб
be/work loose – шататься (о зубе)
drill – сверлить
dental bridge – «мост»/мостовидный протез
crown – коронка
false teeth – искусственные/вставные зубы
dentures/set of false teeth –
съёмный протез

Dentist: What bothers you?
Patient: One of my front teeth (1) (шатается) ..........
................................ and this tooth at the
back wants seeing, too.
Dentist: This wisdom tooth (2) (невозможно лечить)
.......................................... , I’m afraid. I’ll
have to (3) (вырвать его) ..............................
................. It’s a pity it wasn’t taken care of
earlier.
Patient: I wish I had done it before.
Dentist: (4) (Этот другой зуб беспокоит вас?) ..........................................?
Patient: Not particularly, just a (5) (постоянная тупая боль) .......................................... .
Dentist: The tooth (6) (разрушается) .......................................... and it must (7) (быть
запломбирован) .......................................... . Now we’ll attend to the front tooth. I
wish I could do something but I’m afraid, it should also (8) (быть вырван)
.......................................... . I’ll apply an anaesthetic to deaden the pain.
Patient: Yes, if you please. I can’t stand pain.
Dentist: Here is your tooth (9) (вырванный) .......................................... . Rinse your mouth,
please.
Patient: This empty space. Shall I have a (10) (вставной зуб) .......................................... put
in?
Dentist: You’ll have to have a small (11) (мост) .......................................... made and two
(12)
(коронки) .......................................... to suspend the (13) (искусственный зуб)
........................................... We’ll start doing it when the (14) (десна) ...................
....................... heals.

239

Listening

In this conversation, Jenny is at the dentist’s.
I. Listen to the dialogue twice and answer these questions:
1. What does Jenny want the dentist to do? ..........................................................................
2. Who is really going to see the dentist? ................................................................................

II. Listen to the dialogue again and complete the reported text.
Jenny came to the dentist. She told him there was (1) ...................................... to deal with and
a couple of (2) ...................................... and one tooth needed (3) ......................... . She insisted
on having no (4) ...................................... because (5) ...................................... . The doctor was
very much surprised. He said (6) .................................................................... . It turned out that
it wasn’t she (7) ...................................... . It was (8) .......................................

ON THE MOVE

So many countries, so many customs.
Сколько стран, столько и обычаев.
(Proverb)

Vocabulary Note

TRAVEL – a verb and an uncoun
table
noun, used to talk about travellin
g in
a general way.
 Air travel is faster and mor
e
comfortable than rail travel.
 Someday I want to travel abroad
.

A statue to a traveller in Spain

TRAVELLING (n) is used mos
tly
attributively: travelling expens
es/
companion.
Spelling: BrE: travelling
AmE: traveling

We say that we travel when we move between
distant geographical locations for any purpose and
any duration. Travel also includes the stays between
different points en route (on the way). It covers
different types of activities performed during the journey as well. Travel can be local, regional,
domestic or international. We can travel for recreational purposes (отдых), for tourism, for
business and a number of other purposes.

9.1 Why Do People Travel?
Ex 1. Why do people travel? What do they do when they travel? A. Complete the text
about travelling attractions. Choose the best phrase from A–H to fill in the gaps 1–8. Listen
to the text and check your answers. B. In the box on the right tick your purposes and activities
during a trip.
1

A. other countries, modern cities and the ruins of ancient towns.
B. They are eager to meet different people, to taste different food, to listen to different musical
rhythms.
241

C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

visiting museums and art galleries, doing the shopping and dining at exotic restaurants,
quiet places where they can relax, bathe in a river or lake and lie in the sun.
mostly for the needs of trade.
nature’s most spectacular attractions.
Why do people travel?
Food and travel are inseparable companions.
search of beauty

People have been travelling all over the world since ancient
times. In those times they set off for a journey (1)  .
Nowadays millions of people travel because they want to
broaden their knowledge of the world. They are eager to see
everything with their own eyes: (2)  .
Travelling is the movement and change which people need.
Some people travel in (3)  , they marvel at (восхищаться)
(4)
 They are looking for new impressions and thrilling
experiences. (5)  .
Those, who live in the countryside, usually make trips to big
cities, they spend their holidays (6)  whereas city-dwellers
prefer to go to (7)  .
 . You can make your travel a movable feast (пир) full of
new unforgettable impressions.
(8)

What do they do when they
travel?









discover new things
meet different people
try different food
listen to new tunes
take pictures
go sightseeing
bathe and lie in the sun

Words Easily Confused

 visit other countries and
continents
 see modern cities and the
ruins of ancient towns
 enjoy picturesque places
 have a complete change
 learn more about the world
 go on business

TRAVEL/TRAVELLING – (general) moving from place to place:
 Air travel is becoming cheaper.
 His work involves a lot of travelling.
JOURNEY
1. travelling a long distance:
 a long and difficult journey through the mountains
2. going from one particular place to another:
 The journey from Moscow to Tula took them three hours.
3. travelling short but regularly:
 the train journey to work
 the journey to school

TOUR
1. a journey for pleasure during which you visit several different places:
 a coach tour in Spain
2. a short visit around a city, famous building,etc.:
 a guided tour around the Kennedy Space Centre
TRIP – a short journey for pleasure or a particular purpose:
 a business trip to Brussels
 a school trip to the seaside
 a day trip to London

242

Ex 2. Fill the gaps with one of the words from the box in the appropriate form.

1. .................................. was a dream of
my whole life. I imagined that one day I’ll
.................................. over the whole
world.
2. A .................................. to the seaside
was the longest journey he had ever
made.
3. After his graduation from university his father
sent him on a .................................. round
the world.
4. We went on a coach ..................................
of France.
5. It was just a weekend ..................................
but she enjoyed it greatly.
6. When they were young, my parents
.................................. half way round the
world. They set out on the .............................
in May and arrived just before Christmas.
7. He .................................. for thousands of
miles to find her, but all his effort was in vain.
8. They made a honeymoon .............................
to Venice.
9. We have been .................................. for
three months and haven’t reached our
.................................. end yet.
10. Before school was over we went on a hiking
.................................. into the mountains.

MEMORY BOX

travel (x4)  go travelling  trip (x4)  tour (x2)  journey (x2)

travel (v) – путешествовать
(round/over) the world/the country
travel (n)

light
for thousands of miles
for three months

travel/travelling (n) – путешествие
rail/air/space travel
go travelling
journey (n) – путешествие, поездка
make
(under)take
a journey (to/across/
break
through/from/between)
be/go on
set out on
reach one’s journey’s end
on the return journey
tour (n) – турне, поездка, гастроли
tour (v) (through a country) – совершить
турне
go on
make
a tour (of/around/round)
be on
trip (n) – поездка
go on
take/make
a trip (to/from)
arrange/plan
business/school/shopping
return
trip
wasted
en route – по пути
destination – место назначения
holiday/tourist destination

243

Ex 3. There are also some types of travel. Match the words denoting types of travel to their
definitions and translate them into Russian.

полёт

1. Flight
.................. 
i a)
2. Hitch-hiking ..................  b)
3. Expedition
4. Voyage
5. Crossing

..................  c)
..................  d)
..................  e)

6. Hike

..................  f)

7. Package tour ..................  g)
8. Cruise

..................  h)

9. Backpacking ..................  i)

travelling by seа or along а river.
travelling for pleasure with little money, and
carrying a rucksack.
a long walk in the mountains or in the countryside.
a journey across the sea, a lake or a river.
a holiday spent on a large ship, which visits
a number of places.
an organised journey that is made for a particular
purpose of exploration.
travelling on foot, with occasional rides in passing
cars.
a holiday, arranged by a travel company, your trip
and accommodation are booked for you.
a journey by air, on a plane.

Ex 4. Find word partnerships. Put the words in the box in the correct column.
first class  business  guided
ocean  nonstop  scientific
light  long  package  space
mountain climbing  sea  far
sightseeing  bumpy

flight

voyage

travel

trip

tour

expedition

244

Ex 5. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Мы плыли из Дувра в Кале по бурному морю.

We had a rough crossing from Dover to Calais.
2. В этом году лайнер «Королева Елизавета» совершает
кругосветный круиз.
....................................................................................
...................................................................................
3. В мае в экспедицию в Антарктику была отправлена
новая партия.
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Я люблю ходить в походы по холмам Южной Англии, это огромное удовольствие и
спортивный отдых (lots of exercise).
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Морское путешествие из Момбасcы (Mombassa) в Коломбо (Colombo) заняло неделю.
Море было спокойным, еда на корабле отличной.
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Я работаю в туристическом агентстве, которое организует турне по всей Европе. Мы
продаём полный туристический «пакет».
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Путешествие автостопом самый дешёвый вид туризма. Однако иногда это довольно
опасный вид передвижения (путешествия).
.......................................................................................................................................
8. В старину путешествия были долгими и опасными.
.......................................................................................................................................
9. Сейчас вы можете купить туристическую путёвку в Индию в любом туристическом
агентстве.
.......................................................................................................................................
10. Я бы хотел два билета на паром до Кале. Сколько времени займёт пересечение пролива?
.......................................................................................................................................

Grammar

USE OF ARTICLES WITH GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES

NO ARTICLE
Continents:
Africa, Asia
Countries:
France, China
Cities/towns/villages:
Berlin, York
Petrovka

NOTES
The definite article THE is used with
The word groups:
the USA, the United Kingdom of Great Britain
Also:
the Netherlands
the village of Petrovka

245

THE DEFINITE ARTICLE “THE”

NO article is used with:

Oceans, seas:
the Pacific, the Black Sea
Rivers, lakes:
the Nile, the Baikal
Channels/canals:
the English Channel, the Suez Canal
Desserts:
the Gobi, the Sahara
Mountain chains:
the Alps, the Urals
Island groups:
the Bermudas, the British Isles
Regions:
the Middle East,
the south of France
Four cardinal points of the compass:
the south, the north,
the east, the west

Word combinations:
Lake Baikal, Lake Ontario

Individual mountains:
Elbrus, Everest
Individual islands:
Sicily, Tenerife
North/Latin America,
Central Asia, western Germany
Set expressions:
from East to West,
from North to South

TOP TRAVEL DESTINATIONS
Ex 6. Read an article on travel destinations. Fill in the articles A, THE, ZERO.

Travel er’s
Companion Magazine

www.travelbite.uk
Travelbite is for people who want to
go to places they have not been
before and experience new things.

1. This holiday destination is about a
lifestyle, nature and carnival attitude of
the Brazilian people. From the charms
of ...... Rio de Janeiro and gorgeous
beaches of ...... Atlantic Ocean to
exploring ...... Amazon. ...... Brazil has to
be on every travellerís list.

Travellers are increasingly looking for
once-in-a-lifetime experiences.
With that in mind, our editor
Natasha von Geldern offers
up her ìTop Travel Destinations for
2011.î Youíll find some countries
and some cities on her list and a
lot of natureís wonders to look
forward to.

246

2. Itís no longer politically incorrect to
be a fan of ...... USA. This vast country
has something for everyone, from the
spectacular national parks of ...... Utah
to fly-drives in the sunshine state of ......
Florida. If youíve done ...... New York
City why not plan
...... Chicago with its
...... Lake Michigan
and ...... Huron?

4. Located off the northwestern coast of
...... Africa, ...... Canary Islands are one
of the most popular tourist destinations
on the planet, especially with
Europeans.

3. How many
travellers are
dreaming of trekking
in ...... legendary
Kingdom of Nepal?
...... Nepal contains
part of ......
Himalayas, the highest mountain range
in the world. There are eight of fourteen
highest peaks there, ...... Mount Everest
among them.

HOW DO PEOPLE TRAVEL?
In ancient times people travelled mostly on horse back
or in carriages. Today there are a lot of possibilities
a person can choose from according to his purpose,
needs, wishes and destination.
We can travel by road, by sea, by air, by rail, on foot.

PREPOSITIONS
WITH FORMS OF TRANSPORT
Types of vehicles or transport we use
to travel (no article, no possessive
pronoun, no possessive case before
the means of transport)
by car/by bus/by coach/by bicycle –
by road
by boat/by ship – by sea
by train – by rail
by plane – by air

NOTE ON foot

Ex 7. Fill in the right preposition.
1. I’m going to Chicago tomorrow morning, ....... plane
at 6.30. It’s a sleepless night. But I’ll make up for it
....... the plane. It’s too early to go ....... train, so my
son is taking me to the airport ....... his car.
2. I don’t use my car very often. I prefer to go ....... train
to catch up on my work. I just love to work ....... the
train.
3. Get ....... the bus! Quick! It’s ready to leave. – I hate
going ....... bus, it’s always crowded. – Don’t worry,
we’re getting ....... (the bus) at the next stop.
247

Physical position of the person (what
transport he/she is in/on) (used with
an article, an adjective, a possessive
pronoun or the possessive case)
in the car/in Nick’s van/in a taxi/
in a lorry
on the bus/on my bicycle/on a big
ship
on a liner/on a ferry
on the train/on the 6.45 train
on the plane/on a jet
IN for cars and taxis
ON for bicycles and public transport

4. I didn’t feel well that evening, so I came home ....... a
taxi.
5. The detective followed you ....... his car and saw you
get ....... the bus to Reeling.
6. I always go to the USA ....... plane, I don’t like the idea
of spending ten days ....... a ship.
7. I’ll make this trip ....... sea. I need a break so I hope
to relax ....... this comfortable liner.
8. He is in a wheel chair so he has to travel ....... bus or
....... train as he can’t get ....... a car himself.

Ex 8. Match the verbs to their meanings and translate
them into Russian.

Get in(to)/get out of a car/taxi –
сесть в/выйти из машины/такси.
Get on/get off a bicycle/bus/train/
plane – сесть на/сойти с велосипеда/поезда/ автобуса/самолета
 He got into the car and drove
off.
 He jumped onto the old bus,
which was empty.
 Mr Ward got into his lorry.
 She was carried out of the
ambulance.
 The car was travelling
at 50 km an hour
when the accident
happened.

get off  get at  get on  get out of  see smb off  map out  agree on

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS AND VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Discuss and come to the same decision
Plan a route in detail
Be able to reach a place
Leave a bus/train
Leave a car/taxi
Catch a bus/train
Go to an airport/station, etc to say
goodbye to smb

...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................

........................... ...........................

Ex 9. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in the box above.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

The farm was very difficult to ............................
“What station did you ........................... the train?” the ticket collector asked me.
Are you ........................... at the next stop?
We started to ........................... a possible route for our journey.
We ........................... the date of our holiday trip.
When he ........................... the train in York, I recognised him a once.
We ........................... the bus at 5.30 and reached our country house at about 6.00.
They ........................... making an early start. The lake was a long way off.
They’ve gone to the airport to ........................... their daughter ........................... .
The leg hurt, she could hardly ........................... the car.
I wanted to ........................... our route but the maps were locked up and I couldn’t
........................... them.
248

WHAT KIND OF TRAVELLER ARE YOU?
Ex 10.

Read the information on the site below and make your choice. A. “Click” the
corresponding button. B. Find words and phrases on the site to fill in the chart below.

Any Way Any Day

Click the button that best defines your upcoming journey,
and we’ll do the rest.

I HAVE AN ITINERARY
Online passenger reservation system provides booking of RAILWAY
and AIRLINE tickets
and offers other services

What kind of traveller are you?
When travelling, do you plan
every last detail?
Or let spontaneity be your
guide?

You’ve made this easy. Just
tell us where you are visiting
and the dates of your travel,
and we’ll show you the best
rail options for your trip –
and the best possible price.

I’M KEEPING
MY PASS OPEN
You’re a free spirit and we
like that. Tell us the countries
on your must see list, and
our search system will help
you to choose the right rail
pass. Explore where you
want and when you want.

A.
Let Get Booking



Find My Rail Pass



B. The information you login
The data the search system provides
the country
shows the best options
...........................................................................................................................

ote
Vocabulary N
untry:
a city or a co
ARRIVE IN
London
in France, in
places
other smaller
ARRIVE AT
at the
t,
or
rp
the ai
or events: at
party
hotel, at the

MEMORY BOX

AT A BOOKING OFFICE

booking/ticket office – билетная касса
book a ticket/a seat – заказать/забронировать
билет
ticket for a train/a plane – билет на поезд/самолёт
be sold out/booked up – быть проданным (о билетах)
confirm a booking – подтвердить заказ
cancel a booking – аннулировать заказ
run – ходить (о поезде/автобусе)
leave – отправляться
departure – отправление
arrive – прибывать
arrival – прибытие
be due in
по расписанию
be scheduled to (arrive)
(прибывать)

249

Some Useful Phrases
– How often do
the trains run?

i

– Trains run every
20 minutes.

– When does the train
arrive in Blackpool?

i

– The train is scheduled
to arrive at 5 pm.
– It is due to arrive at 5 pm
but we’re running an hour
late today.

Ex 11. In column B find synonyms or phrases having the same meaning for the words and
phrases in column A. Draw a line to connect the words.
A
arrive at (x2)
get on
reserve a seat
take a train
timetable
be delayed



250

B
be put off
catch a train
book a ticket
schedule
be due in
board
get in

9.2 Travelling by Train
ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF TRAVELLING BY TRAIN
An important issue of our society is the safety and comfort of travel.
It is well-known that airplanes are more comfortable than trains and the time of a trip is also shorter,
but the risk of accidents is very high.
Unlike air travel, which is regulated internationally, rail travel is mainly controlled nationally, and
therefore its degree of safety is greater.
information/
inquiry office
railway station
booking/
timetable
ticket office

left-luggage office

track

MEMORY BOX

platform

station master

ote
Vocabulary N ch
/coa
BrE: carriage
AmE: car
le
BrE: timetab
le
u
ed
h
sc
AmE:

KINDS OF TRAINS
3
day coach – сидячий поезд
express/fast train – экспресс/скорый поезд
passenger train – пассажирский поезд
long-distance train – поезд дальнего следования
local train – пригородный поезд
direct/through train – поезд прямого следования
commutеr train – поезд, на котором совершаются
регулярные поездки из пригорода в город на работу
first class carriage/seat/coach – вагон первого класса
soft-seated carriage – мягкий вагон
hard-seated carriage – жёсткий вагон
standard carriage – общий вагон
sleeping car/sleeper – спальный вагон
compartment – купе
seat – место
upper/lower berth – верхняя/нижняя полка
terminus – конечная станция
junction – узловая станция

251

porter

carriage/coach
dining car

luggage
trolley

Ex 12.

Sandra Webber wants to travel from London to Chester. Complete the dialogue
at a booking office with sentences a–e. Listen to the dialogue and check your answers.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

railwayman

Return, please.
Thank you. Is it a direct train?
Good afternoon. A ticket to Chester, please.
Thanks a lot.
Which platform?

Clerk:
Sandra:
Clerk:
Sandra:
Clerk:
Sandra:
Clerk:
Sandra:
Clerk:
Sandra:

Good afternoon.
.......................................... .
Single or return?
(2)
.......................................... .
That’s £36.50.
(3)
.......................................... .
Yes, it arrives in Chester at 16.34.
(4)
.......................................... .
That’s on platform 5.
(5)
.......................................... .
(1)

Vocabulary Note
BrE: single ticket
return ticket
one-way ticket
E:
Am
round trip

MEMORY BOX

ticket collector

252

TICKETS
full ticket – за полную стоимость
single ticket – в один конец
return ticket – в оба конца
open return ticket – обратный билет
с открытой датой
season – сезонный
fare – плата за проезд
be valid – быть действительным (в течение…)
seat facing the engine – место по ходу
поезда
seat with one’s back to the engine –
место против движения поезда
board a train/plane – сесть в поезд/
самолёт
change trains – делать пересадку

Ex 13.





–
–
–
–



1








–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Put the dialogue parts in the right order.
Single or return?
Certainly, sir. When do you want to leave?
Oh, I think standard. And how much is that?
Hold on a second… there is one at 9.18 from Victoria Station which reaches Glasgow at
16.25, or there is one at 10.30 which gets in at 17.30.
You’re welcome.
OK, I’ll take the first one.
Good morning, Railway Information. How can I help you?
Return, please.
Today at around 9.00.
First or standard?
That is 73 pounds, and there is no time restrictions on that ticket.
I’d like to find some information on the trains from London to Glasgow.
Perfect. Thank you very much.

Ex 14. Explain the meaning of the phrases in your own words.
1.
2.
3.
4.

There is no time restrictions on the ticket .............................................................................
There’ll be an extra charge .................................................................................................
The ticket is valid ................................................................................................................
The flight is fully booked up ................................................................................................

Ex 15. Translate the parts of the dialogue from Russian into English.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(1)

Пожалуйста, мне нужен билет в один конец на сидячий поезд до Манчестера.
....................................................................................................................................
Let me see. Yes, there are seats available.
(2)
Сколько это будет стоить? ............................................................................................
There will be an extra charge , (3) потому что это вагон первого класса .................................
........................... . (4) Всего 46 фунтов ...................................................................... .
(5)
Мне также, пожалуйста, два билета в оба конца ............................................................
.......................................... for my son and me. He is six.
That will be 74 pounds.
(6)
В течение какого срока действительны наши обратные билеты? ..................................
......................................................... .
One month.
Right. (7) Когда отправляется поезд на Манчестер? .........................................................
................................... .
253

Let me see. The next one is in half an hour. At 10.22. (8) Пересадка в Кембридже ...................
............................................................................. .
Right. (9) С какой платформы? ............................................................................................
(10)
Поезда на Манчестер с шестой платформы. ........................................................... .
(11)
Или есть ещё прямой поезд через два часа. ........................................................... .
Thanks. I’ll go by 10.22 train.

–
–
–
–

Listening

Helen is buying a ticket for the train to Oxford. Listen to the
dialogue and complete the travel information chart.

trip to

train

platform

departure

ticket

Oxford
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................

Ex 16. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Поезд прибывает по расписанию.

The train arrives on schedule.
2. Какой поезд доставит меня в Дувр к 11 часам? – Вы можете сесть на поезд в 8.36 и быть
в Дувре к 10.30.
........................................................................................................................................
3. Я могу сесть на 9-часовый поезд? – Нет, он не ходит по воскресеньям и праздничным
дням.
........................................................................................................................................
4. Я бы хотела забронировать место на поезд №268 в Абердин на 23 декабря.
........................................................................................................................................
5. Это пригородный поезд. Экспрессы отправляются с платформ 5 и 6.
........................................................................................................................................
6. Давай посмотрим в расписании, когда отправляется наш поезд.
........................................................................................................................................
7. Мы можем оставить наши чемоданы в камере хранения.
........................................................................................................................................
8. Я бы хотела получить место в купе для некурящих в мягком вагоне.
........................................................................................................................................
9. Не могли бы вы мне сказать, вагон-ресторан в начале или конце поезда?
........................................................................................................................................
254

Ex 17. Your relatives are preparing to leave for the
country for the summer. Ask them about their
arrangements.
MODEL:

Grammar

(when / leave) When are you leaving?
TALKING ABOUT THE FUTURE

1. (travel / by train)
.......................................................................... ?
2. (take / a lot of things)
.......................................................................... ?
3. (your pets / go / with you)
.......................................................................... ?
4. (let / your flat / for the season)
.......................................................................... ?
5. (rent / a car)
.......................................................................... ?

Ex 18. Write questions with BE GOING TO.
MODEL:

The manager wanted to talk to you, Mr West.
(when / you / meet?)
When are you going to meet him?

1. We are leaving in two weeks. (when / you / book /
tickets)
............................................................................
2. It’s very hot in Spain. (what / you / wear?)
............................................................................
3. Have you already planned your holiday trip? (where /
you / travel?)
............................................................................
4. The suitcase is too big. (what / you / pack?)
............................................................................
5. It isn’t a through train. (where / you / change?)
............................................................................
6. Bill is leaving tomorrow. (you / see off / him?)
............................................................................

255

There are several ways of talking
about the future.
1. The Present Continuous (be
doing) is used when speaking
about the events that have been
planned or arranged to happen.
 – My sister is leaving tomorrow.
– Oh, is she? What time is she
leaving?
2. The Present Simple (do) is used
when talking about timetables,
programmes, etc.
 The plane to Paris takes off at
4.30.
3. The Future Simple is used when
you offer/promise to do something
or decided to do something at the
time of speaking.
 The flight to Rome starts rather
early in the morning. I’ll drive
you to the airport.
 The train has been booked up.
So I’ll fly.
4. be going to (do) is used when one
says what he intends to do in the
future.
 If you excuse me, I’m going to
do the packing.
5. be about to refers to the
immediate future
 Hurry up! The bus is just about
to leave.
6. be due to refers to timetables.
 The plane is due to land at 2.15.

Ex 19. Mr Brian is going to Italy on business. The travel agent informs him about his itinerary.
Read the travelling arrangements, translate the words in brackets. Follow Mr Brian’s route on the
map.
Well, Mr Brian, it’s a very busy trip.
You (1) (придётся) ..........................
to work under great time pressure.
We could hardly pack all the places
you have to visit into one week.
You (2) (покидаете) ..........................
Frankfurt at 8.30 am on Monday.
The flight to Rome (3) (занимает)
.......................... two hours and a
half. The next day, that is Tuesday, the
first train to Naples (4) (отправляется)
.......................... at 6.20. (5) (Вы собираетесь) .......................... to stay
in Naples for one day?
If yes, you (6) (садитесь в поезд)
.......................... to the airport in
the evening the same day.
The plane to Bari (7) (улетает/take
off) .......................... at 8.36. A hired
car (8) (будет ждать) ..........................
outside the airport terminal building
in Bari to take you to your hotel.
As far as I understаnd you (9) (находитесь/останавливаетесь) .............
............. in Bari for two days to visit
the works.
(10)

(Вы собираетесь) .......................... to drive yourself or you need a driver to take you to the
works and back? Then good, you (11) (будете водить машину) .......................... yourself.
We also plan that on Thursday you (12) (едете на машине) .......................... to Palermo and back
the same day.
The plane (13) (вылетает) .......................... from Bari on Friday morning at 8.25. It is a direct flight
and (14) (прибывает по расписанию) .......................... in Frankfurt at 10.45.

256

Ex 20. Complete the following conversation by using the right tense form of the verbs in
brackets.
Mr Brian is talking to his personal assistant, Greg, about the business trip he is making tomorrow.
Mr Brian: Have you completed the arrangements for my trip yet, Greg?
Greg:
Well, I (1) (make) ... have made ... reservations, but there are still some details to
confirm. Your plane (2) (take off) ..................... at 8.30, so I (3) (collect) .....................
you from your house at 6.00.
Mr Brian: Six! I (4) (have to) ..................... get up in the middle of the night.
Greg:
I’m sorry, it’s unavoidable. You (5) (have to) ..................... check in by seven and I think
there probably (6) (be) ..................... a long queue.
Mr Brian: Oh, very well. What about the meetings?
Greg:
First, the Managing Director (7) (come) ..................... to the airport to meet you.
Mr Brian: Good, we (8) (be able) ..................... to talk to him on the way to the factory.
(from “English Grammar in Use. Supplementary Exercises” by Hashemi L., Murphy R.)

9.3 Travelling by Air
Check-in
(desk)

Landed safely



Terminal B

Departures

check-in (desk) – регистрация пассажиров/стойка регистрации
check in – проходить регистрацию
go/get through passport control – проходить паспортный контроль
flight number – номер рейса
terminal – терминал
be behind/fall behind the schedule – опаздывать (о транспорте)
be delayed – задерживаться (об отправлении)
keep to schedule
be on schedule
прибывать по расписанию
arrive on time
baggage reclaim – пункт выдачи багажа
257

Some Useful Phrases
– Attention please! Passengers on flight 64
are requested to proceed to the departure
lounge.
– Passengers on flight 64 to Detroit are now
boarding at gate 33.
– Attention please! Flight 385 to Chicago is
delayed due to weather conditions in Chicago.

Ex 21. The key points of the article on advantages and disadvantages of air travel got mixed up.
Sort them out under the headings: advantages/disadvantages. Use the key points to write a short
essay on air travel.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Air Travel
There is a great number of social and economic benefits to flying but the main thing that makes
flying more advantageous is the amount of time it saves.
Advantages

Disadvantages

b,
a,
...........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)

the risk of accidents is very high;
gives a full picture of the place from above;
planes are responsible for air and noise pollution;
offers much comfort;
flights are often delayed;
much security check is involved;
you сan move freely around large airplanes;
flying has become much cheaper than other types
of travel;
i) sometimes luggage gets lost and doesn’t come on time;
j) helps maintain long distance relationships, makes global tourism and business possible;
k) airports are difficult to reach: they are always far from cities;
l) it is the fastest worldwide transport system.
To conclude, each means of transport has its advantages and disadvantages. When you have to
make a trip you should always think first of your comfort and safety, and then decide what suits
you best.
258

Grammar
HAD BETTER (NOT) DO SOMETHING,
HAVE TO, SHOULD
Had better means it is advisable for somebody to do something or something bad might happen.
Remember that had better is followed by the infinitive without to.
With have to the speaker doesn’t give his own feelings, he gives facts.
Have to denotes obligation arising out of necessity.
We use do/does/did with have to in present and past questions and negative sentences.
 I have to meet Tom at the airport at 7.30. I’d better go now or I’ll be late.
 It’s too early. Do you have to be there an hour in advance?
 There are traffic jams on the roads at this time. You’d better not go by car then.
We use modal verb should (do) to give advice saying that we think it would be a good or right
thing to do.
 I think I should take the car because Mark is supposed to have much luggage.

Ex 22. Anna is giving her colleague some advice about the journey he is planning. Fill in the
Anna: OK, well, as you haven’t done this
trip before I (1) ... had better/should ...
give you a few tips to save your time and
hassle. First, you (2) ..................... make
sure you get to the airport early enough
because you always (3) .....................
queue for ages at the check-in. They really
(4)
..................... introduce a more efficient
system, but they won’t. Anyway, then you
(5)
..................... go through passport control
and so on. You (6) ..................... take
something to read because you’ll have quite a
long wait in the departure lounge. At least you
(7)
..................... be able to sit down there.
That’s another advantage of being early. They
(8)
..................... provide more seats, in my
opinion. When your flight is called, you
(9)
..................... follow the official out to your
plane.

MEMORY BOX

gaps using HAD BETTER, SHOULD or HAVE TO.

You (10) ..................... not take very heavy hand
luggage because you (11) ..................... carry
it yourself and there aren’t any trolleys.

259

TRAVELLING BY PLANE

flight – полёт
captain – капитан корабля
air stewardess/air hostess – стюардесса
air steward/attendant – стюард
cabin crew – экипаж самолёта
board a plane – сесть в самолёт
boarding – посадка
boarding card/pass – посадочный талон
departure lounge – зал отправления
departure gate – выход на посадку
direct flight – прямой рейс
nonstop flight – беспосадочный полёт
altitude – высота (полёта)
runway – взлётно-посадочная полоса
take off – (n) взлёт, (v) взлетать
land/ make a landing – cовершать посадку
forced/emergency landing – вынужденная
посадка
hit an air pocket – попасть в воздушную
яму
air crash – авиакатастрофа
hijack (a plane) – угнать самолёт

Everyone agrees there (12) ..................... be, of course, but there
aren’t. The flight is quite short. You’ll get a meal, which you
(13)
..................... eat, even if it’s not very appetising, because you
have a long bus journey at the other end. The hotel is nice. I’m sure
you’ll like it. Now, do you have any questions?
(from “English Grammar in Use. Supplementary Exercises”
by Hashemi L., Murphy R.)

Vocabulary Note
LUGGAGE is an uncountable noun and
refers to all of your bags.
 Put your luggage/suitcases here.

Some Useful Phrases

If you want to count the things, you say:
 A piece/three pieces of luggage.

– How many pieces of
luggage have you got?
The free luggage
allowance for overseas
flights is 44 lbs.
Here are your claim
tickets.

BrE: luggage
AmE: baggage

– Will I be charged for
excess luggage?

Listening

I. Can you write down two questions Mrs Stone was asked?
1. ............................................................................
2. ............................................................................
II. Tick the statements that are true.










1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Mrs Stone was going through customs.
She didn’t know where to go.
She had to go to the Foreign Passports channel.
She wasn’t allowed to pass through.
She didn’t have a visa.
Mrs Stone was going to stay in Warsaw for three months.
Mrs Stone didn’t need a visa.
The immigration officer explained to her where to collect the luggage.
260

Ex 23. Onе of the conference participants has to return to his homeland earlier. He is at
the booking office talking with the clerk. Complete the dialogue with the words from the
box. Listen to the dialogue and check your answers.
check … through  seats  direct (x2)  book … on  via  economy
extra charge  cancel  local time

A: Can I help you, sir?
B: I’ll have to go back to Italy tomorrow. Could you (1) .......................... me ..........................
a different flight, please?
A: Would you like to (2) .......................... your flight?
B: No, just change the date of the flight for two days earlier.
A: I’ll try to do my best, sir. Can I see your ticket, please?
B: Here you are.
A: Let me see. Your ticket is for Friday, a (3) .......................... flight from Manchester to Rome.
Which flight do you want to take now?
B: Any flight tomorrow.
A: OK. Let me see. Well, there are no (4) .......................... flights for tomorrow. But I can try to
book you on one (5) .......................... Frankfurt.
B: That’s OK.
A: You can take the 8.30 am flight, but there’s an (6) .......................... .
B: For changing flights? How much is it?
A: $100, I’m afraid.
B: OK. Are there any (7) .......................... free on that flight, (8) .......................... class, please?
A: Yes, there are.
B: Thank you. When do I get to Rome then?
A: At 13.45 am (9) .......................... .
B: But can The British Airways (10) .......................... my luggage .......................... to Rome?
A: Certainly, sir.
B: Thank you very much.

FARE CLASSES
Airlines traditionally have three travel classes:
first, business, economy, although many airlines
are eliminating first class from international
flights and now offer business class as the highest
level of service.

261

Some Useful Phrases
I am missing two
black leather suitcases.

– May I see your baggage
tickets, please.
– Your luggage seems to have
been delayed. We’ll have to
trace it and send it to your
American address.

Ex 24. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Я бы хотела заказать билет на рейс 86 в Майами на следующую пятницу.
.......................................................................................................................................
2. Есть ли завтра прямые рейсы на Копенгаген?
.......................................................................................................................................
3. Когда начинается регистрация на рейс 306?
.......................................................................................................................................
4. Сколько времени действителен обратный билет с открытой датой?
.......................................................................................................................................
5. Есть ли ещё места на рейс из Женевы в Вашингтон на 10 августа?
.......................................................................................................................................
6. Есть только несколько мест первого класса. – Какова стоимость полёта?
.......................................................................................................................................
7. Мы садимся через 10 минут. Ты видишь посадочную полосу?
.......................................................................................................................................
8. Приземлился ли самолёт из Франкфурта?
.......................................................................................................................................
9. Мы летим по расписанию или задерживаемся из-за плохой погоды?
.......................................................................................................................................
10. Самолёт опаздывает на час.
.......................................................................................................................................
262

GOING THROUGH CUSTOMS
Ex 25. Imagine you are going abroad. Fill in the customs declaration.
Keep for the duration of your stay in Russia or abroad.
Not renewable in case of loss.
Persons giving false information in the Customs Declaration
or to customs officers shall render themselves liable under
the laws of Russia.

CUSTOMS DECLARATION
Full name ___________________________________________________
Citizenship __________________________________________________
Arriving from ________________________________________________
Country of Destination _____________________________________
Purpose of Visit (business, tourism, private, etc.)
_______________________________________________________________
My luggage (including hand luggage) submitted for
customs inspection consists of ______________ pieces.
With me in my luggage I have:

MEMORY BOX

I. Weapons of all descriptions and ammunition
_______________________________________________________________
II. Narcotics and appliances for the use thereof
_______________________________________________________________
III. Antiques and objects of art (paintings, drawings,
icons, sculptures, etc.)
_______________________________________________________________
IV. Currency other than Russian roubles
_______________________________________________________________

CLEARING CUSTOMS
10

customs – таможня
cross the border – пересечь границу
customs officer – инспектор таможни
customs regulations – таможенные правила
customs restrictions – таможенные ограничения
fall under restrictions – подпадать под ограничения
pay (customs) duties on – платить таможенные пошлины
go through one’s luggage – досматривать багаж
go through customs пройти таможенный досмотр
clear customs
declare – сделать заявление о наличии вещей, имеющих таможенные ограничения
fill in/out a customs declaration – заполнить таможенную декларацию
duty-free – не подлежащий обложению таможенными пошлинами
personal effects – личные вещи
hand luggage – ручная кладь

263

Ex 26. In column B find phrases having the same meaning as phrases in column A. Draw a line
to connect them.
1.
2.
3.
4.

A
inspect one’s luggage
go through customs
duty free articles
articles to be declared



a)
b)
c)
d)

B
clear customs
articles having customs restrictions
go through one’s luggage
articles exempt from duty

Ex 27. Translate the dialogue.
На таможне
Служащий
таможни: Это ваш багаж?
..........................................................................................................................
Пассажир: Да, два чемодана и сумка.
..........................................................................................................................
С: Поставьте чемоданы и сумку на стол, пожалуйста. У вас есть что-нибудь для
предъявления таможне?
.....................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................
П: Я думаю, что мне нечего декларировать.
.....................................................................................................................................
С: Вот список вещей, которые подпадают под определённые ограничения. Просмотрите
его внимательно. Итак?
.....................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................
П: Я везу табак для личного пользования.
.....................................................................................................................................
С: Положите его на весы, пожалуйста. У вас 250 г. Тогда всё в порядке. Если у вас свыше
300 г табака, это облагается пошлиной. Не могли бы вы открыть ваш чемодан?
.....................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................
П: Конечно, пожалуйста.
.....................................................................................................................................
С: Я сожалею, но вам придётся заплатить пошлину за три бутылки этого вина. У нас
ограничения на ввоз импортных (import of) вин.
.....................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................
П: Но это подарок наших зарубежных партнёров!
.....................................................................................................................................
С: Простите, таковы правила.
.....................................................................................................................................
264

9.4 Travelling by Sea

mast
sail
life jacket

anchor

life buoy
yacht

MEMORY BOX

porthole

tug (boat)

TRAVELLING BY WATER
steamer – пароход
ship – корабль, судно
boat – лодка, шлюпка, судно, корабль
ocean liner – океанский лайнер
ferry – паром
crew – команда
captain – капитан
(ship’s) mate – помощник капитана
pilot – лоцман

hovercraft
motor boat/launch

265

MEMORY BOX



sail/set sail for – отплывать, отправляться в/на
dock – вводить/входить в док
moor/anchor– швартоваться
go ashore/disembark – сходить, высаживаться на берег
call at a port – зайти в порт
drop/cast anchor – бросить якорь
raise/weigh anchor – поднимать
якорь, сниматься с якоря, уходить
в плавание

trip – Message (HTML)

File Edit View Insert Format Tools Actions Help

From
Subject



Wendy@mail.com
trip

We are sailing on the QE II.
It sets sail at noon. It will
dock in New York at 6 p.m. and
we will disembark as soon as
we can.
See you soon.

Ex 28. Read an extract from a novel and answer the questions below.

MEMORY BOX

On the morning of the sailing Tracy hired a limousine to drive her to the pier. When she arrived at
Pier 90, Berth 3, at West Fifty-fifth and Twelfth Avenue, where the QE II was docked, it was
crowded with photographers and television reporters. Tracy brushed past them, showed her
passport to a ship’s officer at the gangplank, and walked up onto the ship. On deck, a steward
looked at Tracy’s ticket and directed
her to her stateroom. It was a lovely
RESERVING A PASSAGE
suite, with a private terrace. It had
12
pier/wharf/quay – пирс/пристань/причал
been ridiculously expensive.
harbour – гавань, порт
She felt a sudden ache of loneliness.
berth – место у причала
There was no one to see her off.
deck – палуба
steward – стюард
She made her way up to the Boat
cabin – каюта
Deck and heard the sound of a deepoutside cabin – каюта с окном/видом на море
throated boat whistle and calls of “All
inside cabin – внутренняя каюта без окна
ashore who’s going ashore”. She was
stateroom – отдельная каюта
sailing into a completely unknown future.
suite – номер люкс
She felt the huge ship shudder as the tugs
galley – камбуз
started to pull it out of the harbour.
gangway/gangplank – трап
оn board a ship – на борту корабля
The QE II was a city, more than nine
have a smooth voyage – путешествовать по
hundred feet long and thirteen storeys
спокойному морю
high. It had four restaurants, six bars, two
have a rough voyage – путешествовать по буballrooms, two nightclubs. There were
шующему морю
scores of shops, four swimming pools, a
tossing/pitching/rolling – качка (разные виды)
gym, a jogging track. I may never want to
be a poor sailor – плохо переносить морскую
leave the ship, Tracy marvelled.
качку
be sea sick – страдать от морской болезни
(from “If Tomorrow Comes”
by Sidney Sheldon)
266

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

How did Tracy travel? ......................................................................................................
What was the name of the ship? ..........................................................................................
Why was Tracy’s cabin very expensive? .............................................................................
Why did Tracy feel a sudden ache of loneliness? .................................................................
Why could the ship be called a city? ...................................................................................
What city did Tracy start her voyage from? Why? ................................................................

Ex 29. Complete the advertisement for travelling by ferry. Choose the best phrase from A–F to
fill in the gaps 1–5. There is one extra phrase that you don’t need to use.

Travelling by Ferry With Your Children
Travelling by ferry with your kids can be
a great family friendly way (1)  and it
has the benefit of being able (2) . This
not only helps you save on car rental at
your destination but you also (3)  on a
boat than on a plane and you do not
have (4) .
Children can have great fun exploring
the ship. Ships and ferries nowadays are
generally (5)  with playrooms, video
rooms, shops, games rooms, soft play
areas, baby changing facilities and
restaurants.

A. to take your own car
B. family friendly
C. the same packing restrictions
D. have a rough crossing
E. of crossing the channel
F. will find it easier to occupy
children

Ex 30. There are seven vocabulary mistakes in the text.
Find and correct them.

A Luxury Voyage
We went on a fantastic expedition last year. We cancelled two tickets on
a luxury launch around the Mediterranean. We had a first class compartment,
and we were invited to dinner with the captain! Everything we needed was
on deck – restaurants, game rooms, a swimming pool and a tennis court.
It was lovely to relax and enjoy the fresh air as we journeyed from place to place.
We’ll definitely go on another tour next year.

267

...... voyage .....
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................
.......................

Ex 31. Give a word for a definition.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

All people working on a ship ..........................................
Movable bridge from a ship to the land ..........................................
Move forward across the sea ..........................................
A person who takes ships into and out of harbour ..........................................
A small powerful boat for towing ships ..........................................
The floor of a ship ..........................................
Ship’s kitchen ..........................................
Go on shore ..........................................
A craft capable of going over water supported by a cushion of air ..........................................

Ex 32. Translate the sentences.
1. Два билета на паром до Брайтона, пожалуйста.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Я бы хотел двухместную каюту первого класса. Я предпочитаю каюту с видом на море.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Сколько времени занимает пересечение пролива?
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Когда отправляется судно на Дувр?
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Я доволен работой команды корабля. Все моряки очень хорошо подготовлены (efficient).
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Мы прибываем в Нью-Йорк завтра утром.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. Где я могу получить мой багаж?
.........................................................................................................................................
8. Мы уже пришвартовались, они опускают трап.
.........................................................................................................................................
9. Надеюсь, во время путешествия не штормило? – К сожалению, море часто было
беспокойным, и мы узнали, что такое настоящая качка. Выяснилось, что я плохо её
переношу.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
10. После того, как корабль пришвартовался, я сразу же сошёл на берег.
.........................................................................................................................................
11. Это было великолепное путешествие. Море было спокойным, и мы большую часть
времени проводили на палубе, наслаждаясь погодой и живописными гаванями.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
268

Ex 33. Complete the chart. Write the corresponding words for each of the types of travel.
TRAIN

PLANE

SHIP

station
...............................................................................................................................
flight
...............................................................................................................................
seat
...............................................................................................................................
sail
...............................................................................................................................
through/direct
...............................................................................................................................
gate
...............................................................................................................................
arrive
...............................................................................................................................
steward
...............................................................................................................................

Listening

Listen to the travel announcements and match them to the means of transport (1–4).
I. Where would you hear these announcements? (on a plane, at an airport, at a railway station, etc.)
II. Write in the table three key words that helped you understand.
Announcements

1 ...........

2 ...........

3 ...........

4 ...........

I.
...............................................................................................................................
II.
...............................................................................................................................

269

9.5 Travelling by Bus
Travelling by bus is a practical and
economical means of transport for
long-distance trips in the USA.
Most long-distance buses are
equipped with air-conditioning,
toilets and reclining seats for
sleeping.

Greyhound Lines is an intercity common carrier of
passengers by bus serving over 3,700 destinations
in the United States. It was founded in Minnesota,
USA, in 1914. For many young people from
Europe, Greyhound was the way they got to know
America because of a special unlimited mileage
offer – “99 days for $99” or, in other words, a dollar
a day, anytime, anyplace, anywhere.

Greyhound Bus Lines
Tickets &
Travel Info

Station
Locator

The future of bus travel
has arrived.
Well ahead of schedule.

Deals &
Discounts

Road
Rewards

About
Greyhound

RESERVED
SEATING

ADVANCE
PURCHASE

Reserve a seat
on selected
routes.

Book early and
save 50%.

NOW OFFERING

................................
CLICK HERE 

Tickets by phone

1-800-231-2222

270

Additional
Express service
between NYC,
Baltimore, DC
and Silver Spring.
................................
BOOK NOW 

Some Useful Phrases
– How long does it
take to get there?
– Where does the bus
leave from?

– About two hours. The
bus stops at lots of places.
– Over there, bay 11.

Ex 34. Complete the questions about travelling by bus.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

........................ time does it leave?
Where ........................ it leave ........................ ?
........................ long does it ........................ ?
How ........................ does it cost?
Where do we get ........................ ?
........................ does the next bus ........................ ?

Ex 35. Write questions to which the following sentences might be the answers.
1. ........................................................................................
The next one leaves at 2 pm.
2. ........................................................................................
About 3 pm.
3. ........................................................................................
A single ticket is two Euro.
4. ........................................................................................
Bay 2.
5. ........................................................................................
Ask the driver to tell you.
6. ........................................................................................
Around an hour.
271

Ex 36. Fill in prepositions or adverbs where necessary.
1. When I oversleep, I go (1) ............. work (2) ............. taxi. (3) ............. a taxi I finish my making
up. You can’t do that (4) ............. a bus. We made a fantastic voyage (5) ............. the Mediterranean
(6)
............. a luxury liner. We called (7) ............. a port and then set sail (8) ............. another. There
was everything imaginable (9) ............. board (10) ............. the ship: restaurants, concert halls,
swimming-pools, tennis courts, etc.
2. We arrived (11) ............. the airport and checked our luggage (12) ............. . The plane took
(13)
............. (14) ............. schedule, and two hours later we were (15) ............. the point of our
destination.
3. A large crowd of friends and relatives saw them (16) .............
(18)

They boarded
............. the train and it left
(21)
............. three hours.

(19)

(17)

............. the station.

............. time. They were to get (20) .............

4. We wanted to book tickets (22) ............. a high speed train (23) ............. Paris, but it was booked
............. .

(24)

MEMORY BOX

9.6 Travelling by Car

Ex 37. Are there any benefits from travelling by
car? Here is what eight people think about the
problem. Match the phrases in column A with
those in column B and you’ll get the advice you
need. Some variants are possible.
A
1. Some people prefer travelling by car,
2. When travelling by car,

driving licence – водительские права
drive a car – водить машину
heavy traffic – интенсивное движение
на дорогах
be stuck in a traffic jam – застрять
в пробке
run out of petrol – остаться без бензина
fill a car up with petrol – заправить
машину бензином
petrol/filling station – автозаправочная
станция
break the traffic regulations – нарушать правила дорожного движения

B
a) you can see and experience more than you had
planned.
b) you can go wherever you want and whenever you
want.
272

c) others think it is dangerous and pollutes the
atmosphere.
d) you can be stuck in traffic jams for hours.
e) you can make a unique trip plan.
f) you can’t relax and enjoy yourself.
g) you can get lost or the car might break down.
h) there is no other practical solution.

3. It is very convenient and you can feel
free to move:
4. There are many things that can go
wrong:
5. Cars are less comfortable than trains,
6. Nowadays travelling by car has one
great disadvantage,
7. When you’ve got a family,
8. If you’re looking for thrilling
experiences,

ote
Vocabulary N
rules and
set of official
e
th
–
E
D
O
C
in Britain.
HIGHWAY
d using roads
an
g
in
iv
dr
t
tain
laws abou
eone in Bri
DEN – som
R
not
A
e
W
av
h
IC
F
le
F
TRA
k that peop
ec
ch
to
is
whose job
cars illegally.
parked their

TRAVELLING – A NEW ERA
Ex 38. Match the headings A–D to the extracts 1–3. There is one extra heading that you don’t
need to use.
A. Bullet Trains
B. Russia’s First Space Tourist



C. Ahead of Schedule
D. From Check-in to Touch Down: Mobile and Reliable

1. All passengers have to do is to sit back and enjoy the outstanding in-flight service. The
mobile website allows flights to be booked up to two hours before take-off. You can check
in easily from anywhere via mobile website or your iPhone. Your boarding pass will be
sent to your mobile phone. It doesn’t have to be printed – the bar code it contains is read
at the gate from your mobile phone along with other important data: passenger’s name
and flight number. All that just takes a few clicks of the mouse.
2. In the mid-1960s, Japan introduced the world's first high speed train. It was called the
Shinkansen and officially opened in 1964. It provided rail service between Tokyo and
Osaka at speeds of around 135 mph (217 km/h). The word Shinkansen itself means “new
main line” in Japanese but because of the trains’ design and speed, they became known
around the world as “bullet trains.”
After the opening of the bullet trains in Japan, Europe also started developing high
capacity high speed trains. In 1965 several high speed trains were tested at the
International Transport Fair in Munich, Germany, but Europe’s high speed rail service was
not fully developed until the 1980s.

273



3. A 33-year-old St Petersburg stock trader named Yevgeni Kovalev has won a contest to
become this country’s first space tourist.
Some time after 2012, he will take a passenger seat on a spaceship of the American
Armadillo Aerospace company for an hour-long suborbital flight to a little over 100
kilometres above ground.
Kovalev is one of a queue of more than 200 people from 12 countries. His ticket set him
back a hundred thousand dollars.

Ex 39.
Across
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Do the crossword puzzle. Translate the words across and down.



9
1

место назначения
якорь
буй
путешествие по воде
моряк
поезд
аннулировать (заказ)
полка (поезда), причал

3
4

Down
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.



путешествие автостопом
порт, гавань
пошлина
багаж
таможня
прибытие
плата за проезд
путь (на платформе)

14
7

ON HOLIDAY

HOLIDAY or HOLIDAYS? Fill in the
right word.
1. Where do you want to go on your
........................ ? 2. Our typist is away on
........................ this week. 3. We’re going
to Scotland for our ........................ this
year. 4. I went on ........................ with my
friends to Ibiza. 5. It was the first day of the
school ........................ . 6. It was the best
family ........................ we’ve ever had. 7. It
was just a harmless ........................
romance. 8. When are you going on ...........
............. ? 9. Costa Brava is a popular
Spanish ........................ resort. 10. When
you come back from ........................ , it’s
hard to work. 11. Where do you want to go
on your ........................ ? 12. The school
Christmas ........................ start tomorrow.
13. I’m away on ........................ till the 1st
of July. 14. Won’t your business suffer if
I take a ........................ ?

Vocabulary Note

Ex 1.

1. BrE: holiday/holidays – a period of time when you
are not working and are away from home for
relaxation.

HOLIDAY
HOLIDAYS
in the structures:
after: the, my, your, their, etc
be on holiday
be on the holidays
go on holiday
go on your holidays
have/take a holiday
return/come back from holiday
skiing/camping holiday
summer/family holiday
holiday abroad
holiday resort
holiday romance
AmE: vacation
2. AmE: a holiday – a religious or national festival, a
day of rest from work.
 The fourth of July is a national American
holiday.
3. BrE: the holidays (pl) are the time when children
do not have to go to school.
AmE: vacation
 In Germany children have school holidays every
two-three months.

275

TYPES OF HOLIDAY
Ex 2. Read the descriptions of different types of holiday and match each one to the titles given
in the box below.
winter holiday  coach tour  walking holiday  package holiday  camping
1. We are planning to go to China this year. Everything is included – flights, hotel, meals, etc.
We are going on a ....................................... .
2. My family are fond of winter sports. We’re going skiing in the Alps. We’re having a
....................................... this year.
3. My brother is going ....................................... this summer. Unfortunately, I can’t join him, I
hate sleeping in a tent.
4. This summer we want to do a lot of hiking and mountain climbing. We are going on a
....................................... in the Alps.
5. We are going around Spain on a big comfortable bus. A ....................................... is a cheap
way to see the whole country.

10.1 Holiday Accommodation
Ex 3. Complete the definitions. Fill in the words HOLIDAY or HOLIDAYS.
1. A ..................... camp is a place where people go on their ..................... and where their
activities are organised for them.
2. A ..................... home is a house a family owns or rents and where they go during their
..................... .
3. A holidaymaker is a person who has travelled to some place on ..................... .

definitions. You’ll find the names of the places in the box below.
There is one extra word that you don’t need to use.
a timeshare (apartment)  a campsite  a youth hostel
a holiday flat  an inn  a hotel  a guesthouse

Ex 4. Match the places where you can spend your holidays to their

Vocabulary Note

The word APARTMENT
can be used in BrE and
AmE, although FLAT is
more commonly used in
Britain.

1. ....................... – a place where you can pitch a tent or park a caravan.
2. ....................... – accommodation where one has the right to stay for two weeks every year.

276

MEMORY BOX

3. ....................... – a flat which you rent to
stay in during your holidays and you have
to cook for yourself.
4. ....................... – a boarding house (like
a hotel but with fewer services).
5. ....................... – a very comfortable
accommodation where people stay,
paying for their rooms and meals.
6. ....................... – cheap accommodation with
ten or more people sleeping in bunk beds in
one room.

ACCOMMODATION – жильё

hotel – отель
inn – небольшая гостиница (обычно в
сельской местности)
guesthouse – недорогая гостиница
youth hostel – общежитие/турбаза
pension – пансион (небольшой дешёвый отель)
boarder – человек, живущий в пансионе
holiday flat – квартира, снимаемая на
время отпуска
campsite – кемпинг
pitch – (n) место в кемпинге, (v) разбить
палатку/лагерь
caravan – передвижной дом на колесах

Ex 5. What type of accommodation would suit these people best?
1. A family with three small children going to the country for summer holiday with a baby-sitter.
.............................
2. A group of young people going on a walking tour in Australia. .............................
3. A researcher who came to a science conference in London. .............................
4. An elderly couple of modest means who wants to have a quiet holiday by a lake.
.............................
5. A young family travelling with a caravan. .............................
6. A very old lady who wants to live in the country with all the services and board.
.............................

277

Ex 6. Translate the sentences from Russian into English.
1. Здесь много кемпингов, но всё же (still) вы должны заказать место заранее.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Возьмите, пожалуйста, план нашего кемпинга. Вы можете выбрать место, которое вам
понравится.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Нам нужно место с электричеством для нашего передвижного дома на колёсах.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Я узнаю, есть ли в этом пансионе свободные места сегодня.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Этот отель расположен недалеко от центра города.
.........................................................................................................................................
6. К сожалению, в данный момент в нашем отеле нет свободных мест.
.........................................................................................................................................
7. Это общежитие для студентов, которые путешествуют пешком или на велосипедах
(make a cycling or walking tour).
.........................................................................................................................................

Ex 7.

Monika and her colleague Claire discuss Monica’s holiday arrangements.
Complete the dialogue. Fill in appropriate words from the Memory Box. Listen to the
dialogue and check your answers.

Monika: We’re planning to rent a holiday flat
this year.
Claire: A good idea. It’s practical and
inexpensive.
Monika: The flat is very good, it has suitable
cooking (1) ........................ and
enough (2) ........................ for all
the members of the family.
Claire: And what about linen and (3) ...............
............. ?
Monika: We always rent a (4) ........................
holiday flat. There is everything one
needs.
Claire: And where is it situated?
Monika: It’s in an ideal (5) ........................ . The
mountains and forest are right next to it.

MEMORY BOX

278

RENTED ACCOMMODATION
rent – (n) арендная плата; (v) снимать,
арендовать/сдавать в аренду
reasonable rent – приемлемая/умеренная арендная плата
suitable – подходящий
fully furnished – полностью меблированный/оборудованный
location – место расположения, район
cooking facilities – условия для приготовления пищи
sleeping space – спальные места
linen – постельное бельё
сrockery – посуда

BOOKING A HOTEL
LONDON TOURIST BOARD
is here to help you enjoy your visit to London.

deluxe
luxury
five-star
first class

We can provide accommodation in a wide
range of price categories in over 800 hotels
and guesthouses within a 20 mile radius of
Central London.
 We also offer budget accommodation in youth
hostels and pensions.
 Prices range from £1.50 per day (sharing) to

£3.00 (single).


Central locations are more expensive than
those in the suburbs.

run-down
seedy

Ex 8. How do we call these types of hotel accommodation? In the box below find the types of
rooms and board to match the descriptions 1–7.
half board  a twin room  a single room  en suite
B&B  a double room  full board
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

............................ – for one person with a single bed.
............................ – with one large double bed.
............................ – with two single beds.
............................ – just a room and breakfast.
............................ – a bedroom that has a bathroom joined onto it.
............................ – includes breakfast, lunch, dinner.
............................ – includes only breakfast and dinner.

279

Ex 9. Sonia Norman is phoning to a hotel to book a room. Complete the conversation by putting
the words in brackets in the correct order.

MEMORY BOX

Receptionist: Good morning, Seaview Hotel.
Sonia:
Hello, my name is Sonia Norman. I’d
like to book a room, please.
R: Certainly. (staying / how many nights / you / be /
will?)
(1)
... How many nights will you be staying? ...
S: Three. Starting next Thursday.
R: Yes, we have rooms available. Double or single?
S: Double, please. (available / is / one / with a sea
view?)
(2)
.....................................................................................................................................
R: Yes. By the way, (have / about / the special offer / we are running / you / at the moment /
heard?)
(3)
.....................................................................................................................................
S: No.
R: It’s four nights for the price of three. (don’t / take / it / advantage / you / why / of?)
(4)
.....................................................................................................................................
S: (have / for it / what / I / to / do / to qualify / do?)
(5)
............................................................
..............................................................
BOOKING/RESERVING
3
R: Just confirm your reservation in writing and
A ROOM IN A HOTEL
pay a ten percent deposit.
be fully booked – отель полностью
S: (be / much / would / that / how?)
заполнен (нет свободных мест)
(6)
............................................................
free/vacant room – свободный номер
..............................................................
fill in/out a form – заполнить формуляр
confirm one’s reservation – подтверR: 15 pounds.
дить заказ
S: Yes; I think I’ll do that. (to / make / the cheque
($50)
a/per night – ($50) в сутки
/ who / I / should / payable?)
be included in the price – включено в
(7)
.................................................................
стоимость
....................................................................
deposit – задаток
R: The Seaview Hotel.
stay in/at a hotel – остановиться в отеле
S: OK. I’ll post it today.
extend the stay – продлить пребывание
R: Thank you very much. We’ll look forward to
get the bill ready – подготовить счёт
seeing you.
guest/resident – постоялец гостиницы
receptionist – администратор
S: Thank you. Goodbye.
chambermaid – горничная
R: Thank you.
doorman – швейцар
bellboy – посыльный (носильщик в
(from “English Grammar in Use. Supplementary
гостинице)
Exercises” by Hashemi L., Murphy R.)

280

Ex 10. Match the verbs to their meanings and translate them into Russian.
stay at  check in  put smb up  check out  stay with

SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS AND VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.

Provide a bed for a person in one’s home
Arrive at a hotel and sign the register
Be a guest (of a hotel)
Visit somebody and spend one
or more nights there
5. Leave a hotel, paying one’s bill

Ex 11. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb from the box above.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

We ........................ at the Europa Hotel last night.
Guests are kindly reminded ........................ by 12 o’clock.
Can you ........................ us ........................ next Friday night?
Jenny ........................ a hotel in Dublin for a few weeks, but she lives in Belfast.
Why don’t you ........................ us when you next visit Oxford?
If Greg ........................ me ........................, I ........................ him for one or more nights.
I was disappointed to miss Pam, who had just ........................ of the hotel.
Did you ........................ a hotel or ........................ your friends when you visited Paris?
Oh, what a lovely place! Let’s ........................ first and then explore the beach!

Ex 12. Find the logical order of the dialogue parts. Mark also who is speaking: a receptionist (R)
or a guest (G). The first one is done for you.

1












R











– Good evening, Madam. How can I help you?
– Two.
– Would you like a single, a double, or a twin?
– Hello, can you tell me if you have any vacant rooms?
– Yes, a continental breakfast.
– Yes, we have a double en suite, deluxe.
– How much is that for two nights?
– How many nights would you like to stay?
– Thank you.
– One moment, I’ll just check.
– OK, well, that’s fine.
281






– A double, please, en suite, if possible.
– For two nights that’s 250 pounds.
– Does it include breakfast?
– Very good. Could you fill in this card, please?

Listening

MEMORY BOX

Steven Rogers is to arrange accommodation for some foreign businessmen who are coming next
month. He calls to a number of hotels to find out some information about the facilities the hotels
have to offer. Listen to his conversations with the
booking inquiries of some hotels.
HOTEL FACILITIES – удобства и
бытовые службы гостиницы
I. After listening to the dialogues twice, complete
balcony
the chart below.
bath
II. Listen to the dialogues again and fill in the
TV
missing information.
telephone
air conditioning
sauna
beauty salon
health club
swimming pool
solarium
training equipment
tennis court
laundering and cleaning department

Hotel 1
Name of the hotel
Location
Noisy/quiet
Restaurant
Bar
Dancing
Sauna
Swimming pool

Hotel 2

Hotel 3

282

Ex 13. Translate the dialogue from Russian into English.
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

Доброе утро. Я бы хотел узнать, есть ли у вас свободные номера?
.........................................................................................................................................
Одноместные или двухместные?
.........................................................................................................................................
Два двухместных, пожалуйста.
.........................................................................................................................................
Вам повезло. Мы сможем разместить вас. На прошлой неделе отель был полностью
заполнен. Но только что из гостиницы выехала группа туристов. Какой этаж вы хотите?
.........................................................................................................................................
Мы бы хотели номера на пятом этаже с видом на море, если есть свободные.
.........................................................................................................................................
Да, пожалуйста.
.........................................................................................................................................
Сколько стоит номер?
.........................................................................................................................................
Пятьдесят долларов в сутки, сэр.
.........................................................................................................................................
Цена довольно приемлемая. Мы снимем эти номера.

Some Useful Phrases
– Could you put it
on my bill, please?

– Could I pay my bill,
please?
Could you order a taxi for
me to go to the airport?

283

Ex 14. The Present Continuous or the Present Perfect
Continuous? FOR or SINCE?
The people below are at a hotel. They are doing
something. They have been doing it since some time/for
some period of time. Write sentences as in the Model,
using the prompts below.
MODEL:

Mr Blackwater / have a meeting // an hour
and a half
Mr Blackwater is having a meeting. He has
been having a meeting for an hour and a
half.

Grammar
THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS
AND THE PRESENT PERFECT
CONTINUOUS TENSE
The Present Continuous
WHEN? – NOW
 – What are you doing here?
– I’m waiting for my friend.
The Present Perfect Continuous
Is used to talk about actions in
progress from the past up to the
present.
The action may be recently finished
or continuing.

1. Where / the Browns / stay? // They / stay / this
guesthouse / ten days
............................................................................
............................................................................
HOW LONG? – with FOR and
............................................................................
SINCE
2. This group of tourists / stay at Maritime Hotel //
We use for to say how long
July, 26
something lasts or continues.
............................................................................
We use since to show that the
............................................................................
situation has continued from then
............................................................................
until now.
3. Mrs Small / wait for a chambermaid // half an hour
 I’ve been waiting for him for
half an hour. He’s late as usual.
............................................................................
– Я жду его уже полчаса, он
............................................................................
опаздывает, как обычно.
............................................................................
4. Mary and John / leave / tomorrow morning // pack /
the whole evening
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
5. The children / have breakfast // I went to have my morning walk
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Peter / swim / swimming-pool // two hours already
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................

284

10.2 Different Things at Different Time
HOLIDAY WEATHER
5

Listen and read.

Weather Song
What’s the weather?
What’s the weather?
What’s the weather, everyone?
Is it windy?
Is it cloudy?
When we’re planning a holiday the
Is there rain?
key question is: What is the weather
Or is there sun?
forecast for the period?

Where we go and what we do during
the holidays depends on the season
and the weather.
Listen and read.
6

AU
TU
M
ER

y
S

M
M

Mar

Augu

uary

Febr

R
TE

emb

Dec

mbe

emb

Nove

ril

Ap
May

June

Sept

Weather
Weather is hot,
Weather is cold,
Weather is changing
As the weeks unfold.
Skies are cloudy,
Skies are fair,
Skies are changing
In the air.
It is raining,
It is snowing,
It is windy
With breezes blowing.
Days are foggy,
Days are clear,
Weather is changing
Throughout the year!
(by Meish Goldish)

285

Ex 15. Complete the text. Fill in the spaces with the words from the box.
cold  wet  rain  cool  hot  dry  winds  fog  warm
Britain has a moderate climate. It is never too (1) ................... or too (2) ................... in Great Britain.
This is because of the sea, which keeps the island (3) ................... in winter and makes the air
(4)
................... in summer. The (5) ................... are also very often in Great Britain. They blow from
the south-west two days out of every three. But the warm winds from the Atlantic are very
(6)
................... . They also bring a lot of (7) ................... to the island. The east or north-east winds
are cold and (8) ................... . But the worst thing about the climate in Great Britain is the thick
(9)
................... they so often have in autumn and in winter. It is sometimes so thick that cars may
run into one another.
W I N D SC A LE







sunny

cloudy

overcast

frosty










strong wind

rainу

MEMORY BOX

breeze  wind
(very gentle)

shower

thunderstorm

snowy

286



 hurricane
(very strong, more
than 100 km per hour)

gale

WEATHER
7

moderate climate – умеренный
климат
weather forecast – прогноз погоды
fair – хороший, ясный (о погоде)
clear – ясный, безоблачный
heatwave – период сильной жары
fog – туман
rain – (n) дождь, (v) идёт дождь
snow – (n) снег, (v) идёт снег
hail – град
gale – буря, штормовой ветер
wet – мокрый, влажный
humid – влажный
dry – сухой
It’s 20°C (degrees)
below zero – ниже нуля
above zero – выше нуля

Ex 16.

Look at the weather map for Great
Britain. Read the weather forecast. Complete
the weather forecasts for London, Wales and
Scotland, using the prompts.
The weather forecast for Great Britain:























Mainly dry, sunny and warm, but a little cloudier
with isolated showers further north.
General situation: continuing warm with plenty
of sunshine, but cloudier with scattered showers
in the northern Britain and across Ireland.
London: dry / warm / sun / temperature ............
......................................................................
Wales: dry / sunny / temperature ......................
.....................................................................

Scotland

Northern
Ireland

Midlands: A fine, dry and sunny morning, then a
little cloudier with a few isolated showers in the
afternoon. Maximum 23°C, minimum 7°C.
Scotland: cloudy / showers / sunny intervals
......................................................................
......................................................................
Northern Ireland: A few isolated showers, but
many places staying dry with bright or sunny
spells. Maximum 24°C, minimum 12°C.







23
22










Wales







England

Listening

You’ll hear the weather forecast for three days ahead. Match the weather forecasts for tomorrow,
Sunday and Monday to the pictures below. There is one extra picture you don’t need to use.
1. ................

2. ................



 






 





 



 


3. ................



 





16

287



 






 

18

4. ................

Ex 17. Translate the weather forecasts from Russian into English.
1. На западе будет много дождей, в то время как (while) восточное побережье ожидает
(expect) просто облачный день.
.........................................................................................................................................
2. На юге страны будет солнечно, но на севере ожидаются грозы.
.........................................................................................................................................
3. Рано утром туман, позже днём в основном будет сухо и солнечно, но прохладно,
температура около 6–7 градусов. Весь день сухо, но будут дуть сильные ветры.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
4. Утром и днём на юго-западе ожидаются дожди. Будут довольно сильные ветры, и
температура ниже, чем вчера примерно на 3–4 градуса. Весь день облачно.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................

Ex 18. Complete the travel agency’s advertisement.
Look at the pictures and the Grammar Notes and say
what people can do in these places.

eekend
orld Two-three days’ trip
Travel agency

packages.
The views are fantastic
and the atmosphere is relaxing.
1. (on long inland trips)

You can go cycling on
long inland trips.

2. (discover the countryside stunning
scenery)

If you go driving, you’ll discover the
countryside stunning scenery.
288

THE USE OF THE GERUND
AFTER THE VERBS “COME”
AND “GO”
After the verbs COME and GO we
often use the Gerund related to
outdoor activities:
go climbing/walking/hiking/riding/
driving/cycling/skating/skiing/
abseiling/snowboarding/swimming/
surfing/sailing/boating/canoeing/
whitewater rafting/kayaking/
sightseeing/shopping/dancing.
 Why don’t you come walking
with us?
 Let’s go dancing.
THE USE OF ’S AND S’ WITH
NON-LIVING THINGS.
a) with fixed phrases: the earth’s
surface, the journey’s end, the
ship’s company;
b) with time phrases (singular and
plural): an hour’s journey, two
days’ trip;
c) with the names of countries, cities
and the nouns world, country,
city, etc.: world’s best
museums, Moscow’s
theatres, city’s parks.

3. (a cottage by a lake)
................................................
................................................
................................................
4. (in the Karelian Isthmus forests)
................................................
................................................
................................................
5. (in the German’s Europe Park)
................................................
................................................
................................................
6. (in the Red Sea)
................................................
................................................
................................................
7. (along Switzerland’s inland waterways)
................................................
................................................
................................................
8. (in the Alps)
................................................
................................................
................................................
9. (in the American savannah)
................................................
................................................
................................................
10. (in the Carpathians)
................................................
................................................
................................................
11. (in Thailand)
................................................
................................................
................................................
12. (in the Baltic Sea)
................................................
................................................
................................................

289

MEMORY BOX

Ex 19. There are various ways to spend your
holidays: different places to go, different
things to do. Read what some people tell
about their holidays. Fill in the Memory Box
with the key phrases under the title “Holiday
Activities.”
1. Peter: I’ll never forget the holiday which I had
at my aunt’s place in a small village by a
picturesque lake. I went for long walks across the
fields enjoying the peacefulness of the
countryside, wandered through the woods
picking mushrooms and berries. But it was the
fishing in the lake I loved most of all.

HOLIDAY ACTIVITIES
............go for long walks.......................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................

2. Connie: We went camping, because the
campsite is usually very busy with lots of things to
do, and we like that. We swam in the sea or went surfing, played beach volleyball. We love water
sports, so we hired a boat or a yacht or went canoeing or kayaking along the shore. Well, we
enjoyed our holidays thoroughly.
3. Felix: I usually spend my holidays in the mountains. You can not only go climbing, you can also
go cycling on the mountain bike course. It is the beauty and quietness of nature that I enjoy. Nature
study is easy, you should just follow the nature trail which winds along the mountain lake shore.
4. Nigel: This year we went to Turkey. It was very hot, we couldn’t go for long walks. So, we lay in
the sun, swam in the sea and read a lot. We relaxed, and that was what we needed most of all. In
the evening we went out for dinner and, believe me, we tried really good food!
5. David: My wife and I are fond of sightseeing. Wherever we go we see the sights. Though this
year we spent our holidays on a small Greek island, we hired a car and went to Mytellini – the
biggest town on Lesbos. There we went sightseeing and shopping. It was fun!

WHAT CAN YOU EXPECT FROM THE WEATHER
ON YOUR HOLIDAYS?
Before you book, check out our Current Weather
Reports and 5-Day Weather Forecasts.
When is the best weather?

Holiday Planner

Find the best weather
month to visit the place
of your dream. »

Select a month and we’ll
tell you where to go. »

290

Ex 20. Read the text and answer the questions below.
When to Go?
One can enjoy France in any time, although many
Francophiles (любители Франции) swear spring is best. In
the hot south sun-worshippers can sunbathe from June to
early September while winter-sports enthusiasts can fly down
snow-covered mountains from mid-December to late March.
Festivals and gastronomic temptations abound all year round.

1. Why do you think one can enjoy the trip to
France in any time?
............................................................
............................................................
2. When should you go to France if you’re a
sun-worshipper?
............................................................
............................................................
3. When is the best time for winter sports in
France?
............................................................
............................................................
4. What are the downside factors of high
season periods?
............................................................
............................................................
5. When is it better to go to France if you want
to do the sights or enjoy peacefulness of
nature?
............................................................
............................................................

MEMORY BOX

School holidays – Christmas and New Year, mid-February to
mid-March, Easter, July and August – see millions of French families descend on the coasts,
mountains and other tourist areas. Traffic-clogged roads, sky-high accommodation prices and
sardine-packed beaches and ski slopes are downside factors of these high season periods. Many
shops take their annual closure in August. Sundays and public holidays are dead everywhere.
TOURIST SEASON
high/peak season – разгар сезона
at the height of the season – в разгар
сезона
low/off season – мёртвый сезон
tourist area – место скопления туристов
tourist attraction – место, привлекающее туристов
beach – пляж
mountain slope – горный склон
lie in the sun/sunbathe – загорать

boiling (very hot)



hot



warm



not very warm



cool



chilly

Vocabulary Note
COOL – makes you feel
pleasant
CHILLY – makes you feel
uncomfortable

291



cold



freezing (very cold)

T EMP ER AT U R E SC A LE

Listen and read.

Rain
It’s raining, it’s pouring,
The oceans are storing
Water from the falling rain
While thunderclouds are roaring.

The rain now is stopping,
The rain’s no longer dropping.
Sun comes out and soaks up water
Like a mop that’s mopping.

Vocabulary Note
When it rains for a short period of time, we call it
a shower.
 We had several showers yesterday afternoon.
When it’s raining a lot, we often say it’s pouring
(with rain).

Ex 21. Match the headings A–D to the paragraphs 1–3. There is one extra heading you don’t
need to use.
A. The Best Time to Visit Zanzibar
B. Ecotourism

C. The Right Place for Wildlife Lovers
D. The Most Inappropriate Time for the Holidays in Zanzibar



A visit to Zanzibar and Tanzania is an unusual tourist
attraction for those who are keen on nature. Many
travellers can combine time on Zanzibar’s silky
beaches with a visit to northern Tanzania for
wildebeest migration in search of fresh grasslands
and water. This breathtaking spectacle can be seen
in any time of the year.



When planning your visit, try to avoid the rain seasons. Zanzibar is just south of the
equator. Generally, the main rainy season, or the “long rains”, lasts three months: March,
April and May. Afternoon tropical downpours are the norm. The humidity is high and daily
temperatures reach the low-mid 30’s.



The long dry season, when rainfall is fairly
unusual, lasts through June, July, August,
September, and October. There is usually a
fine clear sky and sunny weather – it’s great
time to visit Zanzibar and Tanzania. During
November and December there is another
rainy season – the “short rains”. These are
much lighter than the main rains.
292

thunderstorm – гроза



(down)pour – ливень



shower – кратковременный дождь



rain – дождь



drizzle – моросящий дождь

Ex 22. What verbs do we use to describe the weather? Translate
the verbs in the right column. Match the verbs to the corresponding
nouns. Draw lines to connect them.
Nouns
puddles
sun
sky
rain
wind
thunder
lightning
snow
ice



Verbs
pour
.........................
thaw
.........................
blow
.........................
cover
.........................
crack
.........................
flash
.........................
shine
.........................
clear up
.........................
freeze
.........................

Ex 23. Complete the chart.
Adjective

Noun

Adjective

sun
cloud
fog
heat
mud
frost
mist
breeze
dust
scorch

.. sunny ..
...............
...............
.... hot ....
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............

wind
ice
shower
humidity
slip (v)
storm
rain
stick
chill
snow

...............
..... icy ....
...............
.. humid ..
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............

Storm
Outside, thunder crashes!
Outside, lightning flashes!
Outside, wild rain lashes!
Inside, we are safe.
Inside, we are warm.
Inside, there is comfort.
Outside, there is STORM!
(by Helen H. Moore)

MEMORY BOX

Noun

Listen and read.
10

After the verbs: be/look/seem/feel/smell/sound/
taste we use adjectives. In Russian we use
adverbs after these verbs.
 It is clear and warm today. – Сегодня
безоблачно и тепло.
 It seems chilly outdoors. – На улице,
кажется, прохладно.
After other verbs we use adverbs.
 The sun shines brightly today. –
Солнце ярко сияет сегодня.
 The thunder cracks very loudly,
doesn't it? – Гром гремит очень
сильно, правда?

293

WHAT IS THE WEATHER LIKE?

sunny – солнечный
cloudy – облачный
hot – жаркий
warm – тёплый
sultry – знойный, душный
sticky – жаркий и влажный
scorching – знойный, палящий
cold – холодный
cool – прохладный
chilly – зябкий, прохладный
breezy – свежий
stormy – бурный, штормовой, грозовой
icy – покрытый льдом
freezing – ледяной холод
muddy – грязный
dusty – пыльный
slippery – скользкий
nasty – противный, скверный
disgusting – отвратительный
misty – туманный

Ex 24. Translate the sentences from Russian intо English.
1. Как там на улице?

What does it look like outside?

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Отвратительно. Ледяной холод, ветрено и влажно.
.......................................................................................................................................
Очень приятно. Тепло, солнечно и нет ветра.
.......................................................................................................................................
Весь день шёл сильный дождь. Как там, мокро и грязно?
.......................................................................................................................................
Дороги покрыты льдом. Очень скользко, нужно быть очень осторожным.
.......................................................................................................................................
Был ужасный ливень, я промокла до костей.
.......................................................................................................................................
Почему ты дрожишь? Ты замёрзла?
.......................................................................................................................................
На Кубе был ураган. Он повалил много деревьев.
.......................................................................................................................................
В Петербурге высокая влажность. Её очень тяжело переносить, когда жарко или холодно.
.......................................................................................................................................
На улице невыносимо жарко и душно. Возможно, будет гроза.
.......................................................................................................................................
Был такой сильный туман, что я не могла вести машину.
.......................................................................................................................................
На Кипре было так душно и влажно, что мы просто мечтали о прохладе.
.......................................................................................................................................

Ex 25. Match the phrasal verbs to their meanings and translate them into Russian.
сlear up  set in  die down  bring down  turn out  discourage from  be in for
SOME USEFUL PHRASAL VERBS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Cause to fall
Become less noisy, powerful or active
Become brighter and better (of weather)
Persuade against
Begin and be likely to continue for a while
Prove to be
Expect smth (usually bad)

294

Some Useful Phrases
– What a thick fog!
– What nasty weather
we’re having!

– It’s getting cold!

Ex 26. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verb (ex 25).
It was raining heavily this morning. “The rain seems to .................... for days”, she remarked.
The weather .................... to be fine.
The storm .................... all the trees .................... .
If the weather .................... , we’ll go on a picnic.
Listen! The wind is not so strong. I think it .................... a bit.
The rain .................... him .................... going camping.
We .................... bad weather this month.
I think the wind .................... enough for us to go sailing.
The people here are used to carrying umbrellas with them as if they .................... rain all the
year round.
10. Even such nasty weather can’t .................... us .................... jogging.

Ex 27. Complete the descriptions with the words
from the box.
thunder  sunshine  spell  lightning  humid
rain  wind  lashed  thunderstorm (x2)  flash
cooler  breezes  crack  blow  clearing

MEMORY BOX

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

IT’S RAINING, IT’S POURING

rain – (n) дождь, (v) идёт дождь
lightning – молния
puddle – лужа
peal/roll of thunder – раскат грома
crack/clap of thunder – удар грома
shiver – дрожать
get soaked through – промокнуть
до костей
indoors – в помещении
outdoors – на открытом воздухе

1. A (1) ..................... of scorching weather
often ends with a (2) ..................... . It gets
(3)
....................., then there is (4) .....................
and (5) ..................... , and finally very heavy (6)
..................... . Afterwards, it is usually (7) ..................... and it feels fresher.
2. One of the Roy’s worst nightmares was a scene from a bad movie. It was always at night, in
the middle of a (8) ..................... , and the lightning would (9) ..................... .
3. After the first (10) ..................... of thunder, rain started falling in thick grey rails.
4. He pulled into the side of the road. Rain (11) ..................... his face and a strong
(12)
..................... tagged his coat and threatened to (13) ..................... away his hat.
5. The sky was (14) ..................... , and as the sun came through, the sea was gleaming pale blue.
6. The weather was pleasant, long days of (15) ..................... and light (16) ..................... .
295

Winter
The snow is white and clean.
It makes a lovely scene.
It covers cars, and trees,
And streets,
And makes the world go
“hush”
It looks so very pretty–
Until it turns to slush!

cold
hard
severe

mild
snowy

(by Helen H. Moorе)

Ex 28. Here is some information about winter holiday.
Join the ideas together using relative clauses.
1. The peak season for winter sports is from the
twentieth of December to the sixth of January. (The
number of winter sports is increasing every year.)

The peak season for winter sports, the number
of which is increasing every year, is from the
twentieth of December to the sixth of January.

NON-DEFINING RELATIVE
CLAUSES
It gives extra information about the
subject being discussed, which is not
essential to the meaning of the main
clause. Commas are used.
 The man, who used to travel a
lot in his youth, came to see me
yesterday.
Relative pronouns are used to
connect sentences: who/whom – for
people, which – for things/animals
Non-defining clauses are used
mostly in writing. In conversation
two short sentences can be enough.
 The man came to see
me yesterday. He
used to travel a lot in
his youth.

2. We go on holiday for two weeks every winter. (Our
holidays begin after Christmas.)
............................................................................
...........................................................................
............................................................................
3. This year we’re going skiing in the Dolomites. (The
Dolomites are a section of the Alps in north-eastern
Italy.)
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
4. The ski-lifts are very busy today. (By the way, the ski-lifts are produced by some American
company.)
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Approximately every tenth German goes skiing in his leisure time. (It can be said about
Austrians as well.)
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Cross-country skiing is becoming more and more popular. (It is the sport for people who love
being close to nature.)
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
296

7. I’ll have to hire skiing equipment as I don’t have any of my own. (Skiing еquipment is very
expensive.)
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
8. Although I don’t go in for winter sports I enjoy going away on winter holiday. (I’ve never liked
them.)
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................

SMALL TALK
What is the weather like today?
What does it look like outside?
What is the weather forcast for today?
Did you check the weather forecast for next week?
How was the weather in Spain?

Ex 29. Read the text and, as the author advises, learn these
conversations by heart. You can use them again and again (if
you’re in Britain, of course).
George Mikes wrote his book “How to Be an Alien“ to tell the
English what he thought about them.
The author was surprised that the English didn’t get angry, they
found the book very amusing.
Here’s what George Mikes wrote about the weather.
“The weather is the most important subject in the land. It is always an interesting, exciting subject
and you must be good at talking about it.
One very important rule is: you must always agree with other people when you talk about the
weather. If it is raining and snowing and the wind is knocking down trees, and someone says, “Nice
day, isn’t it?” answer immediately, “Isn’t it wonderful?”
Examples for Conversation
13

For good weather
“Nice day, isn’t it?” – “Isn’t it beautiful?”
“Isn’t it wonderful?” – “ Yes, wonderful, isn’t it?”
“It’s so nice and hot.” – “I think it is so nice when
it’s hot, isn’t it?”, “ I really love it, don’t you?”

For bad weather
“Terrible day, isn’t it?” – “Isn’t it unpleasant?”
“The rain… I don’t like the rain.” – “Just think –
a day like this in July. It rains in the morning, then
a bit of sun and then rain, rain, rain, all day.” –
“I remember the same July in 1936…”

(abridged from “How to Be an Alien” by George Mikes)
297

Ex 30. Use question tags to complete these questions.
1. It was terribly cold yesterday, ... wasn’t it ..?
2. It will be very hot tomorrow, they say, ................... ?
3. It has never been so cloudy and cold here,
................... ?
4. It is raining heavily, ................... ?
5. Look at the sky. There is a chance of showers,
................... ?
6. There had been a snowstorm before we arrived to
the ski resort, ................... ?
7. We’ve never met before, ................... ?
8. This girl isn’t your daughter, ................... ?
9. You are here for the first time, ................... ?
10. You came by train, ................... ?
11. You can get lost in this city, ................... ?
12. You’ve never been here before, ................... ?
13. You didn’t go to the museum, ................... ?

Ex 31. Complete these conversations with a question
tag as in George Mikes’ story above. Make use of the
prompts in brackets.
1. –
–
–
3. –
–
–

What a beautiful day!
Yes, (really hot)

Grammar
QUESTION TAGS
A question tag is a short phrase that
is added to the end of a statement to
turn it into a question. It consists of
a verb and a pronoun. The verb in a
question tag is chosen in the same
way we do in a general question.
With a positive statement we use a
negative question tag, ending in n’t. With a negative statement –
positive question tag.
 You are going on holiday,
aren’t you?
 You go to the seaside, don’t
you?
 He has already booked the
passage, hasn’t he?
 You couldn’t stay there long,
could you?
 You won’t stay at a hotel, will
you?

Yes, it’s really hot, isn’t it?

2. –
–
–

What a cold rainy day!
Yes, (a terrible day)
............................................. ?

What a fine sunny day!
Oh, yes, (a perfect day)
............................................. ?

4. –
–
–

What a gusty wind!
And (cold)
............................................. ?

Ex 32. A good place to visit. Write about some good place to visit. Include answers to these
questions.
Where is it?
What kind of place is it?
Is it expensive?

What can you do there?
How can you get there?

What is the weather like there?

What is the best time of the year
to go there?

APPENDICES
Appendix 1
English-Russian Dictionary
(vocabulary words having no translation in the text of the book)
A
affordable – доступный
anchor – якорь
ankle – лодыжка
appointment – условленная встреча
arm – рука
assemble – собирать (монтировать)
attend – посещать
attic – чердак
B
back – спина
bake – печь (в духовке)
barber – парикмахер (мужской)
bargain – выгодная покупка, дёшево купленная вещь
beef – говядина
bend (v) – сгибать
blinds – жалюзи, шторы, маркиза
block of flats – многоквартирный дом
blow dry – сушить волосы феном
blueberry – черника
boil – кипеть, варить
booking office – билетная касса
brain – мозг
brick – кирпич
bride – невеста
bridegroom– жених
bright – смышлёный, способный
broad-minded – имеющий широкий кругозор
bunch – букет, гроздь, пучок, связка
buoy – бакен, буек
C
calf – телёнок
callous – чёрствый, бессердечный
canned – консервированный
carriage – экипаж, пассажирский вагон
ceiling– потолок
charge – назначать цену, просить за ч-л (цену)
cheek – щека
cheekbone – скула
299

chest – грудная клетка
chest of drawers – комод
chic – модный, шикарный, нарядный
chimney – дымовая труба
chin – подбородок
clever – умный, искусный
cloudberry – морошка
coach – экипаж, пассажирский вагон, автобус
междугородного сообщения
coat rack – вешалка (мебель)
conduct – поведение
consumer service – сфера бытовых услуг
convenient – удобный
cool – прохладный
corkscrew – штопор
cowberry – брусника
cranberry – клюква
curly – кудрявый
currant – смородина
curtains – занавески, шторы
D
deal with – иметь дело с к-л, вести дело
decanter – графин
delicate (job) – тонкая
deluxe – роскошный
departure lounge – зал отправления
detached house – отдельно стоящий дом
dirty – грязный
dishwasher – посудомоечная машина
drops – капли (лекарство)
E
ear – ухо
easy-going – добродушно-весёлый, лёгкий,
беззаботный
educate – давать образование
elbow – локоть
engagement– помолвка
entertain – развлекать
expenses – расходы
expensive – дорогостоящий

eyebrow – локоть
eyelashes – ресницы
eyelid – веко
F
fatty – жирный (о пище)
fee – гонорар
file – регистрировать и хранить документы
fix – ремонтировать, устранять неполадки
flavourless – безвкусный
floor – пол, этаж
foolish – глупый, безрассудный
foot – нога выше щиколотки, ступня
forehead – лоб
freelance – работать без найма
frosty– морозный
fry – жарить в масле
G
gate – ворота
genius – гений (о человеке)
gloomy – мрачный
gooseberry – крыжовник
grill – жарить на рашпере
groomed – быть ухоженным, хорошо одетым,
тщательно подстриженным
H
hair – волосы
hairdresser – парикмахер (женский)
handle – торговать ч-л, управлять
heart – сердце
hedge – живая изгородь
heel – пятка
hip – бедро
honeymoon – медовый месяц
housewarming party – новоселье
hovercraft – судно на воздушной подушке
I
immaculately – безупречно, безукоризненно
inert – инертный, неактивный
insurance – страховка
intelligent – умный, понятливый, смышлёный
intestine – кишечник
itinerary – маршрут, путеводитель
J
jaw – подбородок
K
kidney – почка
knee – колено

L
lamb – ягнёнок, овечка
land – земля, приземляться
lawn – лужайка, газон
lazy – ленивый
lean (meat) – постный, не жирный
learned – учёный
left-luggage office – камера хранения багажа
life buoy – спасательный круг
life jacket – спасательный жилет
limbs – конечности
lip – губа
liver – печень
loaf – буханка
location – место расположения
longevity – долголетие
lung – лёгкое
luxury – роскошь
M
maintain – поддерживать, обслуживать, содержать в исправном состоянии
manage – управлять, руководить, стоять во
главе
manual – ручной (труд)
mast – мачта
mental – умственный, психический
mixture – смесь, микстура
modest – скромный
mouth – рот
mutton – баранина
N
nail – ноготь
napkin – салфетка
narrow-minded – ограниченный, недалёкий,
с предрассудками
neck – шея
newlyweds – молодожёны
O
odd job – случайная работа
ointment – мазь (лекарство)
outfit – одежда, обмундирование
overcast – (n) облачность; (adj) покрытый
облаками
P
painkiller – болеутоляющее средство
paint (v) – красить; писать красками
palm – ладонь
paper (v) – оклеивать обоями
300

pill – таблетка
ponytail – причёска «хвост»
porch – крыльцо, (AmE) веранда, балкон
pork – свинина
porter – носильщик
porthole – иллюминатор
powder – порошок (лекарство)
pull – тянуть, тащить
pupil – зрачок
Q
quick-minded – смышлёный
quiet – спокойный, тихий
R
raspberry – малина
rational – рациональный
reclamation – заявление претензий
renovate – делать косметический ремонт
repair – ремонтировать
retire – отойти от дел, оставить должность, уйти
на пенсию
roast – жарить на огне
roof– крыша
run-down – захудалый, жалкий
rural – сельский, деревенский
rye – ржаной
S
safety – безопасность
sail – парус, плыть под парусами, отплывать
schedule – (AmE) расписание, график
seedy – потрепанный
self-employed – имеющий своё собственное
дело предприниматель
shin – голень
shoulder – плечо
silly – глупый, простой, бесхитростный
sink – раковина в кухне
skilled – квалифицированный, искусный
slow – 1) медлительный, тупой, несообразительный; 2) медленный
smart – 1) остроумный, находчивый, ловкий;
2) щеголеватый, нарядный, модный, элегантный; 3) официальный (об одежде)
snack – лёгкая закуска
sour – кислый
spacious – просторный
stale – несвежий, чёрствый (хлеб)
stall – ларёк, палатка
step – шаг
stew – тушить, тушёное мясо, жаркое

stomach – живот
straight – прямой
strawberry – клубника
stupid – глупый, тупой, бестолковый
syringe – шприц
T
talented – талантливый
tap – кран (водопроводный)
teleworker – работающий из дома с помощью
телефона или компьютера
tender – нежный
thigh – бедро
thumb – большой палец руки
ticket collector– контролёр
tidy – аккуратный
tiles – черепица
timetable – (BrE) расписание
tinned– консервированный
toe – палец на ноге
tough – жёсткий, твёрдый
track – путь (на платформе)
tray – поднос
treadmill – однообразный механический труд
trendy – модный, соответствующий направлению моды
tug boat – буксир
U
urban – городской
V
veal – телятина
venue – место встречи, (зд.) место проведения венчания/свадьбы
vogue – модa
W
waist – талия
washbasin – раковина (в ванной комнате)
whitewash – белить
wholegrain – цельнозерновой (хлеб)
wholemeal – сделанный из непросеянной муки, с отрубями
wise – мудрый
wraparound – расположенный со всех сторон;
опоясывающий; панорамный
wrist – запястье
Y
yard – двор

Appendix 2
British/American English
British
Advertisement
air hostess
aubergine
autumn
Bank holiday
barrister
bath
bedside table
bill (restaurant)
bin
biscuit
block of flats
bobby
bonnet (clothing)
booking
bookshop
bookstall
boot (of car)
Call box
car park
caravan
casualty department
chemist's shop
chest of drawers
chips
chocolate bar
the cinema
city centre
class
cloakroom
coach
crisps
crossroads
cupboard
cutlery
Dinner jacket
doctor’s surgery
drawing-pin
dressing gown
driving licence

American

British

commercial
flight attendant
eggplant
fall
legal holiday
lawyer
bathtub
nightstand
check
garbage can
cookie
apartment building
police officer
hood
reservation
bookstore
newsstand
trunk
phone both
parking lot
trailer
emergency room
drugstore
bureau
French fries
candy bar
the movies / movie
theatre
downtown
grade
checkroom
long distance bus
potato chips
intersection
closet
silverware
tuxedo
doctor’s office
thumbtack
bathrobe
driver's license

dustbin
dustman
Earth
engine
entree
estate agent
exercise book
extra time
Father Christmas
film
first floor
flat
football
form
fortnight
fringe
frying pan
Gangway
goods train
grammar school
ground floor
Headmaster
handbag
hight street
hire
holiday
Injection
ironmonger
Jam
jug
Knickers
Lable
lay the table
lead (dog)
letterbox
life jacket
lift
lorry
lost property
luggage

302

American
ashcan, garbage can,
trashcan
garbage collector
ground
motor
appetizer
realtor
notebook
overtime
Santa Claus
movie
second floor
apartment
soccer
grade
two weeks
bangs
skillet
aisle
fright train
high school
first floor
principal
purse
main street
rent
vacation
shot
hardware store
jelly
pitcher
panties
tag
set the table
leash
mailbox
life vest
elevator
truck
lost and found
baggage

British
Mad
main road
maize
mate
Maths
mean
mince meat
mixer
mobile (phone)
motorbike
motorway
mum
Napkin
nappy
newsagent’s
normal
note (money)
Pants
pavement
pedestrial crossing
petrol
platform
pocket money
porridge
post
postbox
postcode
postman
primary school
prison
pub
public toilet
puncture
pupil
Railway
reception
redundant
return (ticket)
ring
road surface
rubber
rubbish

American
crazy
highway
corn
buddy
Math
stingy
ground beef
blender
cellphone
motorcycle
freeway
mom
napkin
diaper
newspaper store
regular
bill
underpants
sidewalk
crosswalk
gas, gasoline
track
allowance
oatmeal
mail
mailbox
zip code
mailman/ mail carrier
elementary school
jail
bar
rest room
flat
student
railroad
front desk
laid off
round-trip
call
pavement
eraser
garbage, trash

British
rubbish bin
row
rubbish
Secondary school
shop
shop assistant
single (ticket)
solicitor
spirits
State school
sweet
subway
Tap
taxi
taxi rank
tea towel
term
timetable
till (shop)
tin
toilet
torch
town centre
traffic lights
trainers
tram
trousers
tube (train)
Underground (train)
underpants
Van
vest
Waistcoat
wallet
wardrobe
wellington boots
whisky
wholemeal bread
windscreen
wing
Zebra crossing
zip

American
garbage can/trashcan
argument
garbage
high school
store
sales clerk
one-way
lawyer
hard liquor
public school
candy
underpass
faucet
cab
taxi stand
dish towel
semester
schedule
cash register
can
bathroom/rest room
flashlight
downtown
stop lights
sneakers
streetcar
pants, trousers
subway
subway
shorts
truck
undershirt
vest
billfold
closet
rubbers
whiskey, scotch
brown bread
windshield
fender
crosswalk
zipper

Appendix 3
Spelling Differences Between British English
and American English
There are some well-known spelling differences between British English and American English.
Many of these spelling differences result from French influence on English. British English has a
tendency to keep the spelling of many words of French origin. Americans try to spell words more
closely to the way they sound phonetically and they tend to omit some letters.
The general spelling differences between British and American English are listed below.
British -our vs. American -or
difference

armour
behaviour
colour
favourite
flavour
harbour
honour
humour
labour
neighbour
rumour
saviour

armor
behavior
color
favorite
flavor
harbor
honor
humor
labor
neighbor
rumor
savior

British -se vs. American -ze
difference*

analyse
apologise
appetiser
catalyse
civilise
civilisation
colonise
colonisation
criticise
emphasise
organise
popularise
popularisation
prise
realise
recognise

analyze
apologize
appetizer
catalyze
civilize
civilization
colonize
colonization
criticize
emphasize
organize
popularize
popularization
prize
realize
recognize

British -re vs. American -er
difference

amphitheatre
centimetre
centre
fibre
kilometre
litre
lustre
louvre
manoeuvre
metre
spectre
theatre

amphitheater
centimeter
center
fiber
kilometer
liter
luster
louver
maneuver
meter
specter
theater

British -ence vs. American
-ense difference

defence**
licence (n)
license (v)
offence**
pretence

defense
license (both
noun and verb)
offense
pretense

British -ae/-oe/-oeu
vs. American -e/-o/-eu
difference

archaeology
gynaecology
leukaemia
manoeuvre
mediaeval
mementoes
oestrogen
orthopaedic
paediatric
palaeontology
toxaemia

archeology
gynecology
leukemia
maneuver
medieval
mementos
estrogen
orthopedic
pediatric
paleontology
toxemia

British -ogue vs. American
-og difference

analogue
catalogue
dialogue
monologue

analog
catalog
dialog
monolog

*Additional notes:
– British English uses both “-ise” and “-ize” forms but tends to prefer
-ise (-isation) form.
– Verbs in British English that can be spelled with either “-ize” or
“-ise” at the end are always spelled with -ize in American English.
– Verbs in British English that end in “-yse” (e.g. analyse) are always
spelled “-yze” in American English (analyze).
**But note: defensive, offensive

304

British -ll vs. American -l
difference

British -l vs. American -ll
difference

enrolment
fulfil
instalment
skilful

counsellor
fuelled
parallelled
quarrelling
travelling

enrollment
fulfill
installment
skillful

counselor
fueled
paralleled
quarreling
traveling

Remember: In British English, verbs that end in -l preceded by a vowel usually double the final -l when a
suffix -ed/-ing is added. In American English the final -l is doubled only when the last syllable is stressed.
British -gramme
vs. American -gram difference

British -dge vs. American -dg

abridgement
abridgment
acknowledgement acknowledgment
judgement
judgment

British -que vs. American
-k/-ck difference

banque
bank
cheque (money) check

gram (gramme)
kilogram (kilogramme)
programme (n)
(TV/radio programme or
programme of events – plans,
conferences, a theatre
programme etc.)
programme (v) (to instruct)
program (programme)
(computer program)

gram
kilogram
program

program (-mm-)
program

Miscellaneous spelling differences
British

American

ageing
aluminium
draught (current of air)
encyclopaedia
grey
jewellery
kerb (edge of roadway
or pavement)
curb (verb means “restrain”)
marvellous
mould
mum, mummy
(mom, mam)

aging
aluminum
draft
encyclopedia
gray
jewelery
curb (both
noun and verb)
marvelous
mold
mom, mommy

British

omelette
practise (v)
practising
practice (n)
pyjamas
plough
sceptic
sulphur or sulfur
tyre
woollen

American

omelet
practice (both
noun and verb)
practicing
pajamas
plow
skeptic
sulfur
tire
woolen

It is useful to learn both British and American English forms, but a good recommendation is to aim
for consistency in your spelling.

Appendix 4
Some Useful Verbs
For Statements:
to add
to admit smth
to agree
to anounce (smth to smb)
to answer in the affirmative
to answer in the negative
to approve of smth
to argue
to assure
to claim
to come to a decision
to come to a conclusion
to complain
to convince smb
to decide
to declare
to deny smth
to determine
to exclaim
to explain smth to smb
to inform
to insist
to make up one’s mind
to mention
to notice
to object (to smth)
to observe
to persuade smb
to promise
to refuse
to remark
to remind
to reply
to respond
to warn

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

добавлять
признавать что-либо
соглашаться
объявлять кому-либо о чём-либо
дать утвердительный ответ
дать отрицательный ответ
одобрять что-либо
спорить
уверять, заверять
заявлять
решать
решать, прийти к выводу
жаловаться
убеждать
решать
заявлять
отрицать что-либо
решать, принимать решение
воскликнуть
объяснять что-либо кому-либо
информировать, сообщать
настаивать
решаться, принимать решение
упоминать
замечать, отмечать
возражать чему-либо
замечать
убеждать кого-либо
обещать
отказываться
замечать
напоминать
отвечать
отвечать
предупреждать

For Questions:
to ask smb’s permission
to be interested to know
to inquire
to want to know/wonder

–
–
–
–

просить разрешения
интересоваться
спрашивать, справляться, узнавать, осведомляться
хотеть знать, интересоваться

306

For Orders and Commands:
to advise
–
to allow
–
to beg
–
to command
–
to forbid
–
to implore
–
to invite
–
to offer (help, a book)*
–
to order
–
to permit
–
to request
–
to suggest*
–
to tell to do smth
–

советовать
разрешать, позволять
просить серьёзно, настойчиво; умолять
приказывать
запрещать
умолять
приглашать
предлагать (что-то конкретное)*
приказывать
разрешать, позволять
просить подчеркнуто вежливо
предлагать (идею, вносить предложение)*
приказывать сделать что-либо

* Note:
Mind the difference between the use of the verbs to offer and to suggest:
Он предложил два билета в театр.
He offered them two tickets to the theatre.
Он предложил им помочь.
He offered to help them.
Он предложил поехать за город.
He suggested going to the country.
Он предложил им поехать за город.
He suggested that they should go to the country.

Appendix 5
Expressions with the Verb TO BE
to be glad/delighted (pleased)
to be happy
lo be hungry
to be thirsty
to be ill (healthy)
to be ready for smth
to be late for smth
to be 5 minutes late
to be sorry
to be (un)comfortable
to be out of place
to be proud of smth/smb
to be sure/certain of smth
to be mistaken
to be surprised at smb
to be angry with smth
to be busy with smth
to be to blame
Who’s to blame?
to be for (against) smth
to be present
to be absent
to be right
to be wrong
to be afraid
to be tired
to be situated

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

быть радостным, довольным
быть счастливым
быть голодным (хотеть есть)
хотеть пить
быть больным (здоровым)
быть готовым к чему-либо
опаздывать куда-либо
опаздывать на 5 минут
сожалеть
чувствовать себя (не)удобно
чувствовать себя неуютно (не к месту)
гордиться чем-либо/кем-либо
быть уверенным в чём-либо
ошибиться
удивиться кому-либо
быть сердитым на кого-либо
быть занятым чем-либо
быть виноватым
Кто виноват?
быть за (против) чего-либо
присутствовать
отсутствовать
быть правым
ошибаться, быть неправым
бояться
быть уставшим
быть расположенным

308

Appendix 6
Connectives and Transitional Phrases
for Sentence Openings
Temporal (временные)

General Transitions
(выражения общего характера)

after a while – вскоре, немного погодя
after some time – через некоторое время
afterwards – впоследствии, потом, позже
all this time – все это время
as a result – в результате
at last – наконец
at present – сейчас, в настоящий момент
at that time – в то время, тогда
at this time – сейчас, теперь
by and by – вскоре
eventually – в конце концов
finally – в конце концов, в конечном счёте
firstly – во-первых
from the very beginning – с самого начала
from then on – с того времени
in a while – вскоре
in the end – в конце концов
initially – вначале
later – позднее
meanwhile – тем временем, между тем
next – потом, затем
now – сейчас, теперь
now and then – время от времени, иногда
presently – вскоре, теперь, сейчас
some time later – через некоторое время
soon – вскоре
then – тогда
until then – до того времени
until that time – до того времени

Opposition – противопоставление
but – о, а, тем не менее, однако
yet – но, однако, всё же, тем не менее
nevertheless – всё же
however – однако, тем не менее
nor (with inversion) – также, тоже не
Comparison – сравнение
similarly (to) – подобно, так же
unlike – в отличие от
by contrast – в противоположность
on the one hand – с одной стороны
on the other hand – с другой стороны

309

Appendix 7
The Numeral
Cardinals and Ordinals
Cardinals
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
MEMO:
four – forty

Ordinals
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
11th
12th
13th
14th
15th

Cardinals

first
second
third
fourth
fifth
sixth
seventh
eighth
ninth
tenth
eleventh
twelfth
thirteenth
fourteenth
fifteenth

five – fifty

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100

sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty
twenty-one
twenty-two
thirty
forty
fifty
sixty
seventy
eighty
ninety
a hundred

Ordinals
16th
17th
18th
19th
20th
21th
22nd
30th
40th
50th
60th
70th
80th
90th
100th
1,000,000th
1,000,000,000th

sixteenth
seventeenth
eighteenth
nineteenth
twentieth
twenty-first
twenty-second
thirtieth
fortieth
fiftieth
sixtieth
seventieth
eightieth
ninetieth
hundredth
millionth
milliardth/billionth

twelve – twelfth

Large Numbers
100 – a (one)* hundred
101 – a (one) hundred and one
300 – three hundred
1,000 – a (one) thousand
1,001 – a (one) thousand and one
1,100 – one thousand one hundred/eleven hundred
1,247 – a (one) thousand two hundred and forty-seven
2,000 – two thousand
2,350 – two thousand three hundred and fifty
100,000 – a (one) hundred thousand
1,000,000 – a (one) million
1,225,375 – a (one) million two hundred and twenty-five thousand three hundred and seventy-five
1,000,000,000 – a (one) milliard / a (one) billion **
* 100; 1,000; 1,000,000 are used with the indefinite article a or one, with other numbers (e.g. 125) one is
more usual.
** In the past, American and British billions were not the same. But British companies and newspapers
often use American billions now.
310

Fractional Numbers
Common Fraction
1

/2
/3
2
/3
1
/4
3
/4
1

Decimal Fraction

a (one) half
a (one) third
two thirds
a (one) quarter;
tree quarters/three fourths

1. Write the decimal point sign as a dot, not a comma:
0.1 nought point one or simply point one
2. PRONOUNCE NUMBERS INDIVIDUALLY
AFTER A DECIMAL POINT:
0.25 nought point two five
27.27 twenty-seven point two seven
3. 0 is pronounced xåiíz before a decimal point and oh xèsz
after a point in British English:
0.05 nought point oh five
10.06 ten point oh six
32.305 three two (thirty-two) point three oh five

Reading the Nouns Which Follow Fractional Numbers
2

/3 ton
/4 kilometre
1
/2 ton
2 1/2 tons
1 1/2 hours
1 1/3 pounds
0.25 ton
1.25 tons
23.76 tons
3

– two thirds of a ton (the noun is in the singular)
– three quarters of a kilometre
– half a ton
– two and a half tons/two tons and a half (the noun is in the plural)
– one and a half hours/one hour and a half
– one and a third pounds/one pound and a third
– nought point two five of a ton (the noun is in the singular)
– one point two five tons (the noun is in the plural)
– twenty-three point seven six tons

Percentage
2%
3
/8%
1
/2%
0.2%

– (2 per cent/2 p.с.) two per cent
– three eights of one per cent
– a half per cent/half of one per cent
– nought point two per cent/nought point two of one per cent

Telephone numbers
4–36–08 – four three six oh eight
7–66–34 – seven double six three four
6666 – double six double six

Appendix 8
The Old Units of Measurement
With modern man now using the metric system there is sometimes a need to remember what the
old units of measurement were.
The UK table should really be the English table as some very old measurements were slightly
different in Scotland, Ireland or Wales.
(The metric conversions shown are approximate.)
Imperial – UK Units of Length
1 inch (in. or " ) =
12 inches (ins.) = 1 foot
3 feet (ft.)
= 1 yard
1760 yards (yds) = 1 mile (m)

about the width of a thumb
about the length of a size 10 shoe
about from nose to stretched finger
about 15 minutes walking

Imperial – UK units of Mass or Weight
16 drams (dr)
= 1 ounce
16 ounces (ozs.)
= 1 pound
14 pounds (lbs)
= 1 stone
4 quarters
= 1 hundredweight = 112 lb
20 hundredweight (cwt) = 1 ton = 2240 lb.

= 25.4 mm
= 305 mm
= 0.91 m
= 1.61 km

a tablespoon of sugar
a bag of sugar
used in body weight
a bag of cement
about 14 men

Imperial – UK units of Capacity
5 fluid ounces = 1 gill
20 fluid ounces = 1 pint
an English beer
2 pints(pts.)
= 1 quart
a German beer
4 quarts (qrt)
= 1 gallon a large can of paint, maybe

= 28 grams
= 0.45 kg
= 6.35 kg
= 50.8 kg
= 1.016 ton

= 142 ml
= 568 ml
= 1.1 L
= 4.546 L

Money
Imperial – UK units, coins and notes of Old Money, pre Feb 1971
4 farthings = 1 penny (d)
Latin – denarius
3 pennies
= 1 threepence bit
used to be “silver”, then bronze
6 pennies
= 1 sixpenny piece
first coin in nickel
12 pennies = 1 shilling (s)
a bob as in “bob a job” (1/12 of a pound)
2
biggest coin in regular use
2s. 6d; /6 d = 1 half crown
10 shillings = 1 ten ‘bob’ note
first in paper money
20 shillings = 1 pound note (£1) Latin – libra
(quid)
MEMO:
Penny – pl pence when combined with numbers: sixpence, tenpence.
– pl pennies when use of individual coins:
 Please, give me 10 pennies for this tenpence piece.
– Until 1971 British brines coin (d) worth 1/12 of a shilling.
After 1971 since decimal coinage was introduced British coin worth 1/100 of a pound.
312

Less common units
5 shillings = 1 crown = 0.25p
21 shillings = 1 guinea = £1.05

THE USA
$1 – one dollar
$25 – twenty-five dollars
1 c – one cent (1/100 $)
65 c – sixty-five cents
$25.01 – twenty-five dollars and one cent
$3,350.55 – three thousand three hundred and fifty dollars
and fifty-five cents

Appendix 9
Dates
Dates can be written in numbers and words.There are several ways of writing a date:
20 April 1993
April 20, 1993
20th April 1993 April 20th, 1993 (esp. in the US)
You can write a date entirely in figures. This way of writing dates is often used for the date at the top
of a letter, and for dates on forms.
15 / 12 / 97 15.12.97
15 / 01 / 2011 15.01.2011
28 / 09 / 02 28.09.02
In the US the month is in front of the day
12 / 15 / 97 12.15.97
1 / 15 / 2011

1.15.2011

9 / 28 / 02

9.28.02

Saying Dates
You say a day as an ordinal number, even when it is written in figures as a cardinal number.
April 20 is said as April the twentieth or the twentieth of April.
AmE: April twentieth
You can omit the month when it is clear which month you are referring to:
So Monday will be the seventeenth.
What date is it today? It’s the twelfth.
A Year
You normally say a year in two parts:
1997 – nineteen ninety-seven.
In case of the year ending in “00”, you say the second part as “hundred”:
1900 – nineteen hundred; 1901 – nineteen oh one or nineteen hundred and one.
In case of the year 2000 you say “two thousand”.
2011 – two thousand and eleven
Decades
The decade from 1960 to 1969 can be referred to as the nineteen sixties (usually written as the
1960s).
When you are talking about a decade within a definite century, you do not have to indicate the
century.
For example, when you are talking about the 20th century, you can refer to the 1920s as the
twenties. This is often written as the 20s.

314

Appendix 10
List of Irregular Verbs
Base Form
1
2
3

arise xèDê~fòzz
awake xèDïÉfâz
be xÄgz

33
34
35

arose xèDêèsòz
awoke xèDïèsâz
was xïmòz
were xïbWz
bear xÄcèz
bore xÄiz
bear xÄcèz
bore xÄiz
beat xÄgíz
beat xÄgíz
become xÄfDâ^ãz became xÄfDâÉfãz
begin xÄfDÖfåz
began xÄfDÖñåz
bend xÄÉåÇz
bent xÄÉåíz
bet xÄÉíz
bet xÄÉíz
bound xÄ~såÇz
bind xÄ~fåÇz
bit xÄfíz
bite xÄ~fíz
blew xÄäez
blow xÄäèsz
broke xÄêèsâz
break xÄêÉfâz
brought xÄêiíz
bring xÄêfkz
built xÄfäíz
build xÄfäÇz
burnt xÄbWåíz
burn xÄbWåz
burst xÄbWëíz
burst xÄbWëíz
bought xÄiíz
buy xÄ~fz
cast xâoëíz
cast xâoëíz
caught xâiíz
catch xâñ`z
chose x`èsòz
choose x`eòz
clung xâä^kz
cling xâäfkz
came xâÉfãz
come xâ^ãz
cost xâmëíz
cost xâmëíz
crept xâêÉéíz
creep xâêgéz
cut xâ^íz
cut xâ^íz
dealt xÇÉäíz
deal xÇgäz
dug xÇ^Öz
dig xÇfÖz
did xÇfÇz
do xÇez
drew xÇêez
draw xÇêiz
dreamt xÇêÉãíz
dream xÇêgãz
dreamed xÇêgãÇz
drank xÇêñkâz
drink xÇêfkâz
drove xÇêèsîz
drive xÇê~fîzz
dwelt xÇïÉäíz
dwell xÇïÉäz

36
37
38

eat xgíz
fall xÑiäz
feed xÑgÇz

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Past Participle

Past Simple

ate xÉíX=Éfíz
fell xÑÉäz
fed xÑÉÇz

Translation

arisen xèDêfòåz
awoken xèDïèsâåz
been xÄgåz

возникать
будить; просыпаться
быть

born xÄiåz
borne xÄiåz
beaten xÄgíåz
become xÄfDâ^ãz
begun xÄfDÖ^åz
bent xÄÉåíz
bet xÄÉíz
bound xÄ~såÇz
bitten xÄfíåz
blown xÄäèsåz
broken xÄêèsâåz
brought xÄêiíz
built xÄfäíz
burnt xÄbWåíz
burst xÄbWëíz
bought xÄiíz
cast xâoëíz
caught xâiíz
chosen x`èsòåz
clung xâä^kz
come xâ^ãz
cost xâmëíz
crept xâêÉéíz
cut xâ^íz
dealt xÇÉäíz
dug xÇ^Öz
done xÇ^åz
drawn xÇêiåz
dreamt xÇêÉãíz
dreamed xÇêgãÇz
drunk xÇê^kâz
driven xÇêfîåz
dwelt xÇïÉäíz

рождать
носить, выносить
бить
становиться
начинать(-ся)
гнуть(-ся), сгибать(-cя)
держать пари
связывать
кусать
дуть
ломать
приносить
строить
гореть, жечь
разрываться
покупать
бросать, кидать
ловить, схватывать
выбирать
прилипать, цепляться
приходить
стоить
ползать
резать
торговать; иметь дело
копать
делать
тащить; рисовать
видеть сны; мечтать

eaten xgíåz
fallen xÑiäåz
fed xÑÉÇz

315

пить
ехать; гнать; везти
обитать; останавливаться подробно
есть
падать
кормить(-ся)

Base Form

Past Participle

Past Simple

39
40
41
42

feel xÑgäz
fight xÑ~fíz
find xÑ~fåÇz
flee xÑägz

felt xÑÉäíz
fought xÑiíz
found xÑ~såÇz
fled xÑäÉÇz

43
44
45
46
47

fly xÑä~fz
forbid xÑèDÄfÇz
forget xÑèDÖÉíz
forgive xÑèDÖfîz
freeze xÑêgòz

flew xÑäez
forbade xÑèDÄÉfÇz
forgot xÑèDÖmíz
forgave xÑèDÖÉfîz
froze xÑêèsòz

flown xÑäçsåz
forbidden xÑèDÄfÇåz
forgotten xÑèDÖmíåz
forgiven xÑèDÖfîåz
frozen xÑêèsòåz

48
49
50
51
52
53

get xÖÉíz
give xÖfîz
go xÖçìz
grind xÖê~fåÇz
grow xÖêèsz
hang xÜñkz

54
55
56
57
58
59

have xÜñîz
hear xÜfèz
hide xÜ~fÇz
hit xÜfíz
hold xÜèsäÇz
hurt xÜbWíz

got xÖmíz
gave xÖÉfîz
went xïÉåíz
ground xÖê~såÇz
grew xÖêez
hung xÜ^kz
hanged xÜñkÇz
had xÜñÇz
heard xÜbWÇz
hid xÜfÇz
hit xÜfíz
held xÜÉäÇz
hurt xÜbWíz

got xÖmíz
given xÖfîåz
gone xÖmåz
ground xÖê~såÇz
grown xÖêèsåz
hung xÜ^kz
hanged xÜñkÇz
had xÜñÇz
heard xÜbWÇz
hidden xÜfÇåz
hit xÜfíz
held xÜÉäÇz
hurt xÜbWíz

60
61
62
63
64
65

keep xâgéz
kneel xågäz
know xåèsz
lay xäÉfz
lead xägÇz
lean xägåz

leap xägéz

learn xäbWåz

68
69

leave xägîz
lend xäÉåÇz

kept xâÉéíz
knelt xåÉäíz
knew xåàez
laid xäÉfÇz
led xäÉÇz
leant xäÉåíz
leaned xägåÇz
leapt xäÉéíz
leaped xägéíz
learnt xäbWåíz
learned xDäbWåÇz
left xäÉÑíz
lent xäÉåíz

kept xâÉéíz
knelt xåÉäíz
known xåèsåz
laid xäÉfÇz
led xäÉÇz
leant xäÉåíz
leaned xägåÇz
leapt xäÉéíz
leaped xägéíz
learnt xäbWåíz
learned xDäbWåÇz
left xäÉÑíz
lent xäÉåíz

let xäÉíz

71
72

lie xä~fz
light xä~fíz

73
74

lose xäeòz
make xãÉfâz

lay xäÉfz
lit xäfíz
lighted xDä~fífÇz
lost xämëíz
made xãÉfÇz

lain xäÉfåz
lit xäfíz
lighted xDä~fífÇz
lost xämëíz
made xãÉfÇz
316

Translation
чувствовать
бороться, сражаться
находить
бежать, спасаться бегством
летать
запрещать
забывать
прощать
замерзать, замораживать
получать; становиться
давать
идти, ехать
точить; молоть
расти, выращивать
висеть, вешать
иметь
слышать
прятать
ударять; поражать
держать
повредить, ушибать;
обидеть
держать, хранить
становиться на колени
знать
класть
вести
прислоняться
прыгать
учиться
оставлять, уезжать
давать взаймы, одалживать
позволять; сдавать в
наём
лежать
зажигать, освещать
терять, проигрывать
делать; заставлять

Base Form

Past Participle

Past Simple

mean xãgåz

meant xãÉåíz

76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

meet xãgíz
pay xéÉfz
put xésíz
read xêgÇz
ride xê~fÇz
ring xêfkz
rise xê~fòz
run xê^åz

met xãÉíz
paid xéÉfÇz
put xésíz
read xêÉÇz
rode xêèsÇz
rang xêñkz
rose xêèsòz
ran xêñåz

met xãÉíz
paid xéÉfÇz
put xésíz
read xêÉÇz
ridden xêfÇåz
rung xê^kz
risen xêfòåz
run xê^åz

saw xëiz

sawed xëiÇz

85
86
87
88
89
90

say xëÉfz
see xëgz
seek xëgâz
sell xëÉäz
send xëÉåÇz
set xëÉíz

said xëÉÇz
saw xëiz
sought xëiíz
sold xëèsäÇz
sent xëÉåíz
set xëÉíz

sawed xëiÇz
sawn xëiåz
said xëÉÇz
seen xëgåz
sought xëiíz
sold xëèsäÇz
sent xëÉåíz
set xëÉíz

91
92

shake xpÉfâz
shave xpÉfîz

shook xpsâz
shaved xpÉfîÇz

shed xpÉÇz

shine xp~fåz

95
96

shoot xpeíz
show xpèsz

shone xpmåz
shined xp~fåÇz
shot xpmíz
showed xpèsÇz

shrink xpêfkâz

shrank xpêñkâz

98
99
100
101
102
103
104

shut xp^íz
sing xëfkz
sink xëfkâz
sit xëfíz
sleep xëägéz
slide xëä~fÇz
smell xëãÉäz

105

sow xëèsz

shut xp^íz
sang xëñkz
sank xëñkâz
sat xëñíz
slept xëäÉéíz
slid xëäfÇz
smelled xëãÉäÇz
smelt xëãÉäíz
sowed xëèsÇz

106
107

speak xëégâz
spell xëéÉäz

108

spend xëéÉåÇz

spoke xëéèsâz
spelt xëéÉäíz
spelled xëéÉäÇz
spent xëéÉåíz

shaken xpÉfâåz
shaved xpÉfîÇz
shaven xpÉfîåz
shed xpÉÇz
shone xpmåz
shined xp~fåÇz
shot xpmíz
shown xpèsåz
showed xpèsÇz
shrunk xpê^kâz
shut xp^íz
sung xë^kz
sunk xë^kâz
sat xëñíz
slept xëäÉéíz
slid xëäfÇz
smelled xëãÉäÇz
smelt xëãÉäíz
sown xëèsåz
sowed xëèsÇz
spoken xDëéèsâèåz
spelt xëéÉäíz
spelled xëéÉäÇz
spent xëéÉåíz
317

Translation
значить; подразумевать
встречать
платить
класть
читать
ездить верхом
звонить; звенеть
подниматься
бежать; вести дела,
управлять
пилить
говорить, сказать
видеть
искать
продавать
посылать
помещать, ставить;
заходить (о солнце)
трясти
брить(-ся)
проливать (слёзы,
кровь)
сиять, светить
стрелять
показывать
сморщиваться;
сокращаться
закрывать
петь
погружаться, тонуть
сидеть
спать
скользить
пахнуть; нюхать
сеять
говорить
писать или произносить слово по буквам
тратить

Base Form
109

spill xëéfäz

110
111
112

spit xëéfíz
split xëéäfíz
spoil xëélfäz

113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123

spread xëéêÉÇz
spring xëéêfkz
stand xëíñåÇz
steal xëígäz
stick xëífâz
sting xëífkz
strike xëíê~fâz
strive xëíê~fîz
swear xëïcèz
sweep xëïgéz
swell xëïÉäz

124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133

swim xëïfãz
swing xëïfkz
take xíÉfâz
teach xíg`z
tear xícèz
tell xíÉäz
think xqfkâz
throw xqêèsz
understand
x?^åÇèDëíñåÇz
wake xïÉfâz

134
135
136
137
138

Past Simple

Past Participle

wear xïcèz
weep xïgéz
win xïfåz
wind xï~fåÇz

swam xëïñãz
swung xëï^kz
took xísâz
taught xíiíz
tore xíiz
told xíèsäÇz
thought xqiíz
threw xqêez
understood
x?^åÇèDëísÇz
woke xïèsâz
waked xïÉfâíz
wore xïiz
wept xïÉéíz
won xï^åz
wound xï~såÇz

spilt xëéfäíz
spilled xëéfäÇz
spat xëéñíz
split xëéäfíz
spoilt xëélfäíz
spoiled xëélfäÇz
spread xëéêÉÇz
sprung xëéê^kz
stood xëísÇz
stolen xëíèsäåz
stuck xëí^âz
stung xëí^kz
struck xëíê^âz
striven xëíêfîåz
sworn xëïiåz
swept xëïÉéíz
swollen xDëïèsäèåz
swelled xëïÉäÇz
swum xëï^ãz
swung xëï^kz
taken xíÉfâåz
taught xíiíz
torn xíiåz
told xíèsäÇz
thought xqiíz
thrown xqêèsåz
understood
x?^åÇèDëísÇz
woken xïèsâåz
waked xïÉfâíz
worn xïiåz
wept xïÉéíz
won xï^åz
wound xï~såÇz

write xê~fíz

wrote xêèsíz

written xêfíåz

spilt xëéfäíz
spilled xëéfäÇz
spat xëéñíz
split xëéäfíz
spoilt xëélfäíz
spoiled xëélfäÇz
spread xëéêÉÇz
sprang xëéêñkz
stood xëísÇz
stole xëíèsäz
stuck xëí^âz
stung xëí^kz
struck xëíê^âz
strove xëíêèsîz
swore xëïiz
swept xëïÉéíz
swelled xëïÉäÇz

Translation
проливать
плевать
раскалывать(-ся)
портить
распространять(-ся)
прыгать
стоять
красть
приклеивать(-ся)
жалить
ударять; бастовать
стремиться
клясться; браниться
мести
пухнуть, раздуваться
плавать
качать(-ся);
размахивать
брать
обучать, учить
рвать
рассказывать
думать
бросать
понимать
просыпаться; будить
носить
плакать
выигрывать
заводить (часы);
виться
писать

Literature
1. Potten H., Potten J. Clockwise Classbook (elementary). Oxford University Press, 2001.
2. McGowan B., Richardson V. Clockwise Classbook (pre-intermediate). Oxford University Press,
2000.
3. Kenny N., Kenny A. Ready for PET (a complete course for the Preliminary English Test). Oxford:
Macmillan, 2003
4. Power Learning Englisch, 10 klasse. Berlin: Cornelsen, 2000
5. Beaven B., Quetz J., Stevens J. Lift Off 1. Berlin: Cornelsen and Oxford University Press, 2000.
6. Schmid-Burleson B., Loewenstein K., Schmid C.-P. English Elements (Basic Course), Munchen:
Hueber Verlag, 2002.
7. Grisham J. The Brethren, London: Arrow Books, 2000.
8. Maeve B. Tara Road. London: Orion Publishers, 2005
9. Doff A., Jones C. Language in Use (pre-intermediate). Self-Study Book. Cambridge University
Press, 2000.
10. Mc Carthy M., O’Dell F. English Vocabulary in Use (elementary), (upper-intermediate and
advanced). Cambridge University Press, 1994, 1999.
11. Redman S. English Vocabulary in Use (pre-intermediate and intermediate). Cambridge University
Press, 1997
12. Puchta H., Stranks J., Lewis-Jones P. Fairway 3. Stuttgart: Ernest Klett Sprachen GmbH, 2006.
13. Дроздова Т.Ю., Берестова А.И., Дунаевская М.А. Everyday English. СПб.: Антология, 2010.
14. Дроздова Т.Ю., Маилова В.Г., Берестова А.И. English Grammar: Reference and Practice. СПб.:
Антология, 2010.
15. Дроздова Т.Ю., Берестова А.И. The Whole World in Our Hands: The Environmental Crisis. СПб.:
Химера, 1999.
16. Дроздова Т.Ю., Маилова В.Г., Николаева В.С. Read and Speak English. СПб.: Антология,
2010.
17. Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English. New Edition. Pearson Education Limited, 2006
18. Collins Cobuild Learner’s Dictionary. London: Harper Collins Publishers, 2001
19. Oxford Wordpower Dictionary. Oxford University Press, 1995
20. Oxford Russian Dictionary. Oxford University Press, 2007
21. Pavlotsky V. M. Read. Learn. Discuss. New Version. СПб.: Оракул, 1999
22. Cullen P. Vocabulary for IELTS. Self-study Vocabulary Practice. Cambridge University Press, 2008
23. Malcolm M., Taylore-Knowles S. Macmillan Exam Skills for Russia: Reading and Writing.
Macmillan Publishers, 2006
24. Evans V., Dooley J. Upstream. Intermediate. Newbury: Express Publishing, 2004
25. Evans V., Dooley J. Enterprise Elementary. Newbury: Express Publishing, 2002
26. Thomas B., Matthews L. Vocabulary for First Certificate. Self-study Vocabulary Practice.
Cambridge University Press, 2007
27. Oxford Exam Excellence. Preparation for School Exams. Oxford University Press, 2008
28. Hashemi L., Murphy R. English Grammar in Use. Supplementary Exercises. Cambridge University
Press, 2001
29. Hastings B., Uminska M., Chandler D., Hegedus K. Exam Activator. Classroom and Self-study
Exam Preparation. Pearson Education Limited, 2010

319

Учебное пособие

Дроздова Татьяна Юрьевна
Тоткало Наталья Владимировна

Everyday

VOCABULARY
+ Grammar
Художник С. И. Ващенок, О. В. Граблевская
Художественный редактор А. А. Неклюдова
Корректор Е. Г. Шабалова
Компьютерная верстка А. Б. Ткаченко

Подписано в печать 17.03.2011.
Формат 84x108/16.
Гарнитура Pragmatica С.
Печать офсетная. Объем 20 п.л.
Тираж 5000 экз. Заказ
.

Издательство «Антология»
199053, С.-Петербург, В.О., Средний пр., д. 4
тел.: (812) 328-14-41
www.anthologybooks.ru